1/* Search an insn for pseudo regs that must be in hard regs and are not.
| 1/* Search an insn for pseudo regs that must be in hard regs and are not.
|
2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 3 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
| 2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 3 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
4
| 4
|
5This file is part of GNU CC.
| 5This file is part of GCC.
|
6
| 6
|
7GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) 10any later version.
| 7GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under 8the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free 9Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later 10version.
|
11
| 11
|
12GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15GNU General Public License for more details.
| 12GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY 13WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or 14FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License 15for more details.
|
16 17You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
| 16 17You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
18along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to 19the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, 20Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
| 18along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free 19Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 2002111-1307, USA. */
|
21
| 21
|
22/* $FreeBSD: head/contrib/gcc/reload.c 72564 2001-02-17 08:35:00Z obrien $ */
| |
23
| 22
|
| 23/* $FreeBSD: head/contrib/gcc/reload.c 90285 2002-02-06 05:01:51Z obrien $ */
|
24
| 24
|
| 25
|
25/* This file contains subroutines used only from the file reload1.c. 26 It knows how to scan one insn for operands and values 27 that need to be copied into registers to make valid code. 28 It also finds other operands and values which are valid 29 but for which equivalent values in registers exist and 30 ought to be used instead. 31 32 Before processing the first insn of the function, call `init_reload'. 33 34 To scan an insn, call `find_reloads'. This does two things: 35 1. sets up tables describing which values must be reloaded 36 for this insn, and what kind of hard regs they must be reloaded into; 37 2. optionally record the locations where those values appear in 38 the data, so they can be replaced properly later. 39 This is done only if the second arg to `find_reloads' is nonzero. 40 41 The third arg to `find_reloads' specifies the number of levels 42 of indirect addressing supported by the machine. If it is zero, 43 indirect addressing is not valid. If it is one, (MEM (REG n)) 44 is valid even if (REG n) did not get a hard register; if it is two, 45 (MEM (MEM (REG n))) is also valid even if (REG n) did not get a 46 hard register, and similarly for higher values. 47 48 Then you must choose the hard regs to reload those pseudo regs into, 49 and generate appropriate load insns before this insn and perhaps 50 also store insns after this insn. Set up the array `reload_reg_rtx' 51 to contain the REG rtx's for the registers you used. In some 52 cases `find_reloads' will return a nonzero value in `reload_reg_rtx' 53 for certain reloads. Then that tells you which register to use, 54 so you do not need to allocate one. But you still do need to add extra 55 instructions to copy the value into and out of that register. 56 57 Finally you must call `subst_reloads' to substitute the reload reg rtx's 58 into the locations already recorded. 59 60NOTE SIDE EFFECTS: 61 62 find_reloads can alter the operands of the instruction it is called on. 63 64 1. Two operands of any sort may be interchanged, if they are in a 65 commutative instruction. 66 This happens only if find_reloads thinks the instruction will compile 67 better that way. 68 69 2. Pseudo-registers that are equivalent to constants are replaced 70 with those constants if they are not in hard registers. 71 721 happens every time find_reloads is called. 732 happens only when REPLACE is 1, which is only when 74actually doing the reloads, not when just counting them. 75
| 26/* This file contains subroutines used only from the file reload1.c. 27 It knows how to scan one insn for operands and values 28 that need to be copied into registers to make valid code. 29 It also finds other operands and values which are valid 30 but for which equivalent values in registers exist and 31 ought to be used instead. 32 33 Before processing the first insn of the function, call `init_reload'. 34 35 To scan an insn, call `find_reloads'. This does two things: 36 1. sets up tables describing which values must be reloaded 37 for this insn, and what kind of hard regs they must be reloaded into; 38 2. optionally record the locations where those values appear in 39 the data, so they can be replaced properly later. 40 This is done only if the second arg to `find_reloads' is nonzero. 41 42 The third arg to `find_reloads' specifies the number of levels 43 of indirect addressing supported by the machine. If it is zero, 44 indirect addressing is not valid. If it is one, (MEM (REG n)) 45 is valid even if (REG n) did not get a hard register; if it is two, 46 (MEM (MEM (REG n))) is also valid even if (REG n) did not get a 47 hard register, and similarly for higher values. 48 49 Then you must choose the hard regs to reload those pseudo regs into, 50 and generate appropriate load insns before this insn and perhaps 51 also store insns after this insn. Set up the array `reload_reg_rtx' 52 to contain the REG rtx's for the registers you used. In some 53 cases `find_reloads' will return a nonzero value in `reload_reg_rtx' 54 for certain reloads. Then that tells you which register to use, 55 so you do not need to allocate one. But you still do need to add extra 56 instructions to copy the value into and out of that register. 57 58 Finally you must call `subst_reloads' to substitute the reload reg rtx's 59 into the locations already recorded. 60 61NOTE SIDE EFFECTS: 62 63 find_reloads can alter the operands of the instruction it is called on. 64 65 1. Two operands of any sort may be interchanged, if they are in a 66 commutative instruction. 67 This happens only if find_reloads thinks the instruction will compile 68 better that way. 69 70 2. Pseudo-registers that are equivalent to constants are replaced 71 with those constants if they are not in hard registers. 72 731 happens every time find_reloads is called. 742 happens only when REPLACE is 1, which is only when 75actually doing the reloads, not when just counting them. 76
|
76
| |
77Using a reload register for several reloads in one insn: 78 79When an insn has reloads, it is considered as having three parts: 80the input reloads, the insn itself after reloading, and the output reloads. 81Reloads of values used in memory addresses are often needed for only one part. 82 83When this is so, reload_when_needed records which part needs the reload. 84Two reloads for different parts of the insn can share the same reload 85register. 86 87When a reload is used for addresses in multiple parts, or when it is 88an ordinary operand, it is classified as RELOAD_OTHER, and cannot share 89a register with any other reload. */ 90 91#define REG_OK_STRICT 92 93#include "config.h" 94#include "system.h" 95#include "rtl.h"
| 77Using a reload register for several reloads in one insn: 78 79When an insn has reloads, it is considered as having three parts: 80the input reloads, the insn itself after reloading, and the output reloads. 81Reloads of values used in memory addresses are often needed for only one part. 82 83When this is so, reload_when_needed records which part needs the reload. 84Two reloads for different parts of the insn can share the same reload 85register. 86 87When a reload is used for addresses in multiple parts, or when it is 88an ordinary operand, it is classified as RELOAD_OTHER, and cannot share 89a register with any other reload. */ 90 91#define REG_OK_STRICT 92 93#include "config.h" 94#include "system.h" 95#include "rtl.h"
|
| 96#include "tm_p.h"
|
96#include "insn-config.h"
| 97#include "insn-config.h"
|
97#include "insn-codes.h"
| 98#include "expr.h" 99#include "optabs.h"
|
98#include "recog.h" 99#include "reload.h" 100#include "regs.h" 101#include "hard-reg-set.h" 102#include "flags.h" 103#include "real.h" 104#include "output.h"
| 100#include "recog.h" 101#include "reload.h" 102#include "regs.h" 103#include "hard-reg-set.h" 104#include "flags.h" 105#include "real.h" 106#include "output.h"
|
105#include "expr.h"
| 107#include "function.h"
|
106#include "toplev.h" 107 108#ifndef REGISTER_MOVE_COST
| 108#include "toplev.h" 109 110#ifndef REGISTER_MOVE_COST
|
109#define REGISTER_MOVE_COST(x, y) 2
| 111#define REGISTER_MOVE_COST(m, x, y) 2
|
110#endif 111 112#ifndef REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P 113#define REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO, MODE) REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO) 114#endif 115 116#ifndef REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P 117#define REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO, MODE) REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO) 118#endif 119
| 112#endif 113 114#ifndef REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P 115#define REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO, MODE) REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO) 116#endif 117 118#ifndef REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P 119#define REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P(REGNO, MODE) REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO) 120#endif 121
|
120/* The variables set up by `find_reloads' are: 121 122 n_reloads number of distinct reloads needed; max reload # + 1 123 tables indexed by reload number 124 reload_in rtx for value to reload from 125 reload_out rtx for where to store reload-reg afterward if nec 126 (often the same as reload_in) 127 reload_reg_class enum reg_class, saying what regs to reload into 128 reload_inmode enum machine_mode; mode this operand should have 129 when reloaded, on input. 130 reload_outmode enum machine_mode; mode this operand should have 131 when reloaded, on output. 132 reload_optional char, nonzero for an optional reload. 133 Optional reloads are ignored unless the 134 value is already sitting in a register. 135 reload_nongroup char, nonzero when a reload must use a register 136 not already allocated to a group. 137 reload_inc int, positive amount to increment or decrement by if 138 reload_in is a PRE_DEC, PRE_INC, POST_DEC, POST_INC. 139 Ignored otherwise (don't assume it is zero). 140 reload_in_reg rtx. A reg for which reload_in is the equivalent. 141 If reload_in is a symbol_ref which came from 142 reg_equiv_constant, then this is the pseudo 143 which has that symbol_ref as equivalent. 144 reload_reg_rtx rtx. This is the register to reload into. 145 If it is zero when `find_reloads' returns, 146 you must find a suitable register in the class 147 specified by reload_reg_class, and store here 148 an rtx for that register with mode from 149 reload_inmode or reload_outmode. 150 reload_nocombine char, nonzero if this reload shouldn't be 151 combined with another reload. 152 reload_opnum int, operand number being reloaded. This is 153 used to group related reloads and need not always 154 be equal to the actual operand number in the insn, 155 though it current will be; for in-out operands, it 156 is one of the two operand numbers. 157 reload_when_needed enum, classifies reload as needed either for 158 addressing an input reload, addressing an output, 159 for addressing a non-reloaded mem ref, 160 or for unspecified purposes (i.e., more than one 161 of the above). 162 reload_secondary_p int, 1 if this is a secondary register for one 163 or more reloads. 164 reload_secondary_in_reload 165 reload_secondary_out_reload 166 int, gives the reload number of a secondary 167 reload, when needed; otherwise -1 168 reload_secondary_in_icode 169 reload_secondary_out_icode 170 enum insn_code, if a secondary reload is required, 171 gives the INSN_CODE that uses the secondary 172 reload as a scratch register, or CODE_FOR_nothing 173 if the secondary reload register is to be an 174 intermediate register. */
| 122/* All reloads of the current insn are recorded here. See reload.h for 123 comments. */
|
175int n_reloads;
| 124int n_reloads;
|
| 125struct reload rld[MAX_RELOADS];
|
176
| 126
|
177rtx reload_in[MAX_RELOADS]; 178rtx reload_out[MAX_RELOADS]; 179enum reg_class reload_reg_class[MAX_RELOADS]; 180enum machine_mode reload_inmode[MAX_RELOADS]; 181enum machine_mode reload_outmode[MAX_RELOADS]; 182rtx reload_reg_rtx[MAX_RELOADS]; 183char reload_optional[MAX_RELOADS]; 184char reload_nongroup[MAX_RELOADS]; 185int reload_inc[MAX_RELOADS]; 186rtx reload_in_reg[MAX_RELOADS]; 187rtx reload_out_reg[MAX_RELOADS]; 188char reload_nocombine[MAX_RELOADS]; 189int reload_opnum[MAX_RELOADS]; 190enum reload_type reload_when_needed[MAX_RELOADS]; 191int reload_secondary_p[MAX_RELOADS]; 192int reload_secondary_in_reload[MAX_RELOADS]; 193int reload_secondary_out_reload[MAX_RELOADS]; 194enum insn_code reload_secondary_in_icode[MAX_RELOADS]; 195enum insn_code reload_secondary_out_icode[MAX_RELOADS]; 196
| |
197/* All the "earlyclobber" operands of the current insn 198 are recorded here. */ 199int n_earlyclobbers; 200rtx reload_earlyclobbers[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 201 202int reload_n_operands; 203 204/* Replacing reloads. 205 206 If `replace_reloads' is nonzero, then as each reload is recorded 207 an entry is made for it in the table `replacements'. 208 Then later `subst_reloads' can look through that table and 209 perform all the replacements needed. */ 210 211/* Nonzero means record the places to replace. */ 212static int replace_reloads; 213 214/* Each replacement is recorded with a structure like this. */ 215struct replacement 216{ 217 rtx *where; /* Location to store in */ 218 rtx *subreg_loc; /* Location of SUBREG if WHERE is inside 219 a SUBREG; 0 otherwise. */ 220 int what; /* which reload this is for */ 221 enum machine_mode mode; /* mode it must have */ 222}; 223 224static struct replacement replacements[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * ((MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS * 2) + 1)]; 225 226/* Number of replacements currently recorded. */ 227static int n_replacements; 228 229/* Used to track what is modified by an operand. */ 230struct decomposition 231{ 232 int reg_flag; /* Nonzero if referencing a register. */ 233 int safe; /* Nonzero if this can't conflict with anything. */ 234 rtx base; /* Base address for MEM. */ 235 HOST_WIDE_INT start; /* Starting offset or register number. */ 236 HOST_WIDE_INT end; /* Ending offset or register number. */ 237}; 238 239#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 240 241/* Save MEMs needed to copy from one class of registers to another. One MEM
| 127/* All the "earlyclobber" operands of the current insn 128 are recorded here. */ 129int n_earlyclobbers; 130rtx reload_earlyclobbers[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 131 132int reload_n_operands; 133 134/* Replacing reloads. 135 136 If `replace_reloads' is nonzero, then as each reload is recorded 137 an entry is made for it in the table `replacements'. 138 Then later `subst_reloads' can look through that table and 139 perform all the replacements needed. */ 140 141/* Nonzero means record the places to replace. */ 142static int replace_reloads; 143 144/* Each replacement is recorded with a structure like this. */ 145struct replacement 146{ 147 rtx *where; /* Location to store in */ 148 rtx *subreg_loc; /* Location of SUBREG if WHERE is inside 149 a SUBREG; 0 otherwise. */ 150 int what; /* which reload this is for */ 151 enum machine_mode mode; /* mode it must have */ 152}; 153 154static struct replacement replacements[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * ((MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS * 2) + 1)]; 155 156/* Number of replacements currently recorded. */ 157static int n_replacements; 158 159/* Used to track what is modified by an operand. */ 160struct decomposition 161{ 162 int reg_flag; /* Nonzero if referencing a register. */ 163 int safe; /* Nonzero if this can't conflict with anything. */ 164 rtx base; /* Base address for MEM. */ 165 HOST_WIDE_INT start; /* Starting offset or register number. */ 166 HOST_WIDE_INT end; /* Ending offset or register number. */ 167}; 168 169#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 170 171/* Save MEMs needed to copy from one class of registers to another. One MEM
|
242 is used per mode, but normally only one or two modes are ever used.
| 172 is used per mode, but normally only one or two modes are ever used.
|
243
| 173
|
244 We keep two versions, before and after register elimination. The one
| 174 We keep two versions, before and after register elimination. The one
|
245 after register elimination is record separately for each operand. This 246 is done in case the address is not valid to be sure that we separately 247 reload each. */ 248 249static rtx secondary_memlocs[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; 250static rtx secondary_memlocs_elim[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 251#endif 252 253/* The instruction we are doing reloads for; 254 so we can test whether a register dies in it. */ 255static rtx this_insn; 256 257/* Nonzero if this instruction is a user-specified asm with operands. */ 258static int this_insn_is_asm; 259 260/* If hard_regs_live_known is nonzero, 261 we can tell which hard regs are currently live, 262 at least enough to succeed in choosing dummy reloads. */ 263static int hard_regs_live_known; 264 265/* Indexed by hard reg number, 266 element is nonnegative if hard reg has been spilled. 267 This vector is passed to `find_reloads' as an argument 268 and is not changed here. */ 269static short *static_reload_reg_p; 270 271/* Set to 1 in subst_reg_equivs if it changes anything. */ 272static int subst_reg_equivs_changed; 273 274/* On return from push_reload, holds the reload-number for the OUT 275 operand, which can be different for that from the input operand. */ 276static int output_reloadnum; 277 278 /* Compare two RTX's. */ 279#define MATCHES(x, y) \ 280 (x == y || (x != 0 && (GET_CODE (x) == REG \ 281 ? GET_CODE (y) == REG && REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) \ 282 : rtx_equal_p (x, y) && ! side_effects_p (x)))) 283 284 /* Indicates if two reloads purposes are for similar enough things that we 285 can merge their reloads. */ 286#define MERGABLE_RELOADS(when1, when2, op1, op2) \ 287 ((when1) == RELOAD_OTHER || (when2) == RELOAD_OTHER \ 288 || ((when1) == (when2) && (op1) == (op2)) \ 289 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT) \ 290 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS \ 291 && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS) \ 292 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS \ 293 && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS)) 294 295 /* Nonzero if these two reload purposes produce RELOAD_OTHER when merged. */ 296#define MERGE_TO_OTHER(when1, when2, op1, op2) \ 297 ((when1) != (when2) \ 298 || ! ((op1) == (op2) \ 299 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT \ 300 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS \ 301 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS)) 302 303 /* If we are going to reload an address, compute the reload type to 304 use. */ 305#define ADDR_TYPE(type) \ 306 ((type) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS \ 307 ? RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS \ 308 : ((type) == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS \ 309 ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS \ 310 : (type))) 311 312#ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS
| 175 after register elimination is record separately for each operand. This 176 is done in case the address is not valid to be sure that we separately 177 reload each. */ 178 179static rtx secondary_memlocs[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; 180static rtx secondary_memlocs_elim[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 181#endif 182 183/* The instruction we are doing reloads for; 184 so we can test whether a register dies in it. */ 185static rtx this_insn; 186 187/* Nonzero if this instruction is a user-specified asm with operands. */ 188static int this_insn_is_asm; 189 190/* If hard_regs_live_known is nonzero, 191 we can tell which hard regs are currently live, 192 at least enough to succeed in choosing dummy reloads. */ 193static int hard_regs_live_known; 194 195/* Indexed by hard reg number, 196 element is nonnegative if hard reg has been spilled. 197 This vector is passed to `find_reloads' as an argument 198 and is not changed here. */ 199static short *static_reload_reg_p; 200 201/* Set to 1 in subst_reg_equivs if it changes anything. */ 202static int subst_reg_equivs_changed; 203 204/* On return from push_reload, holds the reload-number for the OUT 205 operand, which can be different for that from the input operand. */ 206static int output_reloadnum; 207 208 /* Compare two RTX's. */ 209#define MATCHES(x, y) \ 210 (x == y || (x != 0 && (GET_CODE (x) == REG \ 211 ? GET_CODE (y) == REG && REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) \ 212 : rtx_equal_p (x, y) && ! side_effects_p (x)))) 213 214 /* Indicates if two reloads purposes are for similar enough things that we 215 can merge their reloads. */ 216#define MERGABLE_RELOADS(when1, when2, op1, op2) \ 217 ((when1) == RELOAD_OTHER || (when2) == RELOAD_OTHER \ 218 || ((when1) == (when2) && (op1) == (op2)) \ 219 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT) \ 220 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS \ 221 && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS) \ 222 || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS \ 223 && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS)) 224 225 /* Nonzero if these two reload purposes produce RELOAD_OTHER when merged. */ 226#define MERGE_TO_OTHER(when1, when2, op1, op2) \ 227 ((when1) != (when2) \ 228 || ! ((op1) == (op2) \ 229 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT \ 230 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS \ 231 || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS)) 232 233 /* If we are going to reload an address, compute the reload type to 234 use. */ 235#define ADDR_TYPE(type) \ 236 ((type) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS \ 237 ? RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS \ 238 : ((type) == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS \ 239 ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS \ 240 : (type))) 241 242#ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS
|
313static int push_secondary_reload PROTO((int, rtx, int, int, enum reg_class,
| 243static int push_secondary_reload PARAMS ((int, rtx, int, int, enum reg_class,
|
314 enum machine_mode, enum reload_type, 315 enum insn_code *)); 316#endif
| 244 enum machine_mode, enum reload_type, 245 enum insn_code *)); 246#endif
|
317static enum reg_class find_valid_class PROTO((enum machine_mode, int)); 318static int push_reload PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *, enum reg_class, 319 enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode, 320 int, int, int, enum reload_type)); 321static void push_replacement PROTO((rtx *, int, enum machine_mode)); 322static void combine_reloads PROTO((void)); 323static int find_reusable_reload PROTO((rtx *, rtx, enum reg_class,
| 247static enum reg_class find_valid_class PARAMS ((enum machine_mode, int)); 248static int reload_inner_reg_of_subreg PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode)); 249static void push_replacement PARAMS ((rtx *, int, enum machine_mode)); 250static void combine_reloads PARAMS ((void)); 251static int find_reusable_reload PARAMS ((rtx *, rtx, enum reg_class,
|
324 enum reload_type, int, int));
| 252 enum reload_type, int, int));
|
325static rtx find_dummy_reload PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *,
| 253static rtx find_dummy_reload PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *,
|
326 enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode, 327 enum reg_class, int, int));
| 254 enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode, 255 enum reg_class, int, int));
|
328static int hard_reg_set_here_p PROTO((int, int, rtx)); 329static struct decomposition decompose PROTO((rtx)); 330static int immune_p PROTO((rtx, rtx, struct decomposition)); 331static int alternative_allows_memconst PROTO((const char *, int)); 332static rtx find_reloads_toplev PROTO((rtx, int, enum reload_type, int, int, rtx)); 333static rtx make_memloc PROTO((rtx, int)); 334static int find_reloads_address PROTO((enum machine_mode, rtx *, rtx, rtx *,
| 256static int hard_reg_set_here_p PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int, rtx)); 257static struct decomposition decompose PARAMS ((rtx)); 258static int immune_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, struct decomposition)); 259static int alternative_allows_memconst PARAMS ((const char *, int)); 260static rtx find_reloads_toplev PARAMS ((rtx, int, enum reload_type, int, 261 int, rtx, int *)); 262static rtx make_memloc PARAMS ((rtx, int)); 263static int find_reloads_address PARAMS ((enum machine_mode, rtx *, rtx, rtx *,
|
335 int, enum reload_type, int, rtx));
| 264 int, enum reload_type, int, rtx));
|
336static rtx subst_reg_equivs PROTO((rtx, rtx)); 337static rtx subst_indexed_address PROTO((rtx)); 338static int find_reloads_address_1 PROTO((enum machine_mode, rtx, int, rtx *,
| 265static rtx subst_reg_equivs PARAMS ((rtx, rtx)); 266static rtx subst_indexed_address PARAMS ((rtx)); 267static void update_auto_inc_notes PARAMS ((rtx, int, int)); 268static int find_reloads_address_1 PARAMS ((enum machine_mode, rtx, int, rtx *,
|
339 int, enum reload_type,int, rtx));
| 269 int, enum reload_type,int, rtx));
|
340static void find_reloads_address_part PROTO((rtx, rtx *, enum reg_class,
| 270static void find_reloads_address_part PARAMS ((rtx, rtx *, enum reg_class,
|
341 enum machine_mode, int, 342 enum reload_type, int));
| 271 enum machine_mode, int, 272 enum reload_type, int));
|
343static rtx find_reloads_subreg_address PROTO((rtx, int, int, enum reload_type,
| 273static rtx find_reloads_subreg_address PARAMS ((rtx, int, int, enum reload_type,
|
344 int, rtx));
| 274 int, rtx));
|
345static int find_inc_amount PROTO((rtx, rtx)); 346static int loc_mentioned_in_p PROTO((rtx *, rtx));
| 275static int find_inc_amount PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
|
347 348#ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS 349 350/* Determine if any secondary reloads are needed for loading (if IN_P is 351 non-zero) or storing (if IN_P is zero) X to or from a reload register of 352 register class RELOAD_CLASS in mode RELOAD_MODE. If secondary reloads 353 are needed, push them. 354 355 Return the reload number of the secondary reload we made, or -1 if 356 we didn't need one. *PICODE is set to the insn_code to use if we do 357 need a secondary reload. */ 358 359static int 360push_secondary_reload (in_p, x, opnum, optional, reload_class, reload_mode, 361 type, picode) 362 int in_p; 363 rtx x; 364 int opnum; 365 int optional; 366 enum reg_class reload_class; 367 enum machine_mode reload_mode; 368 enum reload_type type; 369 enum insn_code *picode; 370{ 371 enum reg_class class = NO_REGS; 372 enum machine_mode mode = reload_mode; 373 enum insn_code icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 374 enum reg_class t_class = NO_REGS; 375 enum machine_mode t_mode = VOIDmode; 376 enum insn_code t_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 377 enum reload_type secondary_type; 378 int s_reload, t_reload = -1; 379 380 if (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 381 || type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 382 || type == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 383 || type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 384 secondary_type = type; 385 else 386 secondary_type = in_p ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS : RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS; 387 388 *picode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 389 390 /* If X is a paradoxical SUBREG, use the inner value to determine both the 391 mode and object being reloaded. */ 392 if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG 393 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) 394 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))) 395 { 396 x = SUBREG_REG (x); 397 reload_mode = GET_MODE (x); 398 } 399 400 /* If X is a pseudo-register that has an equivalent MEM (actually, if it 401 is still a pseudo-register by now, it *must* have an equivalent MEM 402 but we don't want to assume that), use that equivalent when seeing if 403 a secondary reload is needed since whether or not a reload is needed 404 might be sensitive to the form of the MEM. */ 405 406 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 407 && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)] != 0) 408 x = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)]; 409 410#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 411 if (in_p) 412 class = SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x); 413#endif 414 415#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 416 if (! in_p) 417 class = SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x); 418#endif 419 420 /* If we don't need any secondary registers, done. */ 421 if (class == NO_REGS) 422 return -1; 423 424 /* Get a possible insn to use. If the predicate doesn't accept X, don't 425 use the insn. */ 426 427 icode = (in_p ? reload_in_optab[(int) reload_mode] 428 : reload_out_optab[(int) reload_mode]); 429 430 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
| 276 277#ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS 278 279/* Determine if any secondary reloads are needed for loading (if IN_P is 280 non-zero) or storing (if IN_P is zero) X to or from a reload register of 281 register class RELOAD_CLASS in mode RELOAD_MODE. If secondary reloads 282 are needed, push them. 283 284 Return the reload number of the secondary reload we made, or -1 if 285 we didn't need one. *PICODE is set to the insn_code to use if we do 286 need a secondary reload. */ 287 288static int 289push_secondary_reload (in_p, x, opnum, optional, reload_class, reload_mode, 290 type, picode) 291 int in_p; 292 rtx x; 293 int opnum; 294 int optional; 295 enum reg_class reload_class; 296 enum machine_mode reload_mode; 297 enum reload_type type; 298 enum insn_code *picode; 299{ 300 enum reg_class class = NO_REGS; 301 enum machine_mode mode = reload_mode; 302 enum insn_code icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 303 enum reg_class t_class = NO_REGS; 304 enum machine_mode t_mode = VOIDmode; 305 enum insn_code t_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 306 enum reload_type secondary_type; 307 int s_reload, t_reload = -1; 308 309 if (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 310 || type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 311 || type == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 312 || type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 313 secondary_type = type; 314 else 315 secondary_type = in_p ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS : RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS; 316 317 *picode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 318 319 /* If X is a paradoxical SUBREG, use the inner value to determine both the 320 mode and object being reloaded. */ 321 if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG 322 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) 323 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))) 324 { 325 x = SUBREG_REG (x); 326 reload_mode = GET_MODE (x); 327 } 328 329 /* If X is a pseudo-register that has an equivalent MEM (actually, if it 330 is still a pseudo-register by now, it *must* have an equivalent MEM 331 but we don't want to assume that), use that equivalent when seeing if 332 a secondary reload is needed since whether or not a reload is needed 333 might be sensitive to the form of the MEM. */ 334 335 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 336 && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)] != 0) 337 x = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)]; 338 339#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 340 if (in_p) 341 class = SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x); 342#endif 343 344#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 345 if (! in_p) 346 class = SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x); 347#endif 348 349 /* If we don't need any secondary registers, done. */ 350 if (class == NO_REGS) 351 return -1; 352 353 /* Get a possible insn to use. If the predicate doesn't accept X, don't 354 use the insn. */ 355 356 icode = (in_p ? reload_in_optab[(int) reload_mode] 357 : reload_out_optab[(int) reload_mode]); 358 359 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
|
431 && insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][in_p] 432 && (! (insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][in_p]) (x, reload_mode)))
| 360 && insn_data[(int) icode].operand[in_p].predicate 361 && (! (insn_data[(int) icode].operand[in_p].predicate) (x, reload_mode)))
|
433 icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 434 435 /* If we will be using an insn, see if it can directly handle the reload 436 register we will be using. If it can, the secondary reload is for a 437 scratch register. If it can't, we will use the secondary reload for 438 an intermediate register and require a tertiary reload for the scratch 439 register. */ 440 441 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) 442 {
| 362 icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 363 364 /* If we will be using an insn, see if it can directly handle the reload 365 register we will be using. If it can, the secondary reload is for a 366 scratch register. If it can't, we will use the secondary reload for 367 an intermediate register and require a tertiary reload for the scratch 368 register. */ 369 370 if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) 371 {
|
443 /* If IN_P is non-zero, the reload register will be the output in
| 372 /* If IN_P is non-zero, the reload register will be the output in
|
444 operand 0. If IN_P is zero, the reload register will be the input 445 in operand 1. Outputs should have an initial "=", which we must 446 skip. */ 447
| 373 operand 0. If IN_P is zero, the reload register will be the input 374 in operand 1. Outputs should have an initial "=", which we must 375 skip. */ 376
|
448 char insn_letter = insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][!in_p][in_p]; 449 enum reg_class insn_class 450 = (insn_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS 451 : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER ((unsigned char) insn_letter));
| 377 enum reg_class insn_class;
|
452
| 378
|
453 if (insn_class == NO_REGS 454 || (in_p && insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][!in_p][0] != '=') 455 /* The scratch register's constraint must start with "=&". */ 456 || insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][0] != '=' 457 || insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][1] != '&')
| 379 if (insn_data[(int) icode].operand[!in_p].constraint[0] == 0) 380 insn_class = ALL_REGS; 381 else 382 { 383 char insn_letter 384 = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[!in_p].constraint[in_p]; 385 insn_class 386 = (insn_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS 387 : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER ((unsigned char) insn_letter)); 388 389 if (insn_class == NO_REGS) 390 abort (); 391 if (in_p 392 && insn_data[(int) icode].operand[!in_p].constraint[0] != '=') 393 abort (); 394 } 395 396 /* The scratch register's constraint must start with "=&". */ 397 if (insn_data[(int) icode].operand[2].constraint[0] != '=' 398 || insn_data[(int) icode].operand[2].constraint[1] != '&')
|
458 abort (); 459 460 if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_class, insn_class))
| 399 abort (); 400 401 if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_class, insn_class))
|
461 mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][2];
| 402 mode = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[2].mode;
|
462 else 463 {
| 403 else 404 {
|
464 char t_letter = insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][2];
| 405 char t_letter = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[2].constraint[2];
|
465 class = insn_class;
| 406 class = insn_class;
|
466 t_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][2];
| 407 t_mode = insn_data[(int) icode].operand[2].mode;
|
467 t_class = (t_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS 468 : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER ((unsigned char) t_letter)); 469 t_icode = icode; 470 icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 471 } 472 } 473 474 /* This case isn't valid, so fail. Reload is allowed to use the same 475 register for RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reloads, but 476 in the case of a secondary register, we actually need two different 477 registers for correct code. We fail here to prevent the possibility of 478 silently generating incorrect code later. 479 480 The convention is that secondary input reloads are valid only if the 481 secondary_class is different from class. If you have such a case, you 482 can not use secondary reloads, you must work around the problem some 483 other way. 484
| 408 t_class = (t_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS 409 : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER ((unsigned char) t_letter)); 410 t_icode = icode; 411 icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 412 } 413 } 414 415 /* This case isn't valid, so fail. Reload is allowed to use the same 416 register for RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reloads, but 417 in the case of a secondary register, we actually need two different 418 registers for correct code. We fail here to prevent the possibility of 419 silently generating incorrect code later. 420 421 The convention is that secondary input reloads are valid only if the 422 secondary_class is different from class. If you have such a case, you 423 can not use secondary reloads, you must work around the problem some 424 other way. 425
|
485 Allow this when MODE is not reload_mode and assume that the generated 486 code handles this case (it does on the Alpha, which is the only place 487 this currently happens). */
| 426 Allow this when a reload_in/out pattern is being used. I.e. assume 427 that the generated code handles this case. */
|
488
| 428
|
489 if (in_p && class == reload_class && mode == reload_mode)
| 429 if (in_p && class == reload_class && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing 430 && t_icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
490 abort (); 491 492 /* If we need a tertiary reload, see if we have one we can reuse or else 493 make a new one. */ 494 495 if (t_class != NO_REGS) 496 { 497 for (t_reload = 0; t_reload < n_reloads; t_reload++)
| 431 abort (); 432 433 /* If we need a tertiary reload, see if we have one we can reuse or else 434 make a new one. */ 435 436 if (t_class != NO_REGS) 437 { 438 for (t_reload = 0; t_reload < n_reloads; t_reload++)
|
498 if (reload_secondary_p[t_reload] 499 && (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, reload_reg_class[t_reload]) 500 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[t_reload], t_class)) 501 && ((in_p && reload_inmode[t_reload] == t_mode) 502 || (! in_p && reload_outmode[t_reload] == t_mode)) 503 && ((in_p && (reload_secondary_in_icode[t_reload]
| 439 if (rld[t_reload].secondary_p 440 && (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, rld[t_reload].class) 441 || reg_class_subset_p (rld[t_reload].class, t_class)) 442 && ((in_p && rld[t_reload].inmode == t_mode) 443 || (! in_p && rld[t_reload].outmode == t_mode)) 444 && ((in_p && (rld[t_reload].secondary_in_icode
|
504 == CODE_FOR_nothing))
| 445 == CODE_FOR_nothing))
|
505 || (! in_p &&(reload_secondary_out_icode[t_reload]
| 446 || (! in_p &&(rld[t_reload].secondary_out_icode
|
506 == CODE_FOR_nothing))) 507 && (reg_class_size[(int) t_class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES) 508 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type,
| 447 == CODE_FOR_nothing))) 448 && (reg_class_size[(int) t_class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES) 449 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type,
|
509 reload_when_needed[t_reload], 510 opnum, reload_opnum[t_reload]))
| 450 rld[t_reload].when_needed, 451 opnum, rld[t_reload].opnum))
|
511 { 512 if (in_p)
| 452 { 453 if (in_p)
|
513 reload_inmode[t_reload] = t_mode;
| 454 rld[t_reload].inmode = t_mode;
|
514 if (! in_p)
| 455 if (! in_p)
|
515 reload_outmode[t_reload] = t_mode;
| 456 rld[t_reload].outmode = t_mode;
|
516
| 457
|
517 if (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, reload_reg_class[t_reload])) 518 reload_reg_class[t_reload] = t_class;
| 458 if (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, rld[t_reload].class)) 459 rld[t_reload].class = t_class;
|
519
| 460
|
520 reload_opnum[t_reload] = MIN (reload_opnum[t_reload], opnum); 521 reload_optional[t_reload] &= optional; 522 reload_secondary_p[t_reload] = 1; 523 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[t_reload], 524 opnum, reload_opnum[t_reload])) 525 reload_when_needed[t_reload] = RELOAD_OTHER;
| 461 rld[t_reload].opnum = MIN (rld[t_reload].opnum, opnum); 462 rld[t_reload].optional &= optional; 463 rld[t_reload].secondary_p = 1; 464 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, rld[t_reload].when_needed, 465 opnum, rld[t_reload].opnum)) 466 rld[t_reload].when_needed = RELOAD_OTHER;
|
526 } 527 528 if (t_reload == n_reloads) 529 { 530 /* We need to make a new tertiary reload for this register class. */
| 467 } 468 469 if (t_reload == n_reloads) 470 { 471 /* We need to make a new tertiary reload for this register class. */
|
531 reload_in[t_reload] = reload_out[t_reload] = 0; 532 reload_reg_class[t_reload] = t_class; 533 reload_inmode[t_reload] = in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode; 534 reload_outmode[t_reload] = ! in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode; 535 reload_reg_rtx[t_reload] = 0; 536 reload_optional[t_reload] = optional; 537 reload_nongroup[t_reload] = 0; 538 reload_inc[t_reload] = 0;
| 472 rld[t_reload].in = rld[t_reload].out = 0; 473 rld[t_reload].class = t_class; 474 rld[t_reload].inmode = in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode; 475 rld[t_reload].outmode = ! in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode; 476 rld[t_reload].reg_rtx = 0; 477 rld[t_reload].optional = optional; 478 rld[t_reload].inc = 0;
|
539 /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky. */
| 479 /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky. */
|
540 reload_nocombine[t_reload] = 1; 541 reload_in_reg[t_reload] = 0; 542 reload_out_reg[t_reload] = 0; 543 reload_opnum[t_reload] = opnum; 544 reload_when_needed[t_reload] = secondary_type; 545 reload_secondary_in_reload[t_reload] = -1; 546 reload_secondary_out_reload[t_reload] = -1; 547 reload_secondary_in_icode[t_reload] = CODE_FOR_nothing; 548 reload_secondary_out_icode[t_reload] = CODE_FOR_nothing; 549 reload_secondary_p[t_reload] = 1;
| 480 rld[t_reload].nocombine = 1; 481 rld[t_reload].in_reg = 0; 482 rld[t_reload].out_reg = 0; 483 rld[t_reload].opnum = opnum; 484 rld[t_reload].when_needed = secondary_type; 485 rld[t_reload].secondary_in_reload = -1; 486 rld[t_reload].secondary_out_reload = -1; 487 rld[t_reload].secondary_in_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 488 rld[t_reload].secondary_out_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 489 rld[t_reload].secondary_p = 1;
|
550 551 n_reloads++; 552 } 553 } 554 555 /* See if we can reuse an existing secondary reload. */ 556 for (s_reload = 0; s_reload < n_reloads; s_reload++)
| 490 491 n_reloads++; 492 } 493 } 494 495 /* See if we can reuse an existing secondary reload. */ 496 for (s_reload = 0; s_reload < n_reloads; s_reload++)
|
557 if (reload_secondary_p[s_reload] 558 && (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[s_reload]) 559 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[s_reload], class)) 560 && ((in_p && reload_inmode[s_reload] == mode) 561 || (! in_p && reload_outmode[s_reload] == mode)) 562 && ((in_p && reload_secondary_in_reload[s_reload] == t_reload) 563 || (! in_p && reload_secondary_out_reload[s_reload] == t_reload)) 564 && ((in_p && reload_secondary_in_icode[s_reload] == t_icode) 565 || (! in_p && reload_secondary_out_icode[s_reload] == t_icode))
| 497 if (rld[s_reload].secondary_p 498 && (reg_class_subset_p (class, rld[s_reload].class) 499 || reg_class_subset_p (rld[s_reload].class, class)) 500 && ((in_p && rld[s_reload].inmode == mode) 501 || (! in_p && rld[s_reload].outmode == mode)) 502 && ((in_p && rld[s_reload].secondary_in_reload == t_reload) 503 || (! in_p && rld[s_reload].secondary_out_reload == t_reload)) 504 && ((in_p && rld[s_reload].secondary_in_icode == t_icode) 505 || (! in_p && rld[s_reload].secondary_out_icode == t_icode))
|
566 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
| 506 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
|
567 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[s_reload], 568 opnum, reload_opnum[s_reload]))
| 507 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type, rld[s_reload].when_needed, 508 opnum, rld[s_reload].opnum))
|
569 { 570 if (in_p)
| 509 { 510 if (in_p)
|
571 reload_inmode[s_reload] = mode;
| 511 rld[s_reload].inmode = mode;
|
572 if (! in_p)
| 512 if (! in_p)
|
573 reload_outmode[s_reload] = mode;
| 513 rld[s_reload].outmode = mode;
|
574
| 514
|
575 if (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[s_reload])) 576 reload_reg_class[s_reload] = class;
| 515 if (reg_class_subset_p (class, rld[s_reload].class)) 516 rld[s_reload].class = class;
|
577
| 517
|
578 reload_opnum[s_reload] = MIN (reload_opnum[s_reload], opnum); 579 reload_optional[s_reload] &= optional; 580 reload_secondary_p[s_reload] = 1; 581 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[s_reload], 582 opnum, reload_opnum[s_reload])) 583 reload_when_needed[s_reload] = RELOAD_OTHER;
| 518 rld[s_reload].opnum = MIN (rld[s_reload].opnum, opnum); 519 rld[s_reload].optional &= optional; 520 rld[s_reload].secondary_p = 1; 521 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, rld[s_reload].when_needed, 522 opnum, rld[s_reload].opnum)) 523 rld[s_reload].when_needed = RELOAD_OTHER;
|
584 } 585 586 if (s_reload == n_reloads) 587 { 588#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 589 /* If we need a memory location to copy between the two reload regs, 590 set it up now. Note that we do the input case before making
| 524 } 525 526 if (s_reload == n_reloads) 527 { 528#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 529 /* If we need a memory location to copy between the two reload regs, 530 set it up now. Note that we do the input case before making
|
591 the reload and the output case after. This is due to the
| 531 the reload and the output case after. This is due to the
|
592 way reloads are output. */ 593 594 if (in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing 595 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, reload_class, mode)) 596 { 597 get_secondary_mem (x, reload_mode, opnum, type); 598 599 /* We may have just added new reloads. Make sure we add 600 the new reload at the end. */ 601 s_reload = n_reloads; 602 } 603#endif 604 605 /* We need to make a new secondary reload for this register class. */
| 532 way reloads are output. */ 533 534 if (in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing 535 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, reload_class, mode)) 536 { 537 get_secondary_mem (x, reload_mode, opnum, type); 538 539 /* We may have just added new reloads. Make sure we add 540 the new reload at the end. */ 541 s_reload = n_reloads; 542 } 543#endif 544 545 /* We need to make a new secondary reload for this register class. */
|
606 reload_in[s_reload] = reload_out[s_reload] = 0; 607 reload_reg_class[s_reload] = class;
| 546 rld[s_reload].in = rld[s_reload].out = 0; 547 rld[s_reload].class = class;
|
608
| 548
|
609 reload_inmode[s_reload] = in_p ? mode : VOIDmode; 610 reload_outmode[s_reload] = ! in_p ? mode : VOIDmode; 611 reload_reg_rtx[s_reload] = 0; 612 reload_optional[s_reload] = optional; 613 reload_nongroup[s_reload] = 0; 614 reload_inc[s_reload] = 0;
| 549 rld[s_reload].inmode = in_p ? mode : VOIDmode; 550 rld[s_reload].outmode = ! in_p ? mode : VOIDmode; 551 rld[s_reload].reg_rtx = 0; 552 rld[s_reload].optional = optional; 553 rld[s_reload].inc = 0;
|
615 /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky. */
| 554 /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky. */
|
616 reload_nocombine[s_reload] = 1; 617 reload_in_reg[s_reload] = 0; 618 reload_out_reg[s_reload] = 0; 619 reload_opnum[s_reload] = opnum; 620 reload_when_needed[s_reload] = secondary_type; 621 reload_secondary_in_reload[s_reload] = in_p ? t_reload : -1; 622 reload_secondary_out_reload[s_reload] = ! in_p ? t_reload : -1; 623 reload_secondary_in_icode[s_reload] = in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing; 624 reload_secondary_out_icode[s_reload]
| 555 rld[s_reload].nocombine = 1; 556 rld[s_reload].in_reg = 0; 557 rld[s_reload].out_reg = 0; 558 rld[s_reload].opnum = opnum; 559 rld[s_reload].when_needed = secondary_type; 560 rld[s_reload].secondary_in_reload = in_p ? t_reload : -1; 561 rld[s_reload].secondary_out_reload = ! in_p ? t_reload : -1; 562 rld[s_reload].secondary_in_icode = in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing; 563 rld[s_reload].secondary_out_icode
|
625 = ! in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing;
| 564 = ! in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing;
|
626 reload_secondary_p[s_reload] = 1;
| 565 rld[s_reload].secondary_p = 1;
|
627 628 n_reloads++; 629 630#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 631 if (! in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing 632 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (reload_class, class, mode)) 633 get_secondary_mem (x, mode, opnum, type); 634#endif 635 } 636 637 *picode = icode; 638 return s_reload; 639} 640#endif /* HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS */ 641 642#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 643
| 566 567 n_reloads++; 568 569#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 570 if (! in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing 571 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (reload_class, class, mode)) 572 get_secondary_mem (x, mode, opnum, type); 573#endif 574 } 575 576 *picode = icode; 577 return s_reload; 578} 579#endif /* HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS */ 580 581#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 582
|
644/* Return a memory location that will be used to copy X in mode MODE.
| 583/* Return a memory location that will be used to copy X in mode MODE.
|
645 If we haven't already made a location for this mode in this insn, 646 call find_reloads_address on the location being returned. */ 647 648rtx 649get_secondary_mem (x, mode, opnum, type)
| 584 If we haven't already made a location for this mode in this insn, 585 call find_reloads_address on the location being returned. */ 586 587rtx 588get_secondary_mem (x, mode, opnum, type)
|
650 rtx x;
| 589 rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
651 enum machine_mode mode; 652 int opnum; 653 enum reload_type type; 654{ 655 rtx loc; 656 int mem_valid; 657 658 /* By default, if MODE is narrower than a word, widen it to a word. 659 This is required because most machines that require these memory 660 locations do not support short load and stores from all registers 661 (e.g., FP registers). */ 662 663#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE 664 mode = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (mode); 665#else
| 590 enum machine_mode mode; 591 int opnum; 592 enum reload_type type; 593{ 594 rtx loc; 595 int mem_valid; 596 597 /* By default, if MODE is narrower than a word, widen it to a word. 598 This is required because most machines that require these memory 599 locations do not support short load and stores from all registers 600 (e.g., FP registers). */ 601 602#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE 603 mode = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (mode); 604#else
|
666 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < BITS_PER_WORD)
| 605 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < BITS_PER_WORD && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode))
|
667 mode = mode_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode), 0); 668#endif 669 670 /* If we already have made a MEM for this operand in MODE, return it. */ 671 if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] != 0) 672 return secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum]; 673
| 606 mode = mode_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode), 0); 607#endif 608 609 /* If we already have made a MEM for this operand in MODE, return it. */ 610 if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] != 0) 611 return secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum]; 612
|
674 /* If this is the first time we've tried to get a MEM for this mode,
| 613 /* If this is the first time we've tried to get a MEM for this mode,
|
675 allocate a new one. `something_changed' in reload will get set 676 by noticing that the frame size has changed. */ 677 678 if (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] == 0) 679 { 680#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX 681 secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (mode); 682#else 683 secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] 684 = assign_stack_local (mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0); 685#endif 686 } 687 688 /* Get a version of the address doing any eliminations needed. If that 689 didn't give us a new MEM, make a new one if it isn't valid. */ 690 691 loc = eliminate_regs (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode], VOIDmode, NULL_RTX); 692 mem_valid = strict_memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (loc, 0)); 693 694 if (! mem_valid && loc == secondary_memlocs[(int) mode]) 695 loc = copy_rtx (loc); 696 697 /* The only time the call below will do anything is if the stack 698 offset is too large. In that case IND_LEVELS doesn't matter, so we 699 can just pass a zero. Adjust the type to be the address of the 700 corresponding object. If the address was valid, save the eliminated 701 address. If it wasn't valid, we need to make a reload each time, so 702 don't save it. */ 703 704 if (! mem_valid) 705 { 706 type = (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 707 : type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 708 : RELOAD_OTHER); 709
| 614 allocate a new one. `something_changed' in reload will get set 615 by noticing that the frame size has changed. */ 616 617 if (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] == 0) 618 { 619#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX 620 secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (mode); 621#else 622 secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] 623 = assign_stack_local (mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0); 624#endif 625 } 626 627 /* Get a version of the address doing any eliminations needed. If that 628 didn't give us a new MEM, make a new one if it isn't valid. */ 629 630 loc = eliminate_regs (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode], VOIDmode, NULL_RTX); 631 mem_valid = strict_memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (loc, 0)); 632 633 if (! mem_valid && loc == secondary_memlocs[(int) mode]) 634 loc = copy_rtx (loc); 635 636 /* The only time the call below will do anything is if the stack 637 offset is too large. In that case IND_LEVELS doesn't matter, so we 638 can just pass a zero. Adjust the type to be the address of the 639 corresponding object. If the address was valid, save the eliminated 640 address. If it wasn't valid, we need to make a reload each time, so 641 don't save it. */ 642 643 if (! mem_valid) 644 { 645 type = (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 646 : type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 647 : RELOAD_OTHER); 648
|
710 find_reloads_address (mode, NULL_PTR, XEXP (loc, 0), &XEXP (loc, 0),
| 649 find_reloads_address (mode, (rtx*) 0, XEXP (loc, 0), &XEXP (loc, 0),
|
711 opnum, type, 0, 0); 712 } 713 714 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] = loc; 715 return loc; 716} 717 718/* Clear any secondary memory locations we've made. */ 719 720void 721clear_secondary_mem () 722{
| 650 opnum, type, 0, 0); 651 } 652 653 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] = loc; 654 return loc; 655} 656 657/* Clear any secondary memory locations we've made. */ 658 659void 660clear_secondary_mem () 661{
|
723 bzero ((char *) secondary_memlocs, sizeof secondary_memlocs);
| 662 memset ((char *) secondary_memlocs, 0, sizeof secondary_memlocs);
|
724} 725#endif /* SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED */ 726 727/* Find the largest class for which every register number plus N is valid in 728 M1 (if in range). Abort if no such class exists. */ 729 730static enum reg_class 731find_valid_class (m1, n)
| 663} 664#endif /* SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED */ 665 666/* Find the largest class for which every register number plus N is valid in 667 M1 (if in range). Abort if no such class exists. */ 668 669static enum reg_class 670find_valid_class (m1, n)
|
732 enum machine_mode m1;
| 671 enum machine_mode m1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
733 int n; 734{ 735 int class; 736 int regno;
| 672 int n; 673{ 674 int class; 675 int regno;
|
737 enum reg_class best_class; 738 int best_size = 0;
| 676 enum reg_class best_class = NO_REGS; 677 unsigned int best_size = 0;
|
739 740 for (class = 1; class < N_REG_CLASSES; class++) 741 { 742 int bad = 0; 743 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && ! bad; regno++) 744 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regno) 745 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regno + n) 746 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno + n, m1)) 747 bad = 1; 748 749 if (! bad && reg_class_size[class] > best_size) 750 best_class = class, best_size = reg_class_size[class]; 751 } 752 753 if (best_size == 0) 754 abort (); 755 756 return best_class; 757} 758 759/* Return the number of a previously made reload that can be combined with 760 a new one, or n_reloads if none of the existing reloads can be used. 761 OUT, CLASS, TYPE and OPNUM are the same arguments as passed to 762 push_reload, they determine the kind of the new reload that we try to 763 combine. P_IN points to the corresponding value of IN, which can be 764 modified by this function. 765 DONT_SHARE is nonzero if we can't share any input-only reload for IN. */
| 678 679 for (class = 1; class < N_REG_CLASSES; class++) 680 { 681 int bad = 0; 682 for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && ! bad; regno++) 683 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regno) 684 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regno + n) 685 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno + n, m1)) 686 bad = 1; 687 688 if (! bad && reg_class_size[class] > best_size) 689 best_class = class, best_size = reg_class_size[class]; 690 } 691 692 if (best_size == 0) 693 abort (); 694 695 return best_class; 696} 697 698/* Return the number of a previously made reload that can be combined with 699 a new one, or n_reloads if none of the existing reloads can be used. 700 OUT, CLASS, TYPE and OPNUM are the same arguments as passed to 701 push_reload, they determine the kind of the new reload that we try to 702 combine. P_IN points to the corresponding value of IN, which can be 703 modified by this function. 704 DONT_SHARE is nonzero if we can't share any input-only reload for IN. */
|
| 705
|
766static int 767find_reusable_reload (p_in, out, class, type, opnum, dont_share) 768 rtx *p_in, out; 769 enum reg_class class; 770 enum reload_type type; 771 int opnum, dont_share; 772{ 773 rtx in = *p_in; 774 int i; 775 /* We can't merge two reloads if the output of either one is 776 earlyclobbered. */ 777 778 if (earlyclobber_operand_p (out)) 779 return n_reloads; 780 781 /* We can use an existing reload if the class is right 782 and at least one of IN and OUT is a match 783 and the other is at worst neutral.
| 706static int 707find_reusable_reload (p_in, out, class, type, opnum, dont_share) 708 rtx *p_in, out; 709 enum reg_class class; 710 enum reload_type type; 711 int opnum, dont_share; 712{ 713 rtx in = *p_in; 714 int i; 715 /* We can't merge two reloads if the output of either one is 716 earlyclobbered. */ 717 718 if (earlyclobber_operand_p (out)) 719 return n_reloads; 720 721 /* We can use an existing reload if the class is right 722 and at least one of IN and OUT is a match 723 and the other is at worst neutral.
|
784 (A zero compared against anything is neutral.)
| 724 (A zero compared against anything is neutral.)
|
785 786 If SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES, don't use existing reloads unless they are 787 for the same thing since that can cause us to need more reload registers 788 than we otherwise would. */
| 725 726 If SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES, don't use existing reloads unless they are 727 for the same thing since that can cause us to need more reload registers 728 than we otherwise would. */
|
789
| 729
|
790 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
| 730 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
|
791 if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i]) 792 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], class))
| 731 if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, rld[i].class) 732 || reg_class_subset_p (rld[i].class, class))
|
793 /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our class. */
| 733 /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our class. */
|
794 && (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
| 734 && (rld[i].reg_rtx == 0
|
795 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
| 735 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
|
796 true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[i]))) 797 && ((in != 0 && MATCHES (reload_in[i], in) && ! dont_share 798 && (out == 0 || reload_out[i] == 0 || MATCHES (reload_out[i], out))) 799 || 800 (out != 0 && MATCHES (reload_out[i], out) 801 && (in == 0 || reload_in[i] == 0 || MATCHES (reload_in[i], in)))) 802 && (reload_out[i] == 0 || ! earlyclobber_operand_p (reload_out[i]))
| 736 true_regnum (rld[i].reg_rtx))) 737 && ((in != 0 && MATCHES (rld[i].in, in) && ! dont_share 738 && (out == 0 || rld[i].out == 0 || MATCHES (rld[i].out, out))) 739 || (out != 0 && MATCHES (rld[i].out, out) 740 && (in == 0 || rld[i].in == 0 || MATCHES (rld[i].in, in)))) 741 && (rld[i].out == 0 || ! earlyclobber_operand_p (rld[i].out))
|
803 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
| 742 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
|
804 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, reload_when_needed[i], 805 opnum, reload_opnum[i]))
| 743 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, rld[i].when_needed, opnum, rld[i].opnum))
|
806 return i; 807 808 /* Reloading a plain reg for input can match a reload to postincrement 809 that reg, since the postincrement's value is the right value. 810 Likewise, it can match a preincrement reload, since we regard 811 the preincrementation as happening before any ref in this insn 812 to that register. */ 813 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
| 744 return i; 745 746 /* Reloading a plain reg for input can match a reload to postincrement 747 that reg, since the postincrement's value is the right value. 748 Likewise, it can match a preincrement reload, since we regard 749 the preincrementation as happening before any ref in this insn 750 to that register. */ 751 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
|
814 if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i]) 815 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], class))
| 752 if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, rld[i].class) 753 || reg_class_subset_p (rld[i].class, class))
|
816 /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our 817 class. */
| 754 /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our 755 class. */
|
818 && (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
| 756 && (rld[i].reg_rtx == 0
|
819 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
| 757 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
|
820 true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[i]))) 821 && out == 0 && reload_out[i] == 0 && reload_in[i] != 0
| 758 true_regnum (rld[i].reg_rtx))) 759 && out == 0 && rld[i].out == 0 && rld[i].in != 0
|
822 && ((GET_CODE (in) == REG
| 760 && ((GET_CODE (in) == REG
|
823 && (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == POST_INC 824 || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == POST_DEC 825 || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == PRE_INC 826 || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == PRE_DEC) 827 && MATCHES (XEXP (reload_in[i], 0), in)) 828 || 829 (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG 830 && (GET_CODE (in) == POST_INC 831 || GET_CODE (in) == POST_DEC 832 || GET_CODE (in) == PRE_INC 833 || GET_CODE (in) == PRE_DEC) 834 && MATCHES (XEXP (in, 0), reload_in[i]))) 835 && (reload_out[i] == 0 || ! earlyclobber_operand_p (reload_out[i]))
| 761 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (rld[i].in)) == 'a' 762 && MATCHES (XEXP (rld[i].in, 0), in)) 763 || (GET_CODE (rld[i].in) == REG 764 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (in)) == 'a' 765 && MATCHES (XEXP (in, 0), rld[i].in))) 766 && (rld[i].out == 0 || ! earlyclobber_operand_p (rld[i].out))
|
836 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
| 767 && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES)
|
837 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, reload_when_needed[i], 838 opnum, reload_opnum[i]))
| 768 && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, rld[i].when_needed, 769 opnum, rld[i].opnum))
|
839 { 840 /* Make sure reload_in ultimately has the increment, 841 not the plain register. */ 842 if (GET_CODE (in) == REG)
| 770 { 771 /* Make sure reload_in ultimately has the increment, 772 not the plain register. */ 773 if (GET_CODE (in) == REG)
|
843 *p_in = reload_in[i];
| 774 *p_in = rld[i].in;
|
844 return i; 845 } 846 return n_reloads; 847} 848
| 775 return i; 776 } 777 return n_reloads; 778} 779
|
| 780/* Return nonzero if X is a SUBREG which will require reloading of its 781 SUBREG_REG expression. */ 782 783static int 784reload_inner_reg_of_subreg (x, mode) 785 rtx x; 786 enum machine_mode mode; 787{ 788 rtx inner; 789 790 /* Only SUBREGs are problematical. */ 791 if (GET_CODE (x) != SUBREG) 792 return 0; 793 794 inner = SUBREG_REG (x); 795 796 /* If INNER is a constant or PLUS, then INNER must be reloaded. */ 797 if (CONSTANT_P (inner) || GET_CODE (inner) == PLUS) 798 return 1; 799 800 /* If INNER is not a hard register, then INNER will not need to 801 be reloaded. */ 802 if (GET_CODE (inner) != REG 803 || REGNO (inner) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 804 return 0; 805 806 /* If INNER is not ok for MODE, then INNER will need reloading. */ 807 if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (subreg_regno (x), mode)) 808 return 1; 809 810 /* If the outer part is a word or smaller, INNER larger than a 811 word and the number of regs for INNER is not the same as the 812 number of words in INNER, then INNER will need reloading. */ 813 return (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 814 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner)) > UNITS_PER_WORD 815 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) 816 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (inner), GET_MODE (inner)))); 817} 818
|
849/* Record one reload that needs to be performed. 850 IN is an rtx saying where the data are to be found before this instruction. 851 OUT says where they must be stored after the instruction. 852 (IN is zero for data not read, and OUT is zero for data not written.) 853 INLOC and OUTLOC point to the places in the instructions where 854 IN and OUT were found. 855 If IN and OUT are both non-zero, it means the same register must be used 856 to reload both IN and OUT. 857 858 CLASS is a register class required for the reloaded data. 859 INMODE is the machine mode that the instruction requires 860 for the reg that replaces IN and OUTMODE is likewise for OUT. 861 862 If IN is zero, then OUT's location and mode should be passed as 863 INLOC and INMODE. 864 865 STRICT_LOW is the 1 if there is a containing STRICT_LOW_PART rtx. 866 867 OPTIONAL nonzero means this reload does not need to be performed: 868 it can be discarded if that is more convenient. 869 870 OPNUM and TYPE say what the purpose of this reload is. 871 872 The return value is the reload-number for this reload. 873 874 If both IN and OUT are nonzero, in some rare cases we might 875 want to make two separate reloads. (Actually we never do this now.) 876 Therefore, the reload-number for OUT is stored in 877 output_reloadnum when we return; the return value applies to IN. 878 Usually (presently always), when IN and OUT are nonzero, 879 the two reload-numbers are equal, but the caller should be careful to 880 distinguish them. */ 881
| 819/* Record one reload that needs to be performed. 820 IN is an rtx saying where the data are to be found before this instruction. 821 OUT says where they must be stored after the instruction. 822 (IN is zero for data not read, and OUT is zero for data not written.) 823 INLOC and OUTLOC point to the places in the instructions where 824 IN and OUT were found. 825 If IN and OUT are both non-zero, it means the same register must be used 826 to reload both IN and OUT. 827 828 CLASS is a register class required for the reloaded data. 829 INMODE is the machine mode that the instruction requires 830 for the reg that replaces IN and OUTMODE is likewise for OUT. 831 832 If IN is zero, then OUT's location and mode should be passed as 833 INLOC and INMODE. 834 835 STRICT_LOW is the 1 if there is a containing STRICT_LOW_PART rtx. 836 837 OPTIONAL nonzero means this reload does not need to be performed: 838 it can be discarded if that is more convenient. 839 840 OPNUM and TYPE say what the purpose of this reload is. 841 842 The return value is the reload-number for this reload. 843 844 If both IN and OUT are nonzero, in some rare cases we might 845 want to make two separate reloads. (Actually we never do this now.) 846 Therefore, the reload-number for OUT is stored in 847 output_reloadnum when we return; the return value applies to IN. 848 Usually (presently always), when IN and OUT are nonzero, 849 the two reload-numbers are equal, but the caller should be careful to 850 distinguish them. */ 851
|
882static int
| 852int
|
883push_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc, class, 884 inmode, outmode, strict_low, optional, opnum, type) 885 rtx in, out; 886 rtx *inloc, *outloc; 887 enum reg_class class; 888 enum machine_mode inmode, outmode; 889 int strict_low; 890 int optional; 891 int opnum; 892 enum reload_type type; 893{
| 853push_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc, class, 854 inmode, outmode, strict_low, optional, opnum, type) 855 rtx in, out; 856 rtx *inloc, *outloc; 857 enum reg_class class; 858 enum machine_mode inmode, outmode; 859 int strict_low; 860 int optional; 861 int opnum; 862 enum reload_type type; 863{
|
894 register int i;
| 864 int i;
|
895 int dont_share = 0; 896 int dont_remove_subreg = 0; 897 rtx *in_subreg_loc = 0, *out_subreg_loc = 0; 898 int secondary_in_reload = -1, secondary_out_reload = -1; 899 enum insn_code secondary_in_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 900 enum insn_code secondary_out_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 901 902 /* INMODE and/or OUTMODE could be VOIDmode if no mode 903 has been specified for the operand. In that case, 904 use the operand's mode as the mode to reload. */ 905 if (inmode == VOIDmode && in != 0) 906 inmode = GET_MODE (in); 907 if (outmode == VOIDmode && out != 0) 908 outmode = GET_MODE (out); 909
| 865 int dont_share = 0; 866 int dont_remove_subreg = 0; 867 rtx *in_subreg_loc = 0, *out_subreg_loc = 0; 868 int secondary_in_reload = -1, secondary_out_reload = -1; 869 enum insn_code secondary_in_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 870 enum insn_code secondary_out_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; 871 872 /* INMODE and/or OUTMODE could be VOIDmode if no mode 873 has been specified for the operand. In that case, 874 use the operand's mode as the mode to reload. */ 875 if (inmode == VOIDmode && in != 0) 876 inmode = GET_MODE (in); 877 if (outmode == VOIDmode && out != 0) 878 outmode = GET_MODE (out); 879
|
910 /* If IN is a pseudo register everywhere-equivalent to a constant, and
| 880 /* If IN is a pseudo register everywhere-equivalent to a constant, and
|
911 it is not in a hard register, reload straight from the constant, 912 since we want to get rid of such pseudo registers. 913 Often this is done earlier, but not always in find_reloads_address. */ 914 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG) 915 {
| 881 it is not in a hard register, reload straight from the constant, 882 since we want to get rid of such pseudo registers. 883 Often this is done earlier, but not always in find_reloads_address. */ 884 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG) 885 {
|
916 register int regno = REGNO (in);
| 886 int regno = REGNO (in);
|
917 918 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 919 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 920 in = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 921 } 922 923 /* Likewise for OUT. Of course, OUT will never be equivalent to 924 an actual constant, but it might be equivalent to a memory location 925 (in the case of a parameter). */ 926 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG) 927 {
| 887 888 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 889 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 890 in = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 891 } 892 893 /* Likewise for OUT. Of course, OUT will never be equivalent to 894 an actual constant, but it might be equivalent to a memory location 895 (in the case of a parameter). */ 896 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG) 897 {
|
928 register int regno = REGNO (out);
| 898 int regno = REGNO (out);
|
929 930 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 931 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 932 out = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 933 } 934 935 /* If we have a read-write operand with an address side-effect, 936 change either IN or OUT so the side-effect happens only once. */ 937 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == MEM && rtx_equal_p (in, out))
| 899 900 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 901 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 902 out = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 903 } 904 905 /* If we have a read-write operand with an address side-effect, 906 change either IN or OUT so the side-effect happens only once. */ 907 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == MEM && rtx_equal_p (in, out))
|
938 { 939 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == POST_INC 940 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == POST_DEC) 941 in = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (in), XEXP (XEXP (in, 0), 0)); 942 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == PRE_INC 943 || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == PRE_DEC) 944 out = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (out), XEXP (XEXP (out, 0), 0)); 945 }
| 908 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0))) 909 { 910 case POST_INC: case POST_DEC: case POST_MODIFY: 911 in = replace_equiv_address_nv (in, XEXP (XEXP (in, 0), 0)); 912 break;
|
946
| 913
|
| 914 case PRE_INC: case PRE_DEC: case PRE_MODIFY: 915 out = replace_equiv_address_nv (out, XEXP (XEXP (out, 0), 0)); 916 break; 917 918 default: 919 break; 920 } 921
|
947 /* If we are reloading a (SUBREG constant ...), really reload just the 948 inside expression in its own mode. Similarly for (SUBREG (PLUS ...)). 949 If we have (SUBREG:M1 (MEM:M2 ...) ...) (or an inner REG that is still 950 a pseudo and hence will become a MEM) with M1 wider than M2 and the 951 register is a pseudo, also reload the inside expression. 952 For machines that extend byte loads, do this for any SUBREG of a pseudo 953 where both M1 and M2 are a word or smaller, M1 is wider than M2, and 954 M2 is an integral mode that gets extended when loaded. 955 Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where 956 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only 957 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R. 958 (However, if OUT is nonzero, we need to reload the reg *and* 959 the subreg, so do nothing here, and let following statement handle it.) 960 961 Note that the case of (SUBREG (CONST_INT...)...) is handled elsewhere; 962 we can't handle it here because CONST_INT does not indicate a mode. 963 964 Similarly, we must reload the inside expression if we have a 965 STRICT_LOW_PART (presumably, in == out in the cas). 966 967 Also reload the inner expression if it does not require a secondary 968 reload but the SUBREG does. 969 970 Finally, reload the inner expression if it is a register that is in 971 the class whose registers cannot be referenced in a different size
| 922 /* If we are reloading a (SUBREG constant ...), really reload just the 923 inside expression in its own mode. Similarly for (SUBREG (PLUS ...)). 924 If we have (SUBREG:M1 (MEM:M2 ...) ...) (or an inner REG that is still 925 a pseudo and hence will become a MEM) with M1 wider than M2 and the 926 register is a pseudo, also reload the inside expression. 927 For machines that extend byte loads, do this for any SUBREG of a pseudo 928 where both M1 and M2 are a word or smaller, M1 is wider than M2, and 929 M2 is an integral mode that gets extended when loaded. 930 Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where 931 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only 932 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R. 933 (However, if OUT is nonzero, we need to reload the reg *and* 934 the subreg, so do nothing here, and let following statement handle it.) 935 936 Note that the case of (SUBREG (CONST_INT...)...) is handled elsewhere; 937 we can't handle it here because CONST_INT does not indicate a mode. 938 939 Similarly, we must reload the inside expression if we have a 940 STRICT_LOW_PART (presumably, in == out in the cas). 941 942 Also reload the inner expression if it does not require a secondary 943 reload but the SUBREG does. 944 945 Finally, reload the inner expression if it is a register that is in 946 the class whose registers cannot be referenced in a different size
|
972 and M1 is not the same size as M2. If SUBREG_WORD is nonzero, we
| 947 and M1 is not the same size as M2. If subreg_lowpart_p is false, we
|
973 cannot reload just the inside since we might end up with the wrong 974 register class. But if it is inside a STRICT_LOW_PART, we have 975 no choice, so we hope we do get the right register class there. */ 976 977 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG
| 948 cannot reload just the inside since we might end up with the wrong 949 register class. But if it is inside a STRICT_LOW_PART, we have 950 no choice, so we hope we do get the right register class there. */ 951 952 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG
|
978 && (SUBREG_WORD (in) == 0 || strict_low) 979#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE 980 && class != CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
| 953 && (subreg_lowpart_p (in) || strict_low) 954#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE 955 && (class != CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE 956 || ! CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), inmode))
|
981#endif 982 && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (in)) 983 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == PLUS 984 || strict_low 985 || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 986 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 987 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == MEM) 988 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) 989 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))) 990#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP 991 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 992 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 993 <= UNITS_PER_WORD) 994 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) 995 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))) 996 && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 997 && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) != NIL) 998#endif 999#ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS 1000 || ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) 1001 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))) 1002 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD == 1003 ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) - 1) 1004 / UNITS_PER_WORD))) 1005#endif 1006 )) 1007 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 1008 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1009 /* The case where out is nonzero 1010 is handled differently in the following statement. */
| 957#endif 958 && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (in)) 959 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == PLUS 960 || strict_low 961 || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 962 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 963 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == MEM) 964 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) 965 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))) 966#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP 967 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 968 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 969 <= UNITS_PER_WORD) 970 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) 971 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))) 972 && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 973 && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) != NIL) 974#endif 975#ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS 976 || ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) 977 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))) 978 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD == 979 ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) - 1) 980 / UNITS_PER_WORD))) 981#endif 982 )) 983 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 984 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 985 /* The case where out is nonzero 986 is handled differently in the following statement. */
|
1011 && (out == 0 || SUBREG_WORD (in) == 0)
| 987 && (out == 0 || subreg_lowpart_p (in))
|
1012 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 1013 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 1014 > UNITS_PER_WORD) 1015 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 1016 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 1017 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1018 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))))
| 988 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 989 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 990 > UNITS_PER_WORD) 991 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 992 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 993 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), 994 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))))
|
1019 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK ((REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) 1020 + SUBREG_WORD (in)), 1021 inmode)))
| 995 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (subreg_regno (in), inmode)))
|
1022#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1023 || (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, inmode, in) != NO_REGS 1024 && (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, 1025 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1026 SUBREG_REG (in)) 1027 == NO_REGS)) 1028#endif
| 996#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 997 || (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, inmode, in) != NO_REGS 998 && (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, 999 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1000 SUBREG_REG (in)) 1001 == NO_REGS)) 1002#endif
|
1029#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
| 1003#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE
|
1030 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 1031 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1032 && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
| 1004 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 1005 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1006 && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
|
1033 (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE],
| 1007 (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE],
|
1034 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in))))
| 1008 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in))))
|
1035 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 1036 != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)))
| 1009 && CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1010 inmode))
|
1037#endif 1038 )) 1039 { 1040 in_subreg_loc = inloc; 1041 inloc = &SUBREG_REG (in); 1042 in = *inloc; 1043#if ! defined (LOAD_EXTEND_OP) && ! defined (WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS) 1044 if (GET_CODE (in) == MEM) 1045 /* This is supposed to happen only for paradoxical subregs made by 1046 combine.c. (SUBREG (MEM)) isn't supposed to occur other ways. */ 1047 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)) 1048 abort (); 1049#endif 1050 inmode = GET_MODE (in); 1051 } 1052 1053 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where 1054 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only 1055 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R. 1056 1057 However, we must reload the inner reg *as well as* the subreg in 1058 that case. */ 1059 1060 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG constant ...) if it was not handled by the
| 1011#endif 1012 )) 1013 { 1014 in_subreg_loc = inloc; 1015 inloc = &SUBREG_REG (in); 1016 in = *inloc; 1017#if ! defined (LOAD_EXTEND_OP) && ! defined (WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS) 1018 if (GET_CODE (in) == MEM) 1019 /* This is supposed to happen only for paradoxical subregs made by 1020 combine.c. (SUBREG (MEM)) isn't supposed to occur other ways. */ 1021 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)) 1022 abort (); 1023#endif 1024 inmode = GET_MODE (in); 1025 } 1026 1027 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where 1028 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only 1029 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R. 1030 1031 However, we must reload the inner reg *as well as* the subreg in 1032 that case. */ 1033 1034 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG constant ...) if it was not handled by the
|
1061 code above. This can happen if SUBREG_WORD != 0. */
| 1035 code above. This can happen if SUBREG_BYTE != 0. */
|
1062
| 1036
|
1063 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG 1064 && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (in)) 1065 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 1066 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1067 && (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) 1068 + SUBREG_WORD (in), 1069 inmode) 1070 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 1071 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 1072 > UNITS_PER_WORD) 1073 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 1074 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 1075 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1076 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))))))))
| 1037 if (in != 0 && reload_inner_reg_of_subreg (in, inmode))
|
1077 {
| 1038 {
|
| 1039 enum reg_class in_class = class; 1040 1041 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG) 1042 in_class 1043 = find_valid_class (inmode, 1044 subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1045 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1046 SUBREG_BYTE (in), 1047 GET_MODE (in))); 1048
|
1078 /* This relies on the fact that emit_reload_insns outputs the 1079 instructions for input reloads of type RELOAD_OTHER in the same 1080 order as the reloads. Thus if the outer reload is also of type 1081 RELOAD_OTHER, we are guaranteed that this inner reload will be 1082 output before the outer reload. */
| 1049 /* This relies on the fact that emit_reload_insns outputs the 1050 instructions for input reloads of type RELOAD_OTHER in the same 1051 order as the reloads. Thus if the outer reload is also of type 1052 RELOAD_OTHER, we are guaranteed that this inner reload will be 1053 output before the outer reload. */
|
1083 push_reload (SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_RTX, &SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_PTR, 1084 find_valid_class (inmode, SUBREG_WORD (in)), 1085 VOIDmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
| 1054 push_reload (SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_RTX, &SUBREG_REG (in), (rtx *) 0, 1055 in_class, VOIDmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
|
1086 dont_remove_subreg = 1; 1087 } 1088 1089 /* Similarly for paradoxical and problematical SUBREGs on the output. 1090 Note that there is no reason we need worry about the previous value 1091 of SUBREG_REG (out); even if wider than out, 1092 storing in a subreg is entitled to clobber it all 1093 (except in the case of STRICT_LOW_PART, 1094 and in that case the constraint should label it input-output.) */ 1095 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG
| 1056 dont_remove_subreg = 1; 1057 } 1058 1059 /* Similarly for paradoxical and problematical SUBREGs on the output. 1060 Note that there is no reason we need worry about the previous value 1061 of SUBREG_REG (out); even if wider than out, 1062 storing in a subreg is entitled to clobber it all 1063 (except in the case of STRICT_LOW_PART, 1064 and in that case the constraint should label it input-output.) */ 1065 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG
|
1096 && (SUBREG_WORD (out) == 0 || strict_low) 1097#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE 1098 && class != CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
| 1066 && (subreg_lowpart_p (out) || strict_low) 1067#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE 1068 && (class != CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE 1069 || ! CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1070 outmode))
|
1099#endif 1100 && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (out)) 1101 || strict_low 1102 || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1103 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 1104 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == MEM) 1105 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) 1106 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))) 1107#ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS 1108 || ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) 1109 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))) 1110 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD == 1111 ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) - 1) 1112 / UNITS_PER_WORD))) 1113#endif
| 1071#endif 1072 && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (out)) 1073 || strict_low 1074 || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1075 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 1076 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == MEM) 1077 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) 1078 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))) 1079#ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS 1080 || ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) 1081 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))) 1082 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD == 1083 ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) - 1) 1084 / UNITS_PER_WORD))) 1085#endif
|
1114 ))
| 1086 ))
|
1115 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1116 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1117 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 1118 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) 1119 > UNITS_PER_WORD) 1120 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) 1121 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 1122 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1123 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))))
| 1087 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1088 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1089 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 1090 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) 1091 > UNITS_PER_WORD) 1092 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) 1093 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 1094 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1095 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))))
|
1124 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK ((REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) 1125 + SUBREG_WORD (out)), 1126 outmode)))
| 1096 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (subreg_regno (out), outmode)))
|
1127#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1128 || (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, outmode, out) != NO_REGS 1129 && (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, 1130 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1131 SUBREG_REG (out)) 1132 == NO_REGS)) 1133#endif
| 1097#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1098 || (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, outmode, out) != NO_REGS 1099 && (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, 1100 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1101 SUBREG_REG (out)) 1102 == NO_REGS)) 1103#endif
|
1134#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
| 1104#ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE
|
1135 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1136 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1137 && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
| 1105 || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1106 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1107 && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
|
1138 (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE],
| 1108 (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE],
|
1139 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out))))
| 1109 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out))))
|
1140 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) 1141 != GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)))
| 1110 && CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1111 outmode))
|
1142#endif 1143 )) 1144 { 1145 out_subreg_loc = outloc; 1146 outloc = &SUBREG_REG (out);
| 1112#endif 1113 )) 1114 { 1115 out_subreg_loc = outloc; 1116 outloc = &SUBREG_REG (out);
|
1147 out = *outloc;
| 1117 out = *outloc;
|
1148#if ! defined (LOAD_EXTEND_OP) && ! defined (WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS)
| 1118#if ! defined (LOAD_EXTEND_OP) && ! defined (WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS)
|
1149 if (GET_CODE (out) == MEM
| 1119 if (GET_CODE (out) == MEM
|
1150 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (out)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)) 1151 abort (); 1152#endif 1153 outmode = GET_MODE (out); 1154 } 1155 1156 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where 1157 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only 1158 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R. 1159 1160 However, we must reload the inner reg *as well as* the subreg in 1161 that case. In this case, the inner reg is an in-out reload. */ 1162
| 1120 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (out)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)) 1121 abort (); 1122#endif 1123 outmode = GET_MODE (out); 1124 } 1125 1126 /* Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where 1127 either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only 1128 need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R. 1129 1130 However, we must reload the inner reg *as well as* the subreg in 1131 that case. In this case, the inner reg is an in-out reload. */ 1132
|
1163 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG 1164 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1165 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1166 && (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) + SUBREG_WORD (out), 1167 outmode) 1168 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 1169 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) 1170 > UNITS_PER_WORD) 1171 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))) 1172 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 1173 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1174 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))))))
| 1133 if (out != 0 && reload_inner_reg_of_subreg (out, outmode))
|
1175 { 1176 /* This relies on the fact that emit_reload_insns outputs the 1177 instructions for output reloads of type RELOAD_OTHER in reverse 1178 order of the reloads. Thus if the outer reload is also of type 1179 RELOAD_OTHER, we are guaranteed that this inner reload will be 1180 output after the outer reload. */ 1181 dont_remove_subreg = 1; 1182 push_reload (SUBREG_REG (out), SUBREG_REG (out), &SUBREG_REG (out), 1183 &SUBREG_REG (out),
| 1134 { 1135 /* This relies on the fact that emit_reload_insns outputs the 1136 instructions for output reloads of type RELOAD_OTHER in reverse 1137 order of the reloads. Thus if the outer reload is also of type 1138 RELOAD_OTHER, we are guaranteed that this inner reload will be 1139 output after the outer reload. */ 1140 dont_remove_subreg = 1; 1141 push_reload (SUBREG_REG (out), SUBREG_REG (out), &SUBREG_REG (out), 1142 &SUBREG_REG (out),
|
1184 find_valid_class (outmode, SUBREG_WORD (out)),
| 1143 find_valid_class (outmode, 1144 subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1145 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1146 SUBREG_BYTE (out), 1147 GET_MODE (out))),
|
1185 VOIDmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, 1186 opnum, RELOAD_OTHER); 1187 } 1188 1189 /* If IN appears in OUT, we can't share any input-only reload for IN. */ 1190 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == MEM 1191 && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || GET_CODE (in) == MEM) 1192 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (in, XEXP (out, 0))) 1193 dont_share = 1; 1194 1195 /* If IN is a SUBREG of a hard register, make a new REG. This 1196 simplifies some of the cases below. */ 1197 1198 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 1199 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1200 && ! dont_remove_subreg)
| 1148 VOIDmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, 1149 opnum, RELOAD_OTHER); 1150 } 1151 1152 /* If IN appears in OUT, we can't share any input-only reload for IN. */ 1153 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == MEM 1154 && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || GET_CODE (in) == MEM) 1155 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (in, XEXP (out, 0))) 1156 dont_share = 1; 1157 1158 /* If IN is a SUBREG of a hard register, make a new REG. This 1159 simplifies some of the cases below. */ 1160 1161 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 1162 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1163 && ! dont_remove_subreg)
|
1201 in = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (in), 1202 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) + SUBREG_WORD (in));
| 1164 in = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (in), subreg_regno (in));
|
1203 1204 /* Similarly for OUT. */ 1205 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG 1206 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1207 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1208 && ! dont_remove_subreg)
| 1165 1166 /* Similarly for OUT. */ 1167 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG 1168 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1169 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1170 && ! dont_remove_subreg)
|
1209 out = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (out), 1210 REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) + SUBREG_WORD (out));
| 1171 out = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (out), subreg_regno (out));
|
1211 1212 /* Narrow down the class of register wanted if that is 1213 desirable on this machine for efficiency. */ 1214 if (in != 0) 1215 class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class); 1216 1217 /* Output reloads may need analogous treatment, different in detail. */ 1218#ifdef PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1219 if (out != 0) 1220 class = PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (out, class); 1221#endif 1222 1223 /* Make sure we use a class that can handle the actual pseudo 1224 inside any subreg. For example, on the 386, QImode regs 1225 can appear within SImode subregs. Although GENERAL_REGS 1226 can handle SImode, QImode needs a smaller class. */ 1227#ifdef LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS 1228 if (in_subreg_loc) 1229 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (inmode, class); 1230 else if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG) 1231 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), class); 1232 1233 if (out_subreg_loc) 1234 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (outmode, class); 1235 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG) 1236 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), class); 1237#endif 1238 1239 /* Verify that this class is at least possible for the mode that 1240 is specified. */ 1241 if (this_insn_is_asm) 1242 { 1243 enum machine_mode mode; 1244 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)) 1245 mode = inmode; 1246 else 1247 mode = outmode; 1248 if (mode == VOIDmode) 1249 { 1250 error_for_asm (this_insn, "cannot reload integer constant operand in `asm'"); 1251 mode = word_mode; 1252 if (in != 0) 1253 inmode = word_mode; 1254 if (out != 0) 1255 outmode = word_mode; 1256 } 1257 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) 1258 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i, mode) 1259 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i)) 1260 { 1261 int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, mode); 1262 1263 int j; 1264 for (j = 1; j < nregs; j++) 1265 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i + j)) 1266 break; 1267 if (j == nregs) 1268 break; 1269 } 1270 if (i == FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 1271 { 1272 error_for_asm (this_insn, "impossible register constraint in `asm'"); 1273 class = ALL_REGS; 1274 } 1275 } 1276 1277 /* Optional output reloads are always OK even if we have no register class, 1278 since the function of these reloads is only to have spill_reg_store etc. 1279 set, so that the storing insn can be deleted later. */ 1280 if (class == NO_REGS 1281 && (optional == 0 || type != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT)) 1282 abort (); 1283 1284 i = find_reusable_reload (&in, out, class, type, opnum, dont_share); 1285 1286 if (i == n_reloads) 1287 { 1288 /* See if we need a secondary reload register to move between CLASS 1289 and IN or CLASS and OUT. Get the icode and push any required reloads 1290 needed for each of them if so. */ 1291 1292#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1293 if (in != 0) 1294 secondary_in_reload 1295 = push_secondary_reload (1, in, opnum, optional, class, inmode, type, 1296 &secondary_in_icode); 1297#endif 1298 1299#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1300 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) != SCRATCH) 1301 secondary_out_reload 1302 = push_secondary_reload (0, out, opnum, optional, class, outmode, 1303 type, &secondary_out_icode); 1304#endif 1305 1306 /* We found no existing reload suitable for re-use. 1307 So add an additional reload. */ 1308 1309#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 1310 /* If a memory location is needed for the copy, make one. */ 1311 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG 1312 && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1313 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (in)),
| 1172 1173 /* Narrow down the class of register wanted if that is 1174 desirable on this machine for efficiency. */ 1175 if (in != 0) 1176 class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class); 1177 1178 /* Output reloads may need analogous treatment, different in detail. */ 1179#ifdef PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1180 if (out != 0) 1181 class = PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (out, class); 1182#endif 1183 1184 /* Make sure we use a class that can handle the actual pseudo 1185 inside any subreg. For example, on the 386, QImode regs 1186 can appear within SImode subregs. Although GENERAL_REGS 1187 can handle SImode, QImode needs a smaller class. */ 1188#ifdef LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS 1189 if (in_subreg_loc) 1190 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (inmode, class); 1191 else if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG) 1192 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), class); 1193 1194 if (out_subreg_loc) 1195 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (outmode, class); 1196 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG) 1197 class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), class); 1198#endif 1199 1200 /* Verify that this class is at least possible for the mode that 1201 is specified. */ 1202 if (this_insn_is_asm) 1203 { 1204 enum machine_mode mode; 1205 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)) 1206 mode = inmode; 1207 else 1208 mode = outmode; 1209 if (mode == VOIDmode) 1210 { 1211 error_for_asm (this_insn, "cannot reload integer constant operand in `asm'"); 1212 mode = word_mode; 1213 if (in != 0) 1214 inmode = word_mode; 1215 if (out != 0) 1216 outmode = word_mode; 1217 } 1218 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) 1219 if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i, mode) 1220 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i)) 1221 { 1222 int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, mode); 1223 1224 int j; 1225 for (j = 1; j < nregs; j++) 1226 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i + j)) 1227 break; 1228 if (j == nregs) 1229 break; 1230 } 1231 if (i == FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 1232 { 1233 error_for_asm (this_insn, "impossible register constraint in `asm'"); 1234 class = ALL_REGS; 1235 } 1236 } 1237 1238 /* Optional output reloads are always OK even if we have no register class, 1239 since the function of these reloads is only to have spill_reg_store etc. 1240 set, so that the storing insn can be deleted later. */ 1241 if (class == NO_REGS 1242 && (optional == 0 || type != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT)) 1243 abort (); 1244 1245 i = find_reusable_reload (&in, out, class, type, opnum, dont_share); 1246 1247 if (i == n_reloads) 1248 { 1249 /* See if we need a secondary reload register to move between CLASS 1250 and IN or CLASS and OUT. Get the icode and push any required reloads 1251 needed for each of them if so. */ 1252 1253#ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1254 if (in != 0) 1255 secondary_in_reload 1256 = push_secondary_reload (1, in, opnum, optional, class, inmode, type, 1257 &secondary_in_icode); 1258#endif 1259 1260#ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS 1261 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) != SCRATCH) 1262 secondary_out_reload 1263 = push_secondary_reload (0, out, opnum, optional, class, outmode, 1264 type, &secondary_out_icode); 1265#endif 1266 1267 /* We found no existing reload suitable for re-use. 1268 So add an additional reload. */ 1269 1270#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 1271 /* If a memory location is needed for the copy, make one. */ 1272 if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG 1273 && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1274 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (in)),
|
1314 class, inmode))
| 1275 class, inmode))
|
1315 get_secondary_mem (in, inmode, opnum, type); 1316#endif 1317 1318 i = n_reloads;
| 1276 get_secondary_mem (in, inmode, opnum, type); 1277#endif 1278 1279 i = n_reloads;
|
1319 reload_in[i] = in; 1320 reload_out[i] = out; 1321 reload_reg_class[i] = class; 1322 reload_inmode[i] = inmode; 1323 reload_outmode[i] = outmode; 1324 reload_reg_rtx[i] = 0; 1325 reload_optional[i] = optional; 1326 reload_nongroup[i] = 0; 1327 reload_inc[i] = 0; 1328 reload_nocombine[i] = 0; 1329 reload_in_reg[i] = inloc ? *inloc : 0; 1330 reload_out_reg[i] = outloc ? *outloc : 0; 1331 reload_opnum[i] = opnum; 1332 reload_when_needed[i] = type; 1333 reload_secondary_in_reload[i] = secondary_in_reload; 1334 reload_secondary_out_reload[i] = secondary_out_reload; 1335 reload_secondary_in_icode[i] = secondary_in_icode; 1336 reload_secondary_out_icode[i] = secondary_out_icode; 1337 reload_secondary_p[i] = 0;
| 1280 rld[i].in = in; 1281 rld[i].out = out; 1282 rld[i].class = class; 1283 rld[i].inmode = inmode; 1284 rld[i].outmode = outmode; 1285 rld[i].reg_rtx = 0; 1286 rld[i].optional = optional; 1287 rld[i].inc = 0; 1288 rld[i].nocombine = 0; 1289 rld[i].in_reg = inloc ? *inloc : 0; 1290 rld[i].out_reg = outloc ? *outloc : 0; 1291 rld[i].opnum = opnum; 1292 rld[i].when_needed = type; 1293 rld[i].secondary_in_reload = secondary_in_reload; 1294 rld[i].secondary_out_reload = secondary_out_reload; 1295 rld[i].secondary_in_icode = secondary_in_icode; 1296 rld[i].secondary_out_icode = secondary_out_icode; 1297 rld[i].secondary_p = 0;
|
1338 1339 n_reloads++; 1340 1341#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 1342 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG 1343 && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1344 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (out)), 1345 outmode)) 1346 get_secondary_mem (out, outmode, opnum, type); 1347#endif 1348 } 1349 else 1350 { 1351 /* We are reusing an existing reload, 1352 but we may have additional information for it. 1353 For example, we may now have both IN and OUT 1354 while the old one may have just one of them. */ 1355 1356 /* The modes can be different. If they are, we want to reload in 1357 the larger mode, so that the value is valid for both modes. */ 1358 if (inmode != VOIDmode
| 1298 1299 n_reloads++; 1300 1301#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 1302 if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG 1303 && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1304 && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (out)), 1305 outmode)) 1306 get_secondary_mem (out, outmode, opnum, type); 1307#endif 1308 } 1309 else 1310 { 1311 /* We are reusing an existing reload, 1312 but we may have additional information for it. 1313 For example, we may now have both IN and OUT 1314 while the old one may have just one of them. */ 1315 1316 /* The modes can be different. If they are, we want to reload in 1317 the larger mode, so that the value is valid for both modes. */ 1318 if (inmode != VOIDmode
|
1359 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_inmode[i])) 1360 reload_inmode[i] = inmode;
| 1319 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (rld[i].inmode)) 1320 rld[i].inmode = inmode;
|
1361 if (outmode != VOIDmode
| 1321 if (outmode != VOIDmode
|
1362 && GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[i])) 1363 reload_outmode[i] = outmode;
| 1322 && GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (rld[i].outmode)) 1323 rld[i].outmode = outmode;
|
1364 if (in != 0) 1365 { 1366 rtx in_reg = inloc ? *inloc : 0; 1367 /* If we merge reloads for two distinct rtl expressions that 1368 are identical in content, there might be duplicate address 1369 reloads. Remove the extra set now, so that if we later find 1370 that we can inherit this reload, we can get rid of the 1371 address reloads altogether. 1372 1373 Do not do this if both reloads are optional since the result 1374 would be an optional reload which could potentially leave 1375 unresolved address replacements. 1376 1377 It is not sufficient to call transfer_replacements since 1378 choose_reload_regs will remove the replacements for address 1379 reloads of inherited reloads which results in the same 1380 problem. */
| 1324 if (in != 0) 1325 { 1326 rtx in_reg = inloc ? *inloc : 0; 1327 /* If we merge reloads for two distinct rtl expressions that 1328 are identical in content, there might be duplicate address 1329 reloads. Remove the extra set now, so that if we later find 1330 that we can inherit this reload, we can get rid of the 1331 address reloads altogether. 1332 1333 Do not do this if both reloads are optional since the result 1334 would be an optional reload which could potentially leave 1335 unresolved address replacements. 1336 1337 It is not sufficient to call transfer_replacements since 1338 choose_reload_regs will remove the replacements for address 1339 reloads of inherited reloads which results in the same 1340 problem. */
|
1381 if (reload_in[i] != in && rtx_equal_p (in, reload_in[i]) 1382 && ! (reload_optional[i] && optional))
| 1341 if (rld[i].in != in && rtx_equal_p (in, rld[i].in) 1342 && ! (rld[i].optional && optional))
|
1383 { 1384 /* We must keep the address reload with the lower operand 1385 number alive. */
| 1343 { 1344 /* We must keep the address reload with the lower operand 1345 number alive. */
|
1386 if (opnum > reload_opnum[i])
| 1346 if (opnum > rld[i].opnum)
|
1387 { 1388 remove_address_replacements (in);
| 1347 { 1348 remove_address_replacements (in);
|
1389 in = reload_in[i]; 1390 in_reg = reload_in_reg[i];
| 1349 in = rld[i].in; 1350 in_reg = rld[i].in_reg;
|
1391 } 1392 else
| 1351 } 1352 else
|
1393 remove_address_replacements (reload_in[i]);
| 1353 remove_address_replacements (rld[i].in);
|
1394 }
| 1354 }
|
1395 reload_in[i] = in; 1396 reload_in_reg[i] = in_reg;
| 1355 rld[i].in = in; 1356 rld[i].in_reg = in_reg;
|
1397 } 1398 if (out != 0) 1399 {
| 1357 } 1358 if (out != 0) 1359 {
|
1400 reload_out[i] = out; 1401 reload_out_reg[i] = outloc ? *outloc : 0;
| 1360 rld[i].out = out; 1361 rld[i].out_reg = outloc ? *outloc : 0;
|
1402 }
| 1362 }
|
1403 if (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i])) 1404 reload_reg_class[i] = class; 1405 reload_optional[i] &= optional; 1406 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (type, reload_when_needed[i], 1407 opnum, reload_opnum[i])) 1408 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_OTHER; 1409 reload_opnum[i] = MIN (reload_opnum[i], opnum);
| 1363 if (reg_class_subset_p (class, rld[i].class)) 1364 rld[i].class = class; 1365 rld[i].optional &= optional; 1366 if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (type, rld[i].when_needed, 1367 opnum, rld[i].opnum)) 1368 rld[i].when_needed = RELOAD_OTHER; 1369 rld[i].opnum = MIN (rld[i].opnum, opnum);
|
1410 } 1411
| 1370 } 1371
|
1412 /* If the ostensible rtx being reload differs from the rtx found
| 1372 /* If the ostensible rtx being reloaded differs from the rtx found
|
1413 in the location to substitute, this reload is not safe to combine 1414 because we cannot reliably tell whether it appears in the insn. */ 1415 1416 if (in != 0 && in != *inloc)
| 1373 in the location to substitute, this reload is not safe to combine 1374 because we cannot reliably tell whether it appears in the insn. */ 1375 1376 if (in != 0 && in != *inloc)
|
1417 reload_nocombine[i] = 1;
| 1377 rld[i].nocombine = 1;
|
1418 1419#if 0 1420 /* This was replaced by changes in find_reloads_address_1 and the new 1421 function inc_for_reload, which go with a new meaning of reload_inc. */ 1422 1423 /* If this is an IN/OUT reload in an insn that sets the CC, 1424 it must be for an autoincrement. It doesn't work to store 1425 the incremented value after the insn because that would clobber the CC. 1426 So we must do the increment of the value reloaded from, 1427 increment it, store it back, then decrement again. */ 1428 if (out != 0 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (this_insn))) 1429 { 1430 out = 0;
| 1378 1379#if 0 1380 /* This was replaced by changes in find_reloads_address_1 and the new 1381 function inc_for_reload, which go with a new meaning of reload_inc. */ 1382 1383 /* If this is an IN/OUT reload in an insn that sets the CC, 1384 it must be for an autoincrement. It doesn't work to store 1385 the incremented value after the insn because that would clobber the CC. 1386 So we must do the increment of the value reloaded from, 1387 increment it, store it back, then decrement again. */ 1388 if (out != 0 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (this_insn))) 1389 { 1390 out = 0;
|
1431 reload_out[i] = 0; 1432 reload_inc[i] = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), in);
| 1391 rld[i].out = 0; 1392 rld[i].inc = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), in);
|
1433 /* If we did not find a nonzero amount-to-increment-by, 1434 that contradicts the belief that IN is being incremented 1435 in an address in this insn. */
| 1393 /* If we did not find a nonzero amount-to-increment-by, 1394 that contradicts the belief that IN is being incremented 1395 in an address in this insn. */
|
1436 if (reload_inc[i] == 0)
| 1396 if (rld[i].inc == 0)
|
1437 abort (); 1438 } 1439#endif 1440 1441 /* If we will replace IN and OUT with the reload-reg, 1442 record where they are located so that substitution need 1443 not do a tree walk. */ 1444 1445 if (replace_reloads) 1446 { 1447 if (inloc != 0) 1448 {
| 1397 abort (); 1398 } 1399#endif 1400 1401 /* If we will replace IN and OUT with the reload-reg, 1402 record where they are located so that substitution need 1403 not do a tree walk. */ 1404 1405 if (replace_reloads) 1406 { 1407 if (inloc != 0) 1408 {
|
1449 register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
| 1409 struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
|
1450 r->what = i; 1451 r->subreg_loc = in_subreg_loc; 1452 r->where = inloc; 1453 r->mode = inmode; 1454 } 1455 if (outloc != 0 && outloc != inloc) 1456 {
| 1410 r->what = i; 1411 r->subreg_loc = in_subreg_loc; 1412 r->where = inloc; 1413 r->mode = inmode; 1414 } 1415 if (outloc != 0 && outloc != inloc) 1416 {
|
1457 register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
| 1417 struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
|
1458 r->what = i; 1459 r->where = outloc; 1460 r->subreg_loc = out_subreg_loc; 1461 r->mode = outmode; 1462 } 1463 } 1464 1465 /* If this reload is just being introduced and it has both 1466 an incoming quantity and an outgoing quantity that are 1467 supposed to be made to match, see if either one of the two 1468 can serve as the place to reload into. 1469
| 1418 r->what = i; 1419 r->where = outloc; 1420 r->subreg_loc = out_subreg_loc; 1421 r->mode = outmode; 1422 } 1423 } 1424 1425 /* If this reload is just being introduced and it has both 1426 an incoming quantity and an outgoing quantity that are 1427 supposed to be made to match, see if either one of the two 1428 can serve as the place to reload into. 1429
|
1470 If one of them is acceptable, set reload_reg_rtx[i]
| 1430 If one of them is acceptable, set rld[i].reg_rtx
|
1471 to that one. */ 1472
| 1431 to that one. */ 1432
|
1473 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && in != out && reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0)
| 1433 if (in != 0 && out != 0 && in != out && rld[i].reg_rtx == 0)
|
1474 {
| 1434 {
|
1475 reload_reg_rtx[i] = find_dummy_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc, 1476 inmode, outmode, 1477 reload_reg_class[i], i, 1478 earlyclobber_operand_p (out));
| 1435 rld[i].reg_rtx = find_dummy_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc, 1436 inmode, outmode, 1437 rld[i].class, i, 1438 earlyclobber_operand_p (out));
|
1479 1480 /* If the outgoing register already contains the same value 1481 as the incoming one, we can dispense with loading it. 1482 The easiest way to tell the caller that is to give a phony 1483 value for the incoming operand (same as outgoing one). */
| 1439 1440 /* If the outgoing register already contains the same value 1441 as the incoming one, we can dispense with loading it. 1442 The easiest way to tell the caller that is to give a phony 1443 value for the incoming operand (same as outgoing one). */
|
1484 if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == out
| 1444 if (rld[i].reg_rtx == out
|
1485 && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || CONSTANT_P (in)) 1486 && 0 != find_equiv_reg (in, this_insn, 0, REGNO (out), 1487 static_reload_reg_p, i, inmode))
| 1445 && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || CONSTANT_P (in)) 1446 && 0 != find_equiv_reg (in, this_insn, 0, REGNO (out), 1447 static_reload_reg_p, i, inmode))
|
1488 reload_in[i] = out;
| 1448 rld[i].in = out;
|
1489 } 1490 1491 /* If this is an input reload and the operand contains a register that 1492 dies in this insn and is used nowhere else, see if it is the right class 1493 to be used for this reload. Use it if so. (This occurs most commonly 1494 in the case of paradoxical SUBREGs and in-out reloads). We cannot do 1495 this if it is also an output reload that mentions the register unless 1496 the output is a SUBREG that clobbers an entire register. 1497 1498 Note that the operand might be one of the spill regs, if it is a 1499 pseudo reg and we are in a block where spilling has not taken place. 1500 But if there is no spilling in this block, that is OK. 1501 An explicitly used hard reg cannot be a spill reg. */ 1502
| 1449 } 1450 1451 /* If this is an input reload and the operand contains a register that 1452 dies in this insn and is used nowhere else, see if it is the right class 1453 to be used for this reload. Use it if so. (This occurs most commonly 1454 in the case of paradoxical SUBREGs and in-out reloads). We cannot do 1455 this if it is also an output reload that mentions the register unless 1456 the output is a SUBREG that clobbers an entire register. 1457 1458 Note that the operand might be one of the spill regs, if it is a 1459 pseudo reg and we are in a block where spilling has not taken place. 1460 But if there is no spilling in this block, that is OK. 1461 An explicitly used hard reg cannot be a spill reg. */ 1462
|
1503 if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 && in != 0)
| 1463 if (rld[i].reg_rtx == 0 && in != 0)
|
1504 { 1505 rtx note; 1506 int regno;
| 1464 { 1465 rtx note; 1466 int regno;
|
| 1467 enum machine_mode rel_mode = inmode;
|
1507
| 1468
|
| 1469 if (out && GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)) 1470 rel_mode = outmode; 1471
|
1508 for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) 1509 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD 1510 && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG 1511 && (regno = REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1512 && reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (note, 0), in) 1513 && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, 1514 (regno 1515 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
| 1472 for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) 1473 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD 1474 && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG 1475 && (regno = REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1476 && reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (note, 0), in) 1477 && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, 1478 (regno 1479 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
|
1516 inmode)),
| 1480 rel_mode)),
|
1517 PATTERN (this_insn), inloc) 1518 /* If this is also an output reload, IN cannot be used as 1519 the reload register if it is set in this insn unless IN 1520 is also OUT. */ 1521 && (out == 0 || in == out 1522 || ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno, 1523 (regno 1524 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
| 1481 PATTERN (this_insn), inloc) 1482 /* If this is also an output reload, IN cannot be used as 1483 the reload register if it is set in this insn unless IN 1484 is also OUT. */ 1485 && (out == 0 || in == out 1486 || ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno, 1487 (regno 1488 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
|
1525 inmode)),
| 1489 rel_mode)),
|
1526 PATTERN (this_insn))) 1527 /* ??? Why is this code so different from the previous? 1528 Is there any simple coherent way to describe the two together? 1529 What's going on here. */ 1530 && (in != out 1531 || (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG 1532 && (((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) 1533 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 1534 == ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 1535 + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD)))) 1536 /* Make sure the operand fits in the reg that dies. */
| 1490 PATTERN (this_insn))) 1491 /* ??? Why is this code so different from the previous? 1492 Is there any simple coherent way to describe the two together? 1493 What's going on here. */ 1494 && (in != out 1495 || (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG 1496 && (((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) 1497 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 1498 == ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) 1499 + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD)))) 1500 /* Make sure the operand fits in the reg that dies. */
|
1537 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))
| 1501 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (rel_mode) 1502 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))))
|
1538 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, inmode)
| 1503 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, inmode)
|
1539 && GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))
| |
1540 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, outmode)) 1541 { 1542 unsigned int offs; 1543 unsigned int nregs = MAX (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, inmode), 1544 HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, outmode)); 1545 1546 for (offs = 0; offs < nregs; offs++) 1547 if (fixed_regs[regno + offs] 1548 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 1549 regno + offs)) 1550 break; 1551 1552 if (offs == nregs) 1553 {
| 1504 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, outmode)) 1505 { 1506 unsigned int offs; 1507 unsigned int nregs = MAX (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, inmode), 1508 HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, outmode)); 1509 1510 for (offs = 0; offs < nregs; offs++) 1511 if (fixed_regs[regno + offs] 1512 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 1513 regno + offs)) 1514 break; 1515 1516 if (offs == nregs) 1517 {
|
1554 reload_reg_rtx[i] = gen_rtx_REG (inmode, regno);
| 1518 rld[i].reg_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (rel_mode, regno);
|
1555 break; 1556 } 1557 } 1558 } 1559 1560 if (out) 1561 output_reloadnum = i; 1562 1563 return i; 1564} 1565 1566/* Record an additional place we must replace a value 1567 for which we have already recorded a reload. 1568 RELOADNUM is the value returned by push_reload 1569 when the reload was recorded. 1570 This is used in insn patterns that use match_dup. */ 1571 1572static void 1573push_replacement (loc, reloadnum, mode) 1574 rtx *loc; 1575 int reloadnum; 1576 enum machine_mode mode; 1577{ 1578 if (replace_reloads) 1579 {
| 1519 break; 1520 } 1521 } 1522 } 1523 1524 if (out) 1525 output_reloadnum = i; 1526 1527 return i; 1528} 1529 1530/* Record an additional place we must replace a value 1531 for which we have already recorded a reload. 1532 RELOADNUM is the value returned by push_reload 1533 when the reload was recorded. 1534 This is used in insn patterns that use match_dup. */ 1535 1536static void 1537push_replacement (loc, reloadnum, mode) 1538 rtx *loc; 1539 int reloadnum; 1540 enum machine_mode mode; 1541{ 1542 if (replace_reloads) 1543 {
|
1580 register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
| 1544 struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
|
1581 r->what = reloadnum; 1582 r->where = loc; 1583 r->subreg_loc = 0; 1584 r->mode = mode; 1585 } 1586} 1587 1588/* Transfer all replacements that used to be in reload FROM to be in 1589 reload TO. */ 1590 1591void 1592transfer_replacements (to, from) 1593 int to, from; 1594{ 1595 int i; 1596 1597 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) 1598 if (replacements[i].what == from) 1599 replacements[i].what = to; 1600} 1601 1602/* IN_RTX is the value loaded by a reload that we now decided to inherit, 1603 or a subpart of it. If we have any replacements registered for IN_RTX, 1604 cancel the reloads that were supposed to load them. 1605 Return non-zero if we canceled any reloads. */ 1606int 1607remove_address_replacements (in_rtx) 1608 rtx in_rtx; 1609{ 1610 int i, j; 1611 char reload_flags[MAX_RELOADS]; 1612 int something_changed = 0; 1613
| 1545 r->what = reloadnum; 1546 r->where = loc; 1547 r->subreg_loc = 0; 1548 r->mode = mode; 1549 } 1550} 1551 1552/* Transfer all replacements that used to be in reload FROM to be in 1553 reload TO. */ 1554 1555void 1556transfer_replacements (to, from) 1557 int to, from; 1558{ 1559 int i; 1560 1561 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) 1562 if (replacements[i].what == from) 1563 replacements[i].what = to; 1564} 1565 1566/* IN_RTX is the value loaded by a reload that we now decided to inherit, 1567 or a subpart of it. If we have any replacements registered for IN_RTX, 1568 cancel the reloads that were supposed to load them. 1569 Return non-zero if we canceled any reloads. */ 1570int 1571remove_address_replacements (in_rtx) 1572 rtx in_rtx; 1573{ 1574 int i, j; 1575 char reload_flags[MAX_RELOADS]; 1576 int something_changed = 0; 1577
|
1614 bzero (reload_flags, sizeof reload_flags);
| 1578 memset (reload_flags, 0, sizeof reload_flags);
|
1615 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) 1616 { 1617 if (loc_mentioned_in_p (replacements[i].where, in_rtx)) 1618 reload_flags[replacements[i].what] |= 1; 1619 else 1620 { 1621 replacements[j++] = replacements[i]; 1622 reload_flags[replacements[i].what] |= 2; 1623 } 1624 } 1625 /* Note that the following store must be done before the recursive calls. */ 1626 n_replacements = j; 1627 1628 for (i = n_reloads - 1; i >= 0; i--) 1629 { 1630 if (reload_flags[i] == 1) 1631 { 1632 deallocate_reload_reg (i);
| 1579 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) 1580 { 1581 if (loc_mentioned_in_p (replacements[i].where, in_rtx)) 1582 reload_flags[replacements[i].what] |= 1; 1583 else 1584 { 1585 replacements[j++] = replacements[i]; 1586 reload_flags[replacements[i].what] |= 2; 1587 } 1588 } 1589 /* Note that the following store must be done before the recursive calls. */ 1590 n_replacements = j; 1591 1592 for (i = n_reloads - 1; i >= 0; i--) 1593 { 1594 if (reload_flags[i] == 1) 1595 { 1596 deallocate_reload_reg (i);
|
1633 remove_address_replacements (reload_in[i]); 1634 reload_in[i] = 0;
| 1597 remove_address_replacements (rld[i].in); 1598 rld[i].in = 0;
|
1635 something_changed = 1; 1636 } 1637 } 1638 return something_changed; 1639}
| 1599 something_changed = 1; 1600 } 1601 } 1602 return something_changed; 1603}
|
1640 1641/* Return non-zero if IN contains a piece of rtl that has the address LOC */ 1642static int 1643loc_mentioned_in_p (loc, in) 1644 rtx *loc, in; 1645{ 1646 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (in); 1647 char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 1648 int i, j; 1649 1650 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 1651 { 1652 if (loc == &XEXP (in, i)) 1653 return 1; 1654 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 1655 { 1656 if (loc_mentioned_in_p (loc, XEXP (in, i))) 1657 return 1; 1658 } 1659 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') 1660 for (j = XVECLEN (in, i) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 1661 if (loc_mentioned_in_p (loc, XVECEXP (in, i, j))) 1662 return 1; 1663 } 1664 return 0; 1665}
| |
1666 1667/* If there is only one output reload, and it is not for an earlyclobber 1668 operand, try to combine it with a (logically unrelated) input reload 1669 to reduce the number of reload registers needed. 1670 1671 This is safe if the input reload does not appear in 1672 the value being output-reloaded, because this implies 1673 it is not needed any more once the original insn completes. 1674 1675 If that doesn't work, see we can use any of the registers that 1676 die in this insn as a reload register. We can if it is of the right 1677 class and does not appear in the value being output-reloaded. */ 1678 1679static void 1680combine_reloads () 1681{ 1682 int i; 1683 int output_reload = -1; 1684 int secondary_out = -1; 1685 rtx note; 1686 1687 /* Find the output reload; return unless there is exactly one 1688 and that one is mandatory. */ 1689 1690 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
| 1604 1605/* If there is only one output reload, and it is not for an earlyclobber 1606 operand, try to combine it with a (logically unrelated) input reload 1607 to reduce the number of reload registers needed. 1608 1609 This is safe if the input reload does not appear in 1610 the value being output-reloaded, because this implies 1611 it is not needed any more once the original insn completes. 1612 1613 If that doesn't work, see we can use any of the registers that 1614 die in this insn as a reload register. We can if it is of the right 1615 class and does not appear in the value being output-reloaded. */ 1616 1617static void 1618combine_reloads () 1619{ 1620 int i; 1621 int output_reload = -1; 1622 int secondary_out = -1; 1623 rtx note; 1624 1625 /* Find the output reload; return unless there is exactly one 1626 and that one is mandatory. */ 1627 1628 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
|
1691 if (reload_out[i] != 0)
| 1629 if (rld[i].out != 0)
|
1692 { 1693 if (output_reload >= 0) 1694 return; 1695 output_reload = i; 1696 } 1697
| 1630 { 1631 if (output_reload >= 0) 1632 return; 1633 output_reload = i; 1634 } 1635
|
1698 if (output_reload < 0 || reload_optional[output_reload])
| 1636 if (output_reload < 0 || rld[output_reload].optional)
|
1699 return; 1700 1701 /* An input-output reload isn't combinable. */ 1702
| 1637 return; 1638 1639 /* An input-output reload isn't combinable. */ 1640
|
1703 if (reload_in[output_reload] != 0)
| 1641 if (rld[output_reload].in != 0)
|
1704 return; 1705 1706 /* If this reload is for an earlyclobber operand, we can't do anything. */
| 1642 return; 1643 1644 /* If this reload is for an earlyclobber operand, we can't do anything. */
|
1707 if (earlyclobber_operand_p (reload_out[output_reload]))
| 1645 if (earlyclobber_operand_p (rld[output_reload].out))
|
1708 return; 1709
| 1646 return; 1647
|
| 1648 /* If there is a reload for part of the address of this operand, we would 1649 need to chnage it to RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. But that would extend 1650 its life to the point where doing this combine would not lower the 1651 number of spill registers needed. */ 1652 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 1653 if ((rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 1654 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 1655 && rld[i].opnum == rld[output_reload].opnum) 1656 return; 1657
|
1710 /* Check each input reload; can we combine it? */ 1711 1712 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
| 1658 /* Check each input reload; can we combine it? */ 1659 1660 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
|
1713 if (reload_in[i] && ! reload_optional[i] && ! reload_nocombine[i]
| 1661 if (rld[i].in && ! rld[i].optional && ! rld[i].nocombine
|
1714 /* Life span of this reload must not extend past main insn. */
| 1662 /* Life span of this reload must not extend past main insn. */
|
1715 && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 1716 && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS 1717 && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_OTHER 1718 && (CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[i], reload_inmode[i]) 1719 == CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[output_reload], 1720 reload_outmode[output_reload])) 1721 && reload_inc[i] == 0 1722 && reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
| 1663 && rld[i].when_needed != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 1664 && rld[i].when_needed != RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS 1665 && rld[i].when_needed != RELOAD_OTHER 1666 && (CLASS_MAX_NREGS (rld[i].class, rld[i].inmode) 1667 == CLASS_MAX_NREGS (rld[output_reload].class, 1668 rld[output_reload].outmode)) 1669 && rld[i].inc == 0 1670 && rld[i].reg_rtx == 0
|
1723#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 1724 /* Don't combine two reloads with different secondary 1725 memory locations. */
| 1671#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 1672 /* Don't combine two reloads with different secondary 1673 memory locations. */
|
1726 && (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]] == 0 1727 || secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]] == 0 1728 || rtx_equal_p (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]], 1729 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]]))
| 1674 && (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) rld[output_reload].outmode][rld[i].opnum] == 0 1675 || secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) rld[output_reload].outmode][rld[output_reload].opnum] == 0 1676 || rtx_equal_p (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) rld[output_reload].outmode][rld[i].opnum], 1677 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) rld[output_reload].outmode][rld[output_reload].opnum]))
|
1730#endif 1731 && (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
| 1678#endif 1679 && (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
|
1732 ? (reload_reg_class[i] == reload_reg_class[output_reload]) 1733 : (reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], 1734 reload_reg_class[output_reload]) 1735 || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[output_reload], 1736 reload_reg_class[i]))) 1737 && (MATCHES (reload_in[i], reload_out[output_reload])
| 1680 ? (rld[i].class == rld[output_reload].class) 1681 : (reg_class_subset_p (rld[i].class, 1682 rld[output_reload].class) 1683 || reg_class_subset_p (rld[output_reload].class, 1684 rld[i].class))) 1685 && (MATCHES (rld[i].in, rld[output_reload].out)
|
1738 /* Args reversed because the first arg seems to be 1739 the one that we imagine being modified 1740 while the second is the one that might be affected. */
| 1686 /* Args reversed because the first arg seems to be 1687 the one that we imagine being modified 1688 while the second is the one that might be affected. */
|
1741 || (! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_out[output_reload], 1742 reload_in[i])
| 1689 || (! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (rld[output_reload].out, 1690 rld[i].in)
|
1743 /* However, if the input is a register that appears inside 1744 the output, then we also can't share. 1745 Imagine (set (mem (reg 69)) (plus (reg 69) ...)). 1746 If the same reload reg is used for both reg 69 and the 1747 result to be stored in memory, then that result 1748 will clobber the address of the memory ref. */
| 1691 /* However, if the input is a register that appears inside 1692 the output, then we also can't share. 1693 Imagine (set (mem (reg 69)) (plus (reg 69) ...)). 1694 If the same reload reg is used for both reg 69 and the 1695 result to be stored in memory, then that result 1696 will clobber the address of the memory ref. */
|
1749 && ! (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG 1750 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_in[i], 1751 reload_out[output_reload])))) 1752 && (reg_class_size[(int) reload_reg_class[i]]
| 1697 && ! (GET_CODE (rld[i].in) == REG 1698 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (rld[i].in, 1699 rld[output_reload].out)))) 1700 && ! reload_inner_reg_of_subreg (rld[i].in, rld[i].inmode) 1701 && (reg_class_size[(int) rld[i].class]
|
1753 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES) 1754 /* We will allow making things slightly worse by combining an 1755 input and an output, but no worse than that. */
| 1702 || SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES) 1703 /* We will allow making things slightly worse by combining an 1704 input and an output, but no worse than that. */
|
1756 && (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT 1757 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT))
| 1705 && (rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT 1706 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT))
|
1758 { 1759 int j; 1760 1761 /* We have found a reload to combine with! */
| 1707 { 1708 int j; 1709 1710 /* We have found a reload to combine with! */
|
1762 reload_out[i] = reload_out[output_reload]; 1763 reload_out_reg[i] = reload_out_reg[output_reload]; 1764 reload_outmode[i] = reload_outmode[output_reload];
| 1711 rld[i].out = rld[output_reload].out; 1712 rld[i].out_reg = rld[output_reload].out_reg; 1713 rld[i].outmode = rld[output_reload].outmode;
|
1765 /* Mark the old output reload as inoperative. */
| 1714 /* Mark the old output reload as inoperative. */
|
1766 reload_out[output_reload] = 0;
| 1715 rld[output_reload].out = 0;
|
1767 /* The combined reload is needed for the entire insn. */
| 1716 /* The combined reload is needed for the entire insn. */
|
1768 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_OTHER;
| 1717 rld[i].when_needed = RELOAD_OTHER;
|
1769 /* If the output reload had a secondary reload, copy it. */
| 1718 /* If the output reload had a secondary reload, copy it. */
|
1770 if (reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload] != -1)
| 1719 if (rld[output_reload].secondary_out_reload != -1)
|
1771 {
| 1720 {
|
1772 reload_secondary_out_reload[i] 1773 = reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload]; 1774 reload_secondary_out_icode[i] 1775 = reload_secondary_out_icode[output_reload];
| 1721 rld[i].secondary_out_reload 1722 = rld[output_reload].secondary_out_reload; 1723 rld[i].secondary_out_icode 1724 = rld[output_reload].secondary_out_icode;
|
1776 } 1777 1778#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 1779 /* Copy any secondary MEM. */
| 1725 } 1726 1727#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 1728 /* Copy any secondary MEM. */
|
1780 if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]] != 0) 1781 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]] 1782 = secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]];
| 1729 if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) rld[output_reload].outmode][rld[output_reload].opnum] != 0) 1730 secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) rld[output_reload].outmode][rld[i].opnum] 1731 = secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) rld[output_reload].outmode][rld[output_reload].opnum];
|
1783#endif 1784 /* If required, minimize the register class. */
| 1732#endif 1733 /* If required, minimize the register class. */
|
1785 if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[output_reload], 1786 reload_reg_class[i])) 1787 reload_reg_class[i] = reload_reg_class[output_reload];
| 1734 if (reg_class_subset_p (rld[output_reload].class, 1735 rld[i].class)) 1736 rld[i].class = rld[output_reload].class;
|
1788 1789 /* Transfer all replacements from the old reload to the combined. */ 1790 for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++) 1791 if (replacements[j].what == output_reload) 1792 replacements[j].what = i; 1793 1794 return; 1795 } 1796 1797 /* If this insn has only one operand that is modified or written (assumed 1798 to be the first), it must be the one corresponding to this reload. It 1799 is safe to use anything that dies in this insn for that output provided 1800 that it does not occur in the output (we already know it isn't an 1801 earlyclobber. If this is an asm insn, give up. */ 1802 1803 if (INSN_CODE (this_insn) == -1) 1804 return; 1805
| 1737 1738 /* Transfer all replacements from the old reload to the combined. */ 1739 for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++) 1740 if (replacements[j].what == output_reload) 1741 replacements[j].what = i; 1742 1743 return; 1744 } 1745 1746 /* If this insn has only one operand that is modified or written (assumed 1747 to be the first), it must be the one corresponding to this reload. It 1748 is safe to use anything that dies in this insn for that output provided 1749 that it does not occur in the output (we already know it isn't an 1750 earlyclobber. If this is an asm insn, give up. */ 1751 1752 if (INSN_CODE (this_insn) == -1) 1753 return; 1754
|
1806 for (i = 1; i < insn_n_operands[INSN_CODE (this_insn)]; i++) 1807 if (insn_operand_constraint[INSN_CODE (this_insn)][i][0] == '=' 1808 || insn_operand_constraint[INSN_CODE (this_insn)][i][0] == '+')
| 1755 for (i = 1; i < insn_data[INSN_CODE (this_insn)].n_operands; i++) 1756 if (insn_data[INSN_CODE (this_insn)].operand[i].constraint[0] == '=' 1757 || insn_data[INSN_CODE (this_insn)].operand[i].constraint[0] == '+')
|
1809 return; 1810 1811 /* See if some hard register that dies in this insn and is not used in 1812 the output is the right class. Only works if the register we pick 1813 up can fully hold our output reload. */ 1814 for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) 1815 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD 1816 && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG 1817 && ! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (note, 0),
| 1758 return; 1759 1760 /* See if some hard register that dies in this insn and is not used in 1761 the output is the right class. Only works if the register we pick 1762 up can fully hold our output reload. */ 1763 for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) 1764 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD 1765 && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG 1766 && ! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (note, 0),
|
1818 reload_out[output_reload])
| 1767 rld[output_reload].out)
|
1819 && REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
| 1768 && REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
1820 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), reload_outmode[output_reload]) 1821 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[output_reload]],
| 1769 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), rld[output_reload].outmode) 1770 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) rld[output_reload].class],
|
1822 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))
| 1771 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))
|
1823 && (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), reload_outmode[output_reload])
| 1772 && (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), rld[output_reload].outmode)
|
1824 <= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))) 1825 /* Ensure that a secondary or tertiary reload for this output 1826 won't want this register. */
| 1773 <= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))) 1774 /* Ensure that a secondary or tertiary reload for this output 1775 won't want this register. */
|
1827 && ((secondary_out = reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload]) == -1 1828 || (! (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT 1829 (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[secondary_out]], 1830 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))) 1831 && ((secondary_out = reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out]) == -1
| 1776 && ((secondary_out = rld[output_reload].secondary_out_reload) == -1 1777 || (! (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT 1778 (reg_class_contents[(int) rld[secondary_out].class], 1779 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))) 1780 && ((secondary_out = rld[secondary_out].secondary_out_reload) == -1
|
1832 || ! (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
| 1781 || ! (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
|
1833 (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[secondary_out]],
| 1782 (reg_class_contents[(int) rld[secondary_out].class],
|
1834 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))))))) 1835 && ! fixed_regs[REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))]) 1836 {
| 1783 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))))))) 1784 && ! fixed_regs[REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))]) 1785 {
|
1837 reload_reg_rtx[output_reload] 1838 = gen_rtx_REG (reload_outmode[output_reload],
| 1786 rld[output_reload].reg_rtx 1787 = gen_rtx_REG (rld[output_reload].outmode,
|
1839 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))); 1840 return; 1841 } 1842} 1843 1844/* Try to find a reload register for an in-out reload (expressions IN and OUT). 1845 See if one of IN and OUT is a register that may be used; 1846 this is desirable since a spill-register won't be needed. 1847 If so, return the register rtx that proves acceptable. 1848 1849 INLOC and OUTLOC are locations where IN and OUT appear in the insn. 1850 CLASS is the register class required for the reload. 1851 1852 If FOR_REAL is >= 0, it is the number of the reload, 1853 and in some cases when it can be discovered that OUT doesn't need
| 1788 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))); 1789 return; 1790 } 1791} 1792 1793/* Try to find a reload register for an in-out reload (expressions IN and OUT). 1794 See if one of IN and OUT is a register that may be used; 1795 this is desirable since a spill-register won't be needed. 1796 If so, return the register rtx that proves acceptable. 1797 1798 INLOC and OUTLOC are locations where IN and OUT appear in the insn. 1799 CLASS is the register class required for the reload. 1800 1801 If FOR_REAL is >= 0, it is the number of the reload, 1802 and in some cases when it can be discovered that OUT doesn't need
|
1854 to be computed, clear out reload_out[FOR_REAL].
| 1803 to be computed, clear out rld[FOR_REAL].out.
|
1855 1856 If FOR_REAL is -1, this should not be done, because this call 1857 is just to see if a register can be found, not to find and install it. 1858 1859 EARLYCLOBBER is non-zero if OUT is an earlyclobber operand. This 1860 puts an additional constraint on being able to use IN for OUT since 1861 IN must not appear elsewhere in the insn (it is assumed that IN itself 1862 is safe from the earlyclobber). */ 1863 1864static rtx 1865find_dummy_reload (real_in, real_out, inloc, outloc, 1866 inmode, outmode, class, for_real, earlyclobber) 1867 rtx real_in, real_out; 1868 rtx *inloc, *outloc; 1869 enum machine_mode inmode, outmode; 1870 enum reg_class class; 1871 int for_real; 1872 int earlyclobber; 1873{ 1874 rtx in = real_in; 1875 rtx out = real_out; 1876 int in_offset = 0; 1877 int out_offset = 0; 1878 rtx value = 0; 1879 1880 /* If operands exceed a word, we can't use either of them 1881 unless they have the same size. */ 1882 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) 1883 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD 1884 || GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)) 1885 return 0; 1886
| 1804 1805 If FOR_REAL is -1, this should not be done, because this call 1806 is just to see if a register can be found, not to find and install it. 1807 1808 EARLYCLOBBER is non-zero if OUT is an earlyclobber operand. This 1809 puts an additional constraint on being able to use IN for OUT since 1810 IN must not appear elsewhere in the insn (it is assumed that IN itself 1811 is safe from the earlyclobber). */ 1812 1813static rtx 1814find_dummy_reload (real_in, real_out, inloc, outloc, 1815 inmode, outmode, class, for_real, earlyclobber) 1816 rtx real_in, real_out; 1817 rtx *inloc, *outloc; 1818 enum machine_mode inmode, outmode; 1819 enum reg_class class; 1820 int for_real; 1821 int earlyclobber; 1822{ 1823 rtx in = real_in; 1824 rtx out = real_out; 1825 int in_offset = 0; 1826 int out_offset = 0; 1827 rtx value = 0; 1828 1829 /* If operands exceed a word, we can't use either of them 1830 unless they have the same size. */ 1831 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) 1832 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD 1833 || GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD)) 1834 return 0; 1835
|
| 1836 /* Note that {in,out}_offset are needed only when 'in' or 'out' 1837 respectively refers to a hard register. */ 1838
|
1887 /* Find the inside of any subregs. */ 1888 while (GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG) 1889 {
| 1839 /* Find the inside of any subregs. */ 1840 while (GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG) 1841 {
|
1890 out_offset = SUBREG_WORD (out);
| 1842 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG 1843 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 1844 out_offset += subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1845 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), 1846 SUBREG_BYTE (out), 1847 GET_MODE (out));
|
1891 out = SUBREG_REG (out); 1892 } 1893 while (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG) 1894 {
| 1848 out = SUBREG_REG (out); 1849 } 1850 while (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG) 1851 {
|
1895 in_offset = SUBREG_WORD (in);
| 1852 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG 1853 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 1854 in_offset += subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1855 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), 1856 SUBREG_BYTE (in), 1857 GET_MODE (in));
|
1896 in = SUBREG_REG (in); 1897 } 1898 1899 /* Narrow down the reg class, the same way push_reload will; 1900 otherwise we might find a dummy now, but push_reload won't. */ 1901 class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class); 1902 1903 /* See if OUT will do. */ 1904 if (GET_CODE (out) == REG 1905 && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 1906 {
| 1858 in = SUBREG_REG (in); 1859 } 1860 1861 /* Narrow down the reg class, the same way push_reload will; 1862 otherwise we might find a dummy now, but push_reload won't. */ 1863 class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class); 1864 1865 /* See if OUT will do. */ 1866 if (GET_CODE (out) == REG 1867 && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 1868 {
|
1907 register int regno = REGNO (out) + out_offset; 1908 int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, outmode);
| 1869 unsigned int regno = REGNO (out) + out_offset; 1870 unsigned int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, outmode);
|
1909 rtx saved_rtx; 1910 1911 /* When we consider whether the insn uses OUT, 1912 ignore references within IN. They don't prevent us 1913 from copying IN into OUT, because those refs would 1914 move into the insn that reloads IN. 1915 1916 However, we only ignore IN in its role as this reload. 1917 If the insn uses IN elsewhere and it contains OUT, 1918 that counts. We can't be sure it's the "same" operand 1919 so it might not go through this reload. */ 1920 saved_rtx = *inloc; 1921 *inloc = const0_rtx; 1922 1923 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
| 1871 rtx saved_rtx; 1872 1873 /* When we consider whether the insn uses OUT, 1874 ignore references within IN. They don't prevent us 1875 from copying IN into OUT, because those refs would 1876 move into the insn that reloads IN. 1877 1878 However, we only ignore IN in its role as this reload. 1879 If the insn uses IN elsewhere and it contains OUT, 1880 that counts. We can't be sure it's the "same" operand 1881 so it might not go through this reload. */ 1882 saved_rtx = *inloc; 1883 *inloc = const0_rtx; 1884 1885 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
1924 /* A fixed reg that can overlap other regs better not be used 1925 for reloading in any way. */ 1926#ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P 1927 && ! (fixed_regs[regno] && OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (regno)) 1928#endif
| |
1929 && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, 1930 PATTERN (this_insn), outloc)) 1931 {
| 1886 && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, 1887 PATTERN (this_insn), outloc)) 1888 {
|
1932 int i;
| 1889 unsigned int i; 1890
|
1933 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) 1934 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 1935 regno + i)) 1936 break; 1937 1938 if (i == nwords) 1939 { 1940 if (GET_CODE (real_out) == REG) 1941 value = real_out; 1942 else 1943 value = gen_rtx_REG (outmode, regno); 1944 } 1945 } 1946 1947 *inloc = saved_rtx; 1948 } 1949 1950 /* Consider using IN if OUT was not acceptable 1951 or if OUT dies in this insn (like the quotient in a divmod insn). 1952 We can't use IN unless it is dies in this insn, 1953 which means we must know accurately which hard regs are live. 1954 Also, the result can't go in IN if IN is used within OUT, 1955 or if OUT is an earlyclobber and IN appears elsewhere in the insn. */ 1956 if (hard_regs_live_known 1957 && GET_CODE (in) == REG 1958 && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1959 && (value == 0 1960 || find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_UNUSED, real_out)) 1961 && find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_DEAD, real_in) 1962 && !fixed_regs[REGNO (in)] 1963 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (in), 1964 /* The only case where out and real_out might 1965 have different modes is where real_out 1966 is a subreg, and in that case, out 1967 has a real mode. */ 1968 (GET_MODE (out) != VOIDmode 1969 ? GET_MODE (out) : outmode))) 1970 {
| 1891 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) 1892 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 1893 regno + i)) 1894 break; 1895 1896 if (i == nwords) 1897 { 1898 if (GET_CODE (real_out) == REG) 1899 value = real_out; 1900 else 1901 value = gen_rtx_REG (outmode, regno); 1902 } 1903 } 1904 1905 *inloc = saved_rtx; 1906 } 1907 1908 /* Consider using IN if OUT was not acceptable 1909 or if OUT dies in this insn (like the quotient in a divmod insn). 1910 We can't use IN unless it is dies in this insn, 1911 which means we must know accurately which hard regs are live. 1912 Also, the result can't go in IN if IN is used within OUT, 1913 or if OUT is an earlyclobber and IN appears elsewhere in the insn. */ 1914 if (hard_regs_live_known 1915 && GET_CODE (in) == REG 1916 && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 1917 && (value == 0 1918 || find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_UNUSED, real_out)) 1919 && find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_DEAD, real_in) 1920 && !fixed_regs[REGNO (in)] 1921 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (in), 1922 /* The only case where out and real_out might 1923 have different modes is where real_out 1924 is a subreg, and in that case, out 1925 has a real mode. */ 1926 (GET_MODE (out) != VOIDmode 1927 ? GET_MODE (out) : outmode))) 1928 {
|
1971 register int regno = REGNO (in) + in_offset; 1972 int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, inmode);
| 1929 unsigned int regno = REGNO (in) + in_offset; 1930 unsigned int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, inmode);
|
1973
| 1931
|
1974 if (! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, out, NULL_PTR)
| 1932 if (! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, out, (rtx*) 0)
|
1975 && ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno, regno + nwords, 1976 PATTERN (this_insn)) 1977 && (! earlyclobber 1978 || ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, 1979 PATTERN (this_insn), inloc))) 1980 {
| 1933 && ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno, regno + nwords, 1934 PATTERN (this_insn)) 1935 && (! earlyclobber 1936 || ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, 1937 PATTERN (this_insn), inloc))) 1938 {
|
1981 int i;
| 1939 unsigned int i; 1940
|
1982 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) 1983 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 1984 regno + i)) 1985 break; 1986 1987 if (i == nwords) 1988 { 1989 /* If we were going to use OUT as the reload reg 1990 and changed our mind, it means OUT is a dummy that 1991 dies here. So don't bother copying value to it. */ 1992 if (for_real >= 0 && value == real_out)
| 1941 for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) 1942 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 1943 regno + i)) 1944 break; 1945 1946 if (i == nwords) 1947 { 1948 /* If we were going to use OUT as the reload reg 1949 and changed our mind, it means OUT is a dummy that 1950 dies here. So don't bother copying value to it. */ 1951 if (for_real >= 0 && value == real_out)
|
1993 reload_out[for_real] = 0;
| 1952 rld[for_real].out = 0;
|
1994 if (GET_CODE (real_in) == REG) 1995 value = real_in; 1996 else 1997 value = gen_rtx_REG (inmode, regno); 1998 } 1999 } 2000 } 2001 2002 return value; 2003} 2004 2005/* This page contains subroutines used mainly for determining 2006 whether the IN or an OUT of a reload can serve as the 2007 reload register. */ 2008 2009/* Return 1 if X is an operand of an insn that is being earlyclobbered. */ 2010 2011int 2012earlyclobber_operand_p (x) 2013 rtx x; 2014{ 2015 int i; 2016 2017 for (i = 0; i < n_earlyclobbers; i++) 2018 if (reload_earlyclobbers[i] == x) 2019 return 1; 2020 2021 return 0; 2022} 2023 2024/* Return 1 if expression X alters a hard reg in the range 2025 from BEG_REGNO (inclusive) to END_REGNO (exclusive), 2026 either explicitly or in the guise of a pseudo-reg allocated to REGNO. 2027 X should be the body of an instruction. */ 2028 2029static int 2030hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, x)
| 1953 if (GET_CODE (real_in) == REG) 1954 value = real_in; 1955 else 1956 value = gen_rtx_REG (inmode, regno); 1957 } 1958 } 1959 } 1960 1961 return value; 1962} 1963 1964/* This page contains subroutines used mainly for determining 1965 whether the IN or an OUT of a reload can serve as the 1966 reload register. */ 1967 1968/* Return 1 if X is an operand of an insn that is being earlyclobbered. */ 1969 1970int 1971earlyclobber_operand_p (x) 1972 rtx x; 1973{ 1974 int i; 1975 1976 for (i = 0; i < n_earlyclobbers; i++) 1977 if (reload_earlyclobbers[i] == x) 1978 return 1; 1979 1980 return 0; 1981} 1982 1983/* Return 1 if expression X alters a hard reg in the range 1984 from BEG_REGNO (inclusive) to END_REGNO (exclusive), 1985 either explicitly or in the guise of a pseudo-reg allocated to REGNO. 1986 X should be the body of an instruction. */ 1987 1988static int 1989hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, x)
|
2031 register int beg_regno, end_regno;
| 1990 unsigned int beg_regno, end_regno;
|
2032 rtx x; 2033{ 2034 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER) 2035 {
| 1991 rtx x; 1992{ 1993 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER) 1994 {
|
2036 register rtx op0 = SET_DEST (x);
| 1995 rtx op0 = SET_DEST (x); 1996
|
2037 while (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) 2038 op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); 2039 if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG) 2040 {
| 1997 while (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) 1998 op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); 1999 if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG) 2000 {
|
2041 register int r = REGNO (op0);
| 2001 unsigned int r = REGNO (op0); 2002
|
2042 /* See if this reg overlaps range under consideration. */ 2043 if (r < end_regno 2044 && r + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r, GET_MODE (op0)) > beg_regno) 2045 return 1; 2046 } 2047 } 2048 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL) 2049 {
| 2003 /* See if this reg overlaps range under consideration. */ 2004 if (r < end_regno 2005 && r + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r, GET_MODE (op0)) > beg_regno) 2006 return 1; 2007 } 2008 } 2009 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL) 2010 {
|
2050 register int i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1;
| 2011 int i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; 2012
|
2051 for (; i >= 0; i--) 2052 if (hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, XVECEXP (x, 0, i))) 2053 return 1; 2054 } 2055 2056 return 0; 2057} 2058 2059/* Return 1 if ADDR is a valid memory address for mode MODE, 2060 and check that each pseudo reg has the proper kind of 2061 hard reg. */ 2062 2063int 2064strict_memory_address_p (mode, addr)
| 2013 for (; i >= 0; i--) 2014 if (hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, XVECEXP (x, 0, i))) 2015 return 1; 2016 } 2017 2018 return 0; 2019} 2020 2021/* Return 1 if ADDR is a valid memory address for mode MODE, 2022 and check that each pseudo reg has the proper kind of 2023 hard reg. */ 2024 2025int 2026strict_memory_address_p (mode, addr)
|
2065 enum machine_mode mode; 2066 register rtx addr;
| 2027 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; 2028 rtx addr;
|
2067{ 2068 GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (mode, addr, win); 2069 return 0; 2070 2071 win: 2072 return 1; 2073} 2074 2075/* Like rtx_equal_p except that it allows a REG and a SUBREG to match 2076 if they are the same hard reg, and has special hacks for 2077 autoincrement and autodecrement. 2078 This is specifically intended for find_reloads to use 2079 in determining whether two operands match. 2080 X is the operand whose number is the lower of the two. 2081 2082 The value is 2 if Y contains a pre-increment that matches 2083 a non-incrementing address in X. */ 2084 2085/* ??? To be completely correct, we should arrange to pass 2086 for X the output operand and for Y the input operand. 2087 For now, we assume that the output operand has the lower number 2088 because that is natural in (SET output (... input ...)). */ 2089 2090int 2091operands_match_p (x, y)
| 2029{ 2030 GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (mode, addr, win); 2031 return 0; 2032 2033 win: 2034 return 1; 2035} 2036 2037/* Like rtx_equal_p except that it allows a REG and a SUBREG to match 2038 if they are the same hard reg, and has special hacks for 2039 autoincrement and autodecrement. 2040 This is specifically intended for find_reloads to use 2041 in determining whether two operands match. 2042 X is the operand whose number is the lower of the two. 2043 2044 The value is 2 if Y contains a pre-increment that matches 2045 a non-incrementing address in X. */ 2046 2047/* ??? To be completely correct, we should arrange to pass 2048 for X the output operand and for Y the input operand. 2049 For now, we assume that the output operand has the lower number 2050 because that is natural in (SET output (... input ...)). */ 2051 2052int 2053operands_match_p (x, y)
|
2092 register rtx x, y;
| 2054 rtx x, y;
|
2093{
| 2055{
|
2094 register int i; 2095 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); 2096 register char *fmt;
| 2056 int i; 2057 RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); 2058 const char *fmt;
|
2097 int success_2;
| 2059 int success_2;
|
2098
| 2060
|
2099 if (x == y) 2100 return 1; 2101 if ((code == REG || (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG)) 2102 && (GET_CODE (y) == REG || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG 2103 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (y)) == REG))) 2104 {
| 2061 if (x == y) 2062 return 1; 2063 if ((code == REG || (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG)) 2064 && (GET_CODE (y) == REG || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG 2065 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (y)) == REG))) 2066 {
|
2105 register int j;
| 2067 int j;
|
2106 2107 if (code == SUBREG) 2108 { 2109 i = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); 2110 if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2111 goto slow;
| 2068 2069 if (code == SUBREG) 2070 { 2071 i = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); 2072 if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2073 goto slow;
|
2112 i += SUBREG_WORD (x);
| 2074 i += subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)), 2075 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), 2076 SUBREG_BYTE (x), 2077 GET_MODE (x));
|
2113 } 2114 else 2115 i = REGNO (x); 2116 2117 if (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG) 2118 { 2119 j = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (y)); 2120 if (j >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2121 goto slow;
| 2078 } 2079 else 2080 i = REGNO (x); 2081 2082 if (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG) 2083 { 2084 j = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (y)); 2085 if (j >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2086 goto slow;
|
2122 j += SUBREG_WORD (y);
| 2087 j += subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (y)), 2088 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (y)), 2089 SUBREG_BYTE (y), 2090 GET_MODE (y));
|
2123 } 2124 else 2125 j = REGNO (y); 2126 2127 /* On a WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN machine, point to the last register of a 2128 multiple hard register group, so that for example (reg:DI 0) and 2129 (reg:SI 1) will be considered the same register. */ 2130 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > UNITS_PER_WORD 2131 && i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2132 i += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1; 2133 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) > UNITS_PER_WORD 2134 && j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2135 j += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1; 2136 2137 return i == j; 2138 } 2139 /* If two operands must match, because they are really a single 2140 operand of an assembler insn, then two postincrements are invalid 2141 because the assembler insn would increment only once. 2142 On the other hand, an postincrement matches ordinary indexing 2143 if the postincrement is the output operand. */
| 2091 } 2092 else 2093 j = REGNO (y); 2094 2095 /* On a WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN machine, point to the last register of a 2096 multiple hard register group, so that for example (reg:DI 0) and 2097 (reg:SI 1) will be considered the same register. */ 2098 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > UNITS_PER_WORD 2099 && i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2100 i += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1; 2101 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) > UNITS_PER_WORD 2102 && j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2103 j += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1; 2104 2105 return i == j; 2106 } 2107 /* If two operands must match, because they are really a single 2108 operand of an assembler insn, then two postincrements are invalid 2109 because the assembler insn would increment only once. 2110 On the other hand, an postincrement matches ordinary indexing 2111 if the postincrement is the output operand. */
|
2144 if (code == POST_DEC || code == POST_INC)
| 2112 if (code == POST_DEC || code == POST_INC || code == POST_MODIFY)
|
2145 return operands_match_p (XEXP (x, 0), y); 2146 /* Two preincrements are invalid 2147 because the assembler insn would increment only once. 2148 On the other hand, an preincrement matches ordinary indexing 2149 if the preincrement is the input operand. 2150 In this case, return 2, since some callers need to do special 2151 things when this happens. */
| 2113 return operands_match_p (XEXP (x, 0), y); 2114 /* Two preincrements are invalid 2115 because the assembler insn would increment only once. 2116 On the other hand, an preincrement matches ordinary indexing 2117 if the preincrement is the input operand. 2118 In this case, return 2, since some callers need to do special 2119 things when this happens. */
|
2152 if (GET_CODE (y) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (y) == PRE_INC)
| 2120 if (GET_CODE (y) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (y) == PRE_INC 2121 || GET_CODE (y) == PRE_MODIFY)
|
2153 return operands_match_p (x, XEXP (y, 0)) ? 2 : 0; 2154 2155 slow: 2156
| 2122 return operands_match_p (x, XEXP (y, 0)) ? 2 : 0; 2123 2124 slow: 2125
|
2157 /* Now we have disposed of all the cases
| 2126 /* Now we have disposed of all the cases
|
2158 in which different rtx codes can match. */ 2159 if (code != GET_CODE (y)) 2160 return 0; 2161 if (code == LABEL_REF) 2162 return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0); 2163 if (code == SYMBOL_REF) 2164 return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0); 2165 2166 /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent. */ 2167 2168 if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y)) 2169 return 0; 2170 2171 /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements 2172 fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */ 2173 2174 success_2 = 0; 2175 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 2176 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 2177 { 2178 int val, j; 2179 switch (fmt[i]) 2180 { 2181 case 'w': 2182 if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i)) 2183 return 0; 2184 break; 2185 2186 case 'i': 2187 if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i)) 2188 return 0; 2189 break; 2190 2191 case 'e': 2192 val = operands_match_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i)); 2193 if (val == 0) 2194 return 0; 2195 /* If any subexpression returns 2, 2196 we should return 2 if we are successful. */ 2197 if (val == 2) 2198 success_2 = 1; 2199 break; 2200 2201 case '0': 2202 break; 2203 2204 case 'E': 2205 if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i)) 2206 return 0; 2207 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; --j) 2208 { 2209 val = operands_match_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j)); 2210 if (val == 0) 2211 return 0; 2212 if (val == 2) 2213 success_2 = 1; 2214 } 2215 break; 2216 2217 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never 2218 contain anything but integers and other rtx's, 2219 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */ 2220 default: 2221 abort (); 2222 } 2223 } 2224 return 1 + success_2; 2225} 2226 2227/* Describe the range of registers or memory referenced by X.
| 2127 in which different rtx codes can match. */ 2128 if (code != GET_CODE (y)) 2129 return 0; 2130 if (code == LABEL_REF) 2131 return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0); 2132 if (code == SYMBOL_REF) 2133 return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0); 2134 2135 /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent. */ 2136 2137 if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y)) 2138 return 0; 2139 2140 /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements 2141 fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */ 2142 2143 success_2 = 0; 2144 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 2145 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 2146 { 2147 int val, j; 2148 switch (fmt[i]) 2149 { 2150 case 'w': 2151 if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i)) 2152 return 0; 2153 break; 2154 2155 case 'i': 2156 if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i)) 2157 return 0; 2158 break; 2159 2160 case 'e': 2161 val = operands_match_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i)); 2162 if (val == 0) 2163 return 0; 2164 /* If any subexpression returns 2, 2165 we should return 2 if we are successful. */ 2166 if (val == 2) 2167 success_2 = 1; 2168 break; 2169 2170 case '0': 2171 break; 2172 2173 case 'E': 2174 if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i)) 2175 return 0; 2176 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; --j) 2177 { 2178 val = operands_match_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j)); 2179 if (val == 0) 2180 return 0; 2181 if (val == 2) 2182 success_2 = 1; 2183 } 2184 break; 2185 2186 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never 2187 contain anything but integers and other rtx's, 2188 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */ 2189 default: 2190 abort (); 2191 } 2192 } 2193 return 1 + success_2; 2194} 2195 2196/* Describe the range of registers or memory referenced by X.
|
2228 If X is a register, set REG_FLAG and put the first register
| 2197 If X is a register, set REG_FLAG and put the first register
|
2229 number into START and the last plus one into END.
| 2198 number into START and the last plus one into END.
|
2230 If X is a memory reference, put a base address into BASE
| 2199 If X is a memory reference, put a base address into BASE
|
2231 and a range of integer offsets into START and END.
| 2200 and a range of integer offsets into START and END.
|
2232 If X is pushing on the stack, we can assume it causes no trouble,
| 2201 If X is pushing on the stack, we can assume it causes no trouble,
|
2233 so we set the SAFE field. */ 2234 2235static struct decomposition 2236decompose (x) 2237 rtx x; 2238{ 2239 struct decomposition val; 2240 int all_const = 0; 2241 2242 val.reg_flag = 0; 2243 val.safe = 0; 2244 val.base = 0; 2245 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) 2246 {
| 2202 so we set the SAFE field. */ 2203 2204static struct decomposition 2205decompose (x) 2206 rtx x; 2207{ 2208 struct decomposition val; 2209 int all_const = 0; 2210 2211 val.reg_flag = 0; 2212 val.safe = 0; 2213 val.base = 0; 2214 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) 2215 {
|
2247 rtx base, offset = 0;
| 2216 rtx base = NULL_RTX, offset = 0;
|
2248 rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0); 2249 2250 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC 2251 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC) 2252 { 2253 val.base = XEXP (addr, 0);
| 2217 rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0); 2218 2219 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC 2220 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC) 2221 { 2222 val.base = XEXP (addr, 0);
|
2254 val.start = - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
| 2223 val.start = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
|
2255 val.end = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); 2256 val.safe = REGNO (val.base) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; 2257 return val; 2258 } 2259
| 2224 val.end = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); 2225 val.safe = REGNO (val.base) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; 2226 return val; 2227 } 2228
|
| 2229 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_MODIFY || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_MODIFY) 2230 { 2231 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == PLUS 2232 && XEXP (addr, 0) == XEXP (XEXP (addr, 1), 0) 2233 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 1), 1))) 2234 { 2235 val.base = XEXP (addr, 0); 2236 val.start = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 1), 1)); 2237 val.end = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 1), 1)); 2238 val.safe = REGNO (val.base) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; 2239 return val; 2240 } 2241 } 2242
|
2260 if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST) 2261 { 2262 addr = XEXP (addr, 0); 2263 all_const = 1; 2264 } 2265 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS) 2266 { 2267 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 0))) 2268 { 2269 base = XEXP (addr, 1); 2270 offset = XEXP (addr, 0); 2271 } 2272 else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 1))) 2273 { 2274 base = XEXP (addr, 0); 2275 offset = XEXP (addr, 1); 2276 } 2277 } 2278 2279 if (offset == 0) 2280 { 2281 base = addr; 2282 offset = const0_rtx;
| 2243 if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST) 2244 { 2245 addr = XEXP (addr, 0); 2246 all_const = 1; 2247 } 2248 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS) 2249 { 2250 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 0))) 2251 { 2252 base = XEXP (addr, 1); 2253 offset = XEXP (addr, 0); 2254 } 2255 else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 1))) 2256 { 2257 base = XEXP (addr, 0); 2258 offset = XEXP (addr, 1); 2259 } 2260 } 2261 2262 if (offset == 0) 2263 { 2264 base = addr; 2265 offset = const0_rtx;
|
2283 }
| 2266 }
|
2284 if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST) 2285 offset = XEXP (offset, 0); 2286 if (GET_CODE (offset) == PLUS) 2287 { 2288 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 0)) == CONST_INT) 2289 { 2290 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 1)); 2291 offset = XEXP (offset, 0); 2292 } 2293 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 1)) == CONST_INT) 2294 { 2295 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 0)); 2296 offset = XEXP (offset, 1); 2297 } 2298 else 2299 { 2300 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, offset); 2301 offset = const0_rtx; 2302 } 2303 } 2304 else if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT) 2305 { 2306 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, offset); 2307 offset = const0_rtx; 2308 } 2309 2310 if (all_const && GET_CODE (base) == PLUS) 2311 base = gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (base), base); 2312 2313 if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT) 2314 abort (); 2315 2316 val.start = INTVAL (offset); 2317 val.end = val.start + GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); 2318 val.base = base; 2319 return val; 2320 } 2321 else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) 2322 { 2323 val.reg_flag = 1;
| 2267 if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST) 2268 offset = XEXP (offset, 0); 2269 if (GET_CODE (offset) == PLUS) 2270 { 2271 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 0)) == CONST_INT) 2272 { 2273 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 1)); 2274 offset = XEXP (offset, 0); 2275 } 2276 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 1)) == CONST_INT) 2277 { 2278 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 0)); 2279 offset = XEXP (offset, 1); 2280 } 2281 else 2282 { 2283 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, offset); 2284 offset = const0_rtx; 2285 } 2286 } 2287 else if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT) 2288 { 2289 base = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (base), base, offset); 2290 offset = const0_rtx; 2291 } 2292 2293 if (all_const && GET_CODE (base) == PLUS) 2294 base = gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (base), base); 2295 2296 if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT) 2297 abort (); 2298 2299 val.start = INTVAL (offset); 2300 val.end = val.start + GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); 2301 val.base = base; 2302 return val; 2303 } 2304 else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) 2305 { 2306 val.reg_flag = 1;
|
2324 val.start = true_regnum (x);
| 2307 val.start = true_regnum (x);
|
2325 if (val.start < 0) 2326 { 2327 /* A pseudo with no hard reg. */ 2328 val.start = REGNO (x); 2329 val.end = val.start + 1; 2330 } 2331 else 2332 /* A hard reg. */ 2333 val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x)); 2334 } 2335 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) 2336 { 2337 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) != REG) 2338 /* This could be more precise, but it's good enough. */ 2339 return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x)); 2340 val.reg_flag = 1;
| 2308 if (val.start < 0) 2309 { 2310 /* A pseudo with no hard reg. */ 2311 val.start = REGNO (x); 2312 val.end = val.start + 1; 2313 } 2314 else 2315 /* A hard reg. */ 2316 val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x)); 2317 } 2318 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) 2319 { 2320 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) != REG) 2321 /* This could be more precise, but it's good enough. */ 2322 return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x)); 2323 val.reg_flag = 1;
|
2341 val.start = true_regnum (x);
| 2324 val.start = true_regnum (x);
|
2342 if (val.start < 0) 2343 return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x)); 2344 else 2345 /* A hard reg. */ 2346 val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x)); 2347 } 2348 else if (CONSTANT_P (x) 2349 /* This hasn't been assigned yet, so it can't conflict yet. */ 2350 || GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH) 2351 val.safe = 1; 2352 else 2353 abort (); 2354 return val; 2355} 2356 2357/* Return 1 if altering Y will not modify the value of X. 2358 Y is also described by YDATA, which should be decompose (Y). */ 2359 2360static int 2361immune_p (x, y, ydata) 2362 rtx x, y; 2363 struct decomposition ydata; 2364{ 2365 struct decomposition xdata; 2366 2367 if (ydata.reg_flag)
| 2325 if (val.start < 0) 2326 return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x)); 2327 else 2328 /* A hard reg. */ 2329 val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x)); 2330 } 2331 else if (CONSTANT_P (x) 2332 /* This hasn't been assigned yet, so it can't conflict yet. */ 2333 || GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH) 2334 val.safe = 1; 2335 else 2336 abort (); 2337 return val; 2338} 2339 2340/* Return 1 if altering Y will not modify the value of X. 2341 Y is also described by YDATA, which should be decompose (Y). */ 2342 2343static int 2344immune_p (x, y, ydata) 2345 rtx x, y; 2346 struct decomposition ydata; 2347{ 2348 struct decomposition xdata; 2349 2350 if (ydata.reg_flag)
|
2368 return !refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (ydata.start, ydata.end, x, NULL_PTR);
| 2351 return !refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (ydata.start, ydata.end, x, (rtx*) 0);
|
2369 if (ydata.safe) 2370 return 1; 2371 2372 if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) 2373 abort (); 2374 /* If Y is memory and X is not, Y can't affect X. */ 2375 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) 2376 return 1; 2377
| 2352 if (ydata.safe) 2353 return 1; 2354 2355 if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) 2356 abort (); 2357 /* If Y is memory and X is not, Y can't affect X. */ 2358 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) 2359 return 1; 2360
|
2378 xdata = decompose (x);
| 2361 xdata = decompose (x);
|
2379 2380 if (! rtx_equal_p (xdata.base, ydata.base)) 2381 { 2382 /* If bases are distinct symbolic constants, there is no overlap. */ 2383 if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base) && CONSTANT_P (ydata.base)) 2384 return 1; 2385 /* Constants and stack slots never overlap. */ 2386 if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base) 2387 && (ydata.base == frame_pointer_rtx 2388 || ydata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx 2389 || ydata.base == stack_pointer_rtx)) 2390 return 1; 2391 if (CONSTANT_P (ydata.base) 2392 && (xdata.base == frame_pointer_rtx 2393 || xdata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx 2394 || xdata.base == stack_pointer_rtx)) 2395 return 1; 2396 /* If either base is variable, we don't know anything. */ 2397 return 0; 2398 } 2399
| 2362 2363 if (! rtx_equal_p (xdata.base, ydata.base)) 2364 { 2365 /* If bases are distinct symbolic constants, there is no overlap. */ 2366 if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base) && CONSTANT_P (ydata.base)) 2367 return 1; 2368 /* Constants and stack slots never overlap. */ 2369 if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base) 2370 && (ydata.base == frame_pointer_rtx 2371 || ydata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx 2372 || ydata.base == stack_pointer_rtx)) 2373 return 1; 2374 if (CONSTANT_P (ydata.base) 2375 && (xdata.base == frame_pointer_rtx 2376 || xdata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx 2377 || xdata.base == stack_pointer_rtx)) 2378 return 1; 2379 /* If either base is variable, we don't know anything. */ 2380 return 0; 2381 } 2382
|
2400
| |
2401 return (xdata.start >= ydata.end || ydata.start >= xdata.end); 2402} 2403 2404/* Similar, but calls decompose. */ 2405 2406int 2407safe_from_earlyclobber (op, clobber) 2408 rtx op, clobber; 2409{ 2410 struct decomposition early_data; 2411 2412 early_data = decompose (clobber); 2413 return immune_p (op, clobber, early_data); 2414} 2415 2416/* Main entry point of this file: search the body of INSN 2417 for values that need reloading and record them with push_reload. 2418 REPLACE nonzero means record also where the values occur 2419 so that subst_reloads can be used. 2420 2421 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirection are supported by this 2422 machine; a value of zero means that a memory reference is not a valid 2423 memory address. 2424 2425 LIVE_KNOWN says we have valid information about which hard 2426 regs are live at each point in the program; this is true when 2427 we are called from global_alloc but false when stupid register 2428 allocation has been done. 2429 2430 RELOAD_REG_P if nonzero is a vector indexed by hard reg number 2431 which is nonnegative if the reg has been commandeered for reloading into. 2432 It is copied into STATIC_RELOAD_REG_P and referenced from there 2433 by various subroutines. 2434 2435 Return TRUE if some operands need to be changed, because of swapping 2436 commutative operands, reg_equiv_address substitution, or whatever. */ 2437 2438int 2439find_reloads (insn, replace, ind_levels, live_known, reload_reg_p) 2440 rtx insn; 2441 int replace, ind_levels; 2442 int live_known; 2443 short *reload_reg_p; 2444{
| 2383 return (xdata.start >= ydata.end || ydata.start >= xdata.end); 2384} 2385 2386/* Similar, but calls decompose. */ 2387 2388int 2389safe_from_earlyclobber (op, clobber) 2390 rtx op, clobber; 2391{ 2392 struct decomposition early_data; 2393 2394 early_data = decompose (clobber); 2395 return immune_p (op, clobber, early_data); 2396} 2397 2398/* Main entry point of this file: search the body of INSN 2399 for values that need reloading and record them with push_reload. 2400 REPLACE nonzero means record also where the values occur 2401 so that subst_reloads can be used. 2402 2403 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirection are supported by this 2404 machine; a value of zero means that a memory reference is not a valid 2405 memory address. 2406 2407 LIVE_KNOWN says we have valid information about which hard 2408 regs are live at each point in the program; this is true when 2409 we are called from global_alloc but false when stupid register 2410 allocation has been done. 2411 2412 RELOAD_REG_P if nonzero is a vector indexed by hard reg number 2413 which is nonnegative if the reg has been commandeered for reloading into. 2414 It is copied into STATIC_RELOAD_REG_P and referenced from there 2415 by various subroutines. 2416 2417 Return TRUE if some operands need to be changed, because of swapping 2418 commutative operands, reg_equiv_address substitution, or whatever. */ 2419 2420int 2421find_reloads (insn, replace, ind_levels, live_known, reload_reg_p) 2422 rtx insn; 2423 int replace, ind_levels; 2424 int live_known; 2425 short *reload_reg_p; 2426{
|
2445#ifdef REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS 2446 2447 register int insn_code_number; 2448 register int i, j;
| 2427 int insn_code_number; 2428 int i, j;
|
2449 int noperands; 2450 /* These start out as the constraints for the insn 2451 and they are chewed up as we consider alternatives. */ 2452 char *constraints[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2453 /* These are the preferred classes for an operand, or NO_REGS if it isn't 2454 a register. */ 2455 enum reg_class preferred_class[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2456 char pref_or_nothing[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2457 /* Nonzero for a MEM operand whose entire address needs a reload. */ 2458 int address_reloaded[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2459 /* Value of enum reload_type to use for operand. */ 2460 enum reload_type operand_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2461 /* Value of enum reload_type to use within address of operand. */ 2462 enum reload_type address_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2463 /* Save the usage of each operand. */ 2464 enum reload_usage { RELOAD_READ, RELOAD_READ_WRITE, RELOAD_WRITE } modified[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2465 int no_input_reloads = 0, no_output_reloads = 0; 2466 int n_alternatives; 2467 int this_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
| 2429 int noperands; 2430 /* These start out as the constraints for the insn 2431 and they are chewed up as we consider alternatives. */ 2432 char *constraints[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2433 /* These are the preferred classes for an operand, or NO_REGS if it isn't 2434 a register. */ 2435 enum reg_class preferred_class[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2436 char pref_or_nothing[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2437 /* Nonzero for a MEM operand whose entire address needs a reload. */ 2438 int address_reloaded[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2439 /* Value of enum reload_type to use for operand. */ 2440 enum reload_type operand_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2441 /* Value of enum reload_type to use within address of operand. */ 2442 enum reload_type address_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2443 /* Save the usage of each operand. */ 2444 enum reload_usage { RELOAD_READ, RELOAD_READ_WRITE, RELOAD_WRITE } modified[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2445 int no_input_reloads = 0, no_output_reloads = 0; 2446 int n_alternatives; 2447 int this_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
|
| 2448 char this_alternative_match_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
|
2468 char this_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2469 char this_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2470 char this_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2471 int this_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2472 int swapped; 2473 int goal_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2474 int this_alternative_number;
| 2449 char this_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2450 char this_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2451 char this_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2452 int this_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2453 int swapped; 2454 int goal_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2455 int this_alternative_number;
|
2475 int goal_alternative_number;
| 2456 int goal_alternative_number = 0;
|
2476 int operand_reloadnum[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2477 int goal_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2478 int goal_alternative_matched[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
| 2457 int operand_reloadnum[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2458 int goal_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2459 int goal_alternative_matched[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
|
| 2460 char goal_alternative_match_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
|
2479 char goal_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2480 char goal_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2481 char goal_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2482 int goal_alternative_swapped; 2483 int best; 2484 int commutative;
| 2461 char goal_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2462 char goal_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2463 char goal_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2464 int goal_alternative_swapped; 2465 int best; 2466 int commutative;
|
2485 int changed;
| |
2486 char operands_match[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2487 rtx substed_operand[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2488 rtx body = PATTERN (insn); 2489 rtx set = single_set (insn);
| 2467 char operands_match[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2468 rtx substed_operand[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2469 rtx body = PATTERN (insn); 2470 rtx set = single_set (insn);
|
2490 int goal_earlyclobber, this_earlyclobber;
| 2471 int goal_earlyclobber = 0, this_earlyclobber;
|
2491 enum machine_mode operand_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2492 int retval = 0;
| 2472 enum machine_mode operand_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 2473 int retval = 0;
|
2493 /* Cache the last regno for the last pseudo we did an output reload 2494 for in case the next insn uses it. */ 2495 static int last_output_reload_regno = -1;
| |
2496 2497 this_insn = insn; 2498 n_reloads = 0; 2499 n_replacements = 0; 2500 n_earlyclobbers = 0; 2501 replace_reloads = replace; 2502 hard_regs_live_known = live_known; 2503 static_reload_reg_p = reload_reg_p; 2504 2505 /* JUMP_INSNs and CALL_INSNs are not allowed to have any output reloads; 2506 neither are insns that SET cc0. Insns that use CC0 are not allowed 2507 to have any input reloads. */ 2508 if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN) 2509 no_output_reloads = 1; 2510 2511#ifdef HAVE_cc0 2512 if (reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn))) 2513 no_input_reloads = 1; 2514 if (reg_set_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn))) 2515 no_output_reloads = 1; 2516#endif
| 2474 2475 this_insn = insn; 2476 n_reloads = 0; 2477 n_replacements = 0; 2478 n_earlyclobbers = 0; 2479 replace_reloads = replace; 2480 hard_regs_live_known = live_known; 2481 static_reload_reg_p = reload_reg_p; 2482 2483 /* JUMP_INSNs and CALL_INSNs are not allowed to have any output reloads; 2484 neither are insns that SET cc0. Insns that use CC0 are not allowed 2485 to have any input reloads. */ 2486 if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN) 2487 no_output_reloads = 1; 2488 2489#ifdef HAVE_cc0 2490 if (reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn))) 2491 no_input_reloads = 1; 2492 if (reg_set_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn))) 2493 no_output_reloads = 1; 2494#endif
|
2517
| 2495
|
2518#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 2519 /* The eliminated forms of any secondary memory locations are per-insn, so 2520 clear them out here. */ 2521
| 2496#ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED 2497 /* The eliminated forms of any secondary memory locations are per-insn, so 2498 clear them out here. */ 2499
|
2522 bzero ((char *) secondary_memlocs_elim, sizeof secondary_memlocs_elim);
| 2500 memset ((char *) secondary_memlocs_elim, 0, sizeof secondary_memlocs_elim);
|
2523#endif 2524 2525 /* Dispose quickly of (set (reg..) (reg..)) if both have hard regs and it 2526 is cheap to move between them. If it is not, there may not be an insn 2527 to do the copy, so we may need a reload. */ 2528 if (GET_CODE (body) == SET 2529 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG 2530 && REGNO (SET_DEST (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 2531 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == REG 2532 && REGNO (SET_SRC (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
| 2501#endif 2502 2503 /* Dispose quickly of (set (reg..) (reg..)) if both have hard regs and it 2504 is cheap to move between them. If it is not, there may not be an insn 2505 to do the copy, so we may need a reload. */ 2506 if (GET_CODE (body) == SET 2507 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG 2508 && REGNO (SET_DEST (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 2509 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == REG 2510 && REGNO (SET_SRC (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
2533 && REGISTER_MOVE_COST (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_SRC (body))),
| 2511 && REGISTER_MOVE_COST (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (body)), 2512 REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_SRC (body))),
|
2534 REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_DEST (body)))) == 2) 2535 return 0; 2536 2537 extract_insn (insn); 2538
| 2513 REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_DEST (body)))) == 2) 2514 return 0; 2515 2516 extract_insn (insn); 2517
|
2539 noperands = reload_n_operands = recog_n_operands; 2540 n_alternatives = recog_n_alternatives;
| 2518 noperands = reload_n_operands = recog_data.n_operands; 2519 n_alternatives = recog_data.n_alternatives;
|
2541 2542 /* Just return "no reloads" if insn has no operands with constraints. */ 2543 if (noperands == 0 || n_alternatives == 0) 2544 return 0; 2545 2546 insn_code_number = INSN_CODE (insn); 2547 this_insn_is_asm = insn_code_number < 0; 2548
| 2520 2521 /* Just return "no reloads" if insn has no operands with constraints. */ 2522 if (noperands == 0 || n_alternatives == 0) 2523 return 0; 2524 2525 insn_code_number = INSN_CODE (insn); 2526 this_insn_is_asm = insn_code_number < 0; 2527
|
2549 bcopy ((char *) recog_operand_mode, (char *) operand_mode, 2550 noperands * sizeof (enum machine_mode)); 2551 bcopy ((char *) recog_constraints, (char *) constraints, 2552 noperands * sizeof (char *));
| 2528 memcpy (operand_mode, recog_data.operand_mode, 2529 noperands * sizeof (enum machine_mode)); 2530 memcpy (constraints, recog_data.constraints, noperands * sizeof (char *));
|
2553 2554 commutative = -1; 2555 2556 /* If we will need to know, later, whether some pair of operands 2557 are the same, we must compare them now and save the result. 2558 Reloading the base and index registers will clobber them 2559 and afterward they will fail to match. */ 2560 2561 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 2562 {
| 2531 2532 commutative = -1; 2533 2534 /* If we will need to know, later, whether some pair of operands 2535 are the same, we must compare them now and save the result. 2536 Reloading the base and index registers will clobber them 2537 and afterward they will fail to match. */ 2538 2539 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 2540 {
|
2563 register char *p; 2564 register int c;
| 2541 char *p; 2542 int c;
|
2565
| 2543
|
2566 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i];
| 2544 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i];
|
2567 p = constraints[i]; 2568 2569 modified[i] = RELOAD_READ; 2570
| 2545 p = constraints[i]; 2546 2547 modified[i] = RELOAD_READ; 2548
|
2571 /* Scan this operand's constraint to see if it is an output operand,
| 2549 /* Scan this operand's constraint to see if it is an output operand,
|
2572 an in-out operand, is commutative, or should match another. */ 2573 2574 while ((c = *p++)) 2575 { 2576 if (c == '=') 2577 modified[i] = RELOAD_WRITE; 2578 else if (c == '+') 2579 modified[i] = RELOAD_READ_WRITE; 2580 else if (c == '%') 2581 { 2582 /* The last operand should not be marked commutative. */ 2583 if (i == noperands - 1) 2584 abort (); 2585 2586 commutative = i; 2587 }
| 2550 an in-out operand, is commutative, or should match another. */ 2551 2552 while ((c = *p++)) 2553 { 2554 if (c == '=') 2555 modified[i] = RELOAD_WRITE; 2556 else if (c == '+') 2557 modified[i] = RELOAD_READ_WRITE; 2558 else if (c == '%') 2559 { 2560 /* The last operand should not be marked commutative. */ 2561 if (i == noperands - 1) 2562 abort (); 2563 2564 commutative = i; 2565 }
|
2588 else if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
| 2566 else if (ISDIGIT (c))
|
2589 {
| 2567 {
|
2590 c -= '0';
| 2568 c = strtoul (p - 1, &p, 10); 2569
|
2591 operands_match[c][i]
| 2570 operands_match[c][i]
|
2592 = operands_match_p (recog_operand[c], recog_operand[i]);
| 2571 = operands_match_p (recog_data.operand[c], 2572 recog_data.operand[i]);
|
2593 2594 /* An operand may not match itself. */ 2595 if (c == i) 2596 abort (); 2597 2598 /* If C can be commuted with C+1, and C might need to match I, 2599 then C+1 might also need to match I. */ 2600 if (commutative >= 0) 2601 { 2602 if (c == commutative || c == commutative + 1) 2603 { 2604 int other = c + (c == commutative ? 1 : -1); 2605 operands_match[other][i]
| 2573 2574 /* An operand may not match itself. */ 2575 if (c == i) 2576 abort (); 2577 2578 /* If C can be commuted with C+1, and C might need to match I, 2579 then C+1 might also need to match I. */ 2580 if (commutative >= 0) 2581 { 2582 if (c == commutative || c == commutative + 1) 2583 { 2584 int other = c + (c == commutative ? 1 : -1); 2585 operands_match[other][i]
|
2606 = operands_match_p (recog_operand[other], recog_operand[i]);
| 2586 = operands_match_p (recog_data.operand[other], 2587 recog_data.operand[i]);
|
2607 } 2608 if (i == commutative || i == commutative + 1) 2609 { 2610 int other = i + (i == commutative ? 1 : -1); 2611 operands_match[c][other]
| 2588 } 2589 if (i == commutative || i == commutative + 1) 2590 { 2591 int other = i + (i == commutative ? 1 : -1); 2592 operands_match[c][other]
|
2612 = operands_match_p (recog_operand[c], recog_operand[other]);
| 2593 = operands_match_p (recog_data.operand[c], 2594 recog_data.operand[other]);
|
2613 } 2614 /* Note that C is supposed to be less than I. 2615 No need to consider altering both C and I because in 2616 that case we would alter one into the other. */ 2617 } 2618 } 2619 } 2620 } 2621 2622 /* Examine each operand that is a memory reference or memory address 2623 and reload parts of the addresses into index registers. 2624 Also here any references to pseudo regs that didn't get hard regs 2625 but are equivalent to constants get replaced in the insn itself
| 2595 } 2596 /* Note that C is supposed to be less than I. 2597 No need to consider altering both C and I because in 2598 that case we would alter one into the other. */ 2599 } 2600 } 2601 } 2602 } 2603 2604 /* Examine each operand that is a memory reference or memory address 2605 and reload parts of the addresses into index registers. 2606 Also here any references to pseudo regs that didn't get hard regs 2607 but are equivalent to constants get replaced in the insn itself
|
2626 with those constants. Nobody will ever see them again.
| 2608 with those constants. Nobody will ever see them again.
|
2627 2628 Finally, set up the preferred classes of each operand. */ 2629 2630 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 2631 {
| 2609 2610 Finally, set up the preferred classes of each operand. */ 2611 2612 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 2613 {
|
2632 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]);
| 2614 RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]);
|
2633 2634 address_reloaded[i] = 0; 2635 operand_type[i] = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT 2636 : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT 2637 : RELOAD_OTHER); 2638 address_type[i] 2639 = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 2640 : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 2641 : RELOAD_OTHER); 2642 2643 if (*constraints[i] == 0) 2644 /* Ignore things like match_operator operands. */ 2645 ; 2646 else if (constraints[i][0] == 'p') 2647 {
| 2615 2616 address_reloaded[i] = 0; 2617 operand_type[i] = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT 2618 : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT 2619 : RELOAD_OTHER); 2620 address_type[i] 2621 = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 2622 : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 2623 : RELOAD_OTHER); 2624 2625 if (*constraints[i] == 0) 2626 /* Ignore things like match_operator operands. */ 2627 ; 2628 else if (constraints[i][0] == 'p') 2629 {
|
2648 find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, NULL_PTR, 2649 recog_operand[i], recog_operand_loc[i],
| 2630 find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, (rtx*) 0, 2631 recog_data.operand[i], 2632 recog_data.operand_loc[i],
|
2650 i, operand_type[i], ind_levels, insn); 2651
| 2633 i, operand_type[i], ind_levels, insn); 2634
|
2652 /* If we now have a simple operand where we used to have a
| 2635 /* If we now have a simple operand where we used to have a
|
2653 PLUS or MULT, re-recognize and try again. */
| 2636 PLUS or MULT, re-recognize and try again. */
|
2654 if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (*recog_operand_loc[i])) == 'o' 2655 || GET_CODE (*recog_operand_loc[i]) == SUBREG) 2656 && (GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MULT 2657 || GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == PLUS))
| 2637 if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (*recog_data.operand_loc[i])) == 'o' 2638 || GET_CODE (*recog_data.operand_loc[i]) == SUBREG) 2639 && (GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]) == MULT 2640 || GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]) == PLUS))
|
2658 { 2659 INSN_CODE (insn) = -1; 2660 retval = find_reloads (insn, replace, ind_levels, live_known, 2661 reload_reg_p); 2662 return retval; 2663 } 2664
| 2641 { 2642 INSN_CODE (insn) = -1; 2643 retval = find_reloads (insn, replace, ind_levels, live_known, 2644 reload_reg_p); 2645 return retval; 2646 } 2647
|
2665 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i];
| 2648 recog_data.operand[i] = *recog_data.operand_loc[i]; 2649 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i];
|
2666 } 2667 else if (code == MEM) 2668 { 2669 address_reloaded[i]
| 2650 } 2651 else if (code == MEM) 2652 { 2653 address_reloaded[i]
|
2670 = find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]), 2671 recog_operand_loc[i], 2672 XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), 2673 &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
| 2654 = find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_data.operand[i]), 2655 recog_data.operand_loc[i], 2656 XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0), 2657 &XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0),
|
2674 i, address_type[i], ind_levels, insn);
| 2658 i, address_type[i], ind_levels, insn);
|
2675 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i];
| 2659 recog_data.operand[i] = *recog_data.operand_loc[i]; 2660 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i];
|
2676 } 2677 else if (code == SUBREG) 2678 {
| 2661 } 2662 else if (code == SUBREG) 2663 {
|
2679 rtx reg = SUBREG_REG (recog_operand[i]);
| 2664 rtx reg = SUBREG_REG (recog_data.operand[i]);
|
2680 rtx op
| 2665 rtx op
|
2681 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i],
| 2666 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_data.operand[i], i, address_type[i],
|
2682 ind_levels, 2683 set != 0
| 2667 ind_levels, 2668 set != 0
|
2684 && &SET_DEST (set) == recog_operand_loc[i], 2685 insn);
| 2669 && &SET_DEST (set) == recog_data.operand_loc[i], 2670 insn, 2671 &address_reloaded[i]);
|
2686 2687 /* If we made a MEM to load (a part of) the stackslot of a pseudo 2688 that didn't get a hard register, emit a USE with a REG_EQUAL 2689 note in front so that we might inherit a previous, possibly 2690 wider reload. */
| 2672 2673 /* If we made a MEM to load (a part of) the stackslot of a pseudo 2674 that didn't get a hard register, emit a USE with a REG_EQUAL 2675 note in front so that we might inherit a previous, possibly 2676 wider reload. */
|
2691
| 2677
|
2692 if (replace 2693 && GET_CODE (op) == MEM 2694 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG 2695 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (reg)) 2696 >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op))))
| 2678 if (replace 2679 && GET_CODE (op) == MEM 2680 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG 2681 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (reg)) 2682 >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op))))
|
2697 REG_NOTES (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), insn)) 2698 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUAL, 2699 reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (reg)], NULL_RTX);
| 2683 set_unique_reg_note (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), 2684 insn), 2685 REG_EQUAL, reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (reg)]);
|
2700
| 2686
|
2701 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = op;
| 2687 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i] = op;
|
2702 } 2703 else if (code == PLUS || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1') 2704 /* We can get a PLUS as an "operand" as a result of register 2705 elimination. See eliminate_regs and gen_reload. We handle 2706 a unary operator by reloading the operand. */
| 2688 } 2689 else if (code == PLUS || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1') 2690 /* We can get a PLUS as an "operand" as a result of register 2691 elimination. See eliminate_regs and gen_reload. We handle 2692 a unary operator by reloading the operand. */
|
2707 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] 2708 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i], 2709 ind_levels, 0, insn);
| 2693 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i] 2694 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_data.operand[i], i, address_type[i], 2695 ind_levels, 0, insn, 2696 &address_reloaded[i]);
|
2710 else if (code == REG) 2711 { 2712 /* This is equivalent to calling find_reloads_toplev. 2713 The code is duplicated for speed. 2714 When we find a pseudo always equivalent to a constant, 2715 we replace it by the constant. We must be sure, however, 2716 that we don't try to replace it in the insn in which it
| 2697 else if (code == REG) 2698 { 2699 /* This is equivalent to calling find_reloads_toplev. 2700 The code is duplicated for speed. 2701 When we find a pseudo always equivalent to a constant, 2702 we replace it by the constant. We must be sure, however, 2703 that we don't try to replace it in the insn in which it
|
2717 is being set. */ 2718 register int regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
| 2704 is being set. */ 2705 int regno = REGNO (recog_data.operand[i]);
|
2719 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
| 2706 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
|
2720 && (set == 0 || &SET_DEST (set) != recog_operand_loc[i]))
| 2707 && (set == 0 || &SET_DEST (set) != recog_data.operand_loc[i]))
|
2721 { 2722 /* Record the existing mode so that the check if constants are
| 2708 { 2709 /* Record the existing mode so that the check if constants are
|
2723 allowed will work when operand_mode isn't specified. */
| 2710 allowed will work when operand_mode isn't specified. */
|
2724 2725 if (operand_mode[i] == VOIDmode)
| 2711 2712 if (operand_mode[i] == VOIDmode)
|
2726 operand_mode[i] = GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]);
| 2713 operand_mode[i] = GET_MODE (recog_data.operand[i]);
|
2727
| 2714
|
2728 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] 2729 = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
| 2715 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i] 2716 = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
|
2730 } 2731 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0 2732 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 2733 /* We need not give a valid is_set_dest argument since the case 2734 of a constant equivalence was checked above. */
| 2717 } 2718 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0 2719 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 2720 /* We need not give a valid is_set_dest argument since the case 2721 of a constant equivalence was checked above. */
|
2735 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] 2736 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i], 2737 ind_levels, 0, insn);
| 2722 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i] 2723 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_data.operand[i], i, address_type[i], 2724 ind_levels, 0, insn, 2725 &address_reloaded[i]);
|
2738 } 2739 /* If the operand is still a register (we didn't replace it with an 2740 equivalent), get the preferred class to reload it into. */
| 2726 } 2727 /* If the operand is still a register (we didn't replace it with an 2728 equivalent), get the preferred class to reload it into. */
|
2741 code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]);
| 2729 code = GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]);
|
2742 preferred_class[i]
| 2730 preferred_class[i]
|
2743 = ((code == REG && REGNO (recog_operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2744 ? reg_preferred_class (REGNO (recog_operand[i])) : NO_REGS);
| 2731 = ((code == REG && REGNO (recog_data.operand[i]) 2732 >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2733 ? reg_preferred_class (REGNO (recog_data.operand[i])) 2734 : NO_REGS);
|
2745 pref_or_nothing[i]
| 2735 pref_or_nothing[i]
|
2746 = (code == REG && REGNO (recog_operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 2747 && reg_alternate_class (REGNO (recog_operand[i])) == NO_REGS);
| 2736 = (code == REG 2737 && REGNO (recog_data.operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 2738 && reg_alternate_class (REGNO (recog_data.operand[i])) == NO_REGS);
|
2748 } 2749
| 2739 } 2740
|
2750#ifdef HAVE_cc0 2751 /* If we made any reloads for addresses, see if they violate a 2752 "no input reloads" requirement for this insn. */ 2753 if (no_input_reloads) 2754 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 2755 if (reload_in[i] != 0) 2756 abort (); 2757#endif 2758
| |
2759 /* If this is simply a copy from operand 1 to operand 0, merge the 2760 preferred classes for the operands. */
| 2741 /* If this is simply a copy from operand 1 to operand 0, merge the 2742 preferred classes for the operands. */
|
2761 if (set != 0 && noperands >= 2 && recog_operand[0] == SET_DEST (set) 2762 && recog_operand[1] == SET_SRC (set))
| 2743 if (set != 0 && noperands >= 2 && recog_data.operand[0] == SET_DEST (set) 2744 && recog_data.operand[1] == SET_SRC (set))
|
2763 { 2764 preferred_class[0] = preferred_class[1] 2765 = reg_class_subunion[(int) preferred_class[0]][(int) preferred_class[1]]; 2766 pref_or_nothing[0] |= pref_or_nothing[1]; 2767 pref_or_nothing[1] |= pref_or_nothing[0]; 2768 } 2769 2770 /* Now see what we need for pseudo-regs that didn't get hard regs 2771 or got the wrong kind of hard reg. For this, we must consider 2772 all the operands together against the register constraints. */ 2773 2774 best = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 2 + 600; 2775 2776 swapped = 0; 2777 goal_alternative_swapped = 0; 2778 try_swapped: 2779 2780 /* The constraints are made of several alternatives. 2781 Each operand's constraint looks like foo,bar,... with commas 2782 separating the alternatives. The first alternatives for all 2783 operands go together, the second alternatives go together, etc. 2784 2785 First loop over alternatives. */ 2786 2787 for (this_alternative_number = 0; 2788 this_alternative_number < n_alternatives; 2789 this_alternative_number++) 2790 { 2791 /* Loop over operands for one constraint alternative. */ 2792 /* LOSERS counts those that don't fit this alternative 2793 and would require loading. */ 2794 int losers = 0; 2795 /* BAD is set to 1 if it some operand can't fit this alternative 2796 even after reloading. */ 2797 int bad = 0; 2798 /* REJECT is a count of how undesirable this alternative says it is 2799 if any reloading is required. If the alternative matches exactly 2800 then REJECT is ignored, but otherwise it gets this much
| 2745 { 2746 preferred_class[0] = preferred_class[1] 2747 = reg_class_subunion[(int) preferred_class[0]][(int) preferred_class[1]]; 2748 pref_or_nothing[0] |= pref_or_nothing[1]; 2749 pref_or_nothing[1] |= pref_or_nothing[0]; 2750 } 2751 2752 /* Now see what we need for pseudo-regs that didn't get hard regs 2753 or got the wrong kind of hard reg. For this, we must consider 2754 all the operands together against the register constraints. */ 2755 2756 best = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 2 + 600; 2757 2758 swapped = 0; 2759 goal_alternative_swapped = 0; 2760 try_swapped: 2761 2762 /* The constraints are made of several alternatives. 2763 Each operand's constraint looks like foo,bar,... with commas 2764 separating the alternatives. The first alternatives for all 2765 operands go together, the second alternatives go together, etc. 2766 2767 First loop over alternatives. */ 2768 2769 for (this_alternative_number = 0; 2770 this_alternative_number < n_alternatives; 2771 this_alternative_number++) 2772 { 2773 /* Loop over operands for one constraint alternative. */ 2774 /* LOSERS counts those that don't fit this alternative 2775 and would require loading. */ 2776 int losers = 0; 2777 /* BAD is set to 1 if it some operand can't fit this alternative 2778 even after reloading. */ 2779 int bad = 0; 2780 /* REJECT is a count of how undesirable this alternative says it is 2781 if any reloading is required. If the alternative matches exactly 2782 then REJECT is ignored, but otherwise it gets this much
|
2801 counted against it in addition to the reloading needed. Each
| 2783 counted against it in addition to the reloading needed. Each
|
2802 ? counts three times here since we want the disparaging caused by 2803 a bad register class to only count 1/3 as much. */ 2804 int reject = 0; 2805 2806 this_earlyclobber = 0; 2807 2808 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 2809 {
| 2784 ? counts three times here since we want the disparaging caused by 2785 a bad register class to only count 1/3 as much. */ 2786 int reject = 0; 2787 2788 this_earlyclobber = 0; 2789 2790 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 2791 {
|
2810 register char *p = constraints[i]; 2811 register int win = 0; 2812 /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded somehow for this alternative */
| 2792 char *p = constraints[i]; 2793 int win = 0; 2794 int did_match = 0; 2795 /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded somehow for this alternative. */
|
2813 int badop = 1; 2814 /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded if the alternative allows regs. */ 2815 int winreg = 0; 2816 int c;
| 2796 int badop = 1; 2797 /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded if the alternative allows regs. */ 2798 int winreg = 0; 2799 int c;
|
2817 register rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
| 2800 rtx operand = recog_data.operand[i];
|
2818 int offset = 0; 2819 /* Nonzero means this is a MEM that must be reloaded into a reg 2820 regardless of what the constraint says. */ 2821 int force_reload = 0; 2822 int offmemok = 0; 2823 /* Nonzero if a constant forced into memory would be OK for this 2824 operand. */ 2825 int constmemok = 0; 2826 int earlyclobber = 0; 2827 2828 /* If the predicate accepts a unary operator, it means that
| 2801 int offset = 0; 2802 /* Nonzero means this is a MEM that must be reloaded into a reg 2803 regardless of what the constraint says. */ 2804 int force_reload = 0; 2805 int offmemok = 0; 2806 /* Nonzero if a constant forced into memory would be OK for this 2807 operand. */ 2808 int constmemok = 0; 2809 int earlyclobber = 0; 2810 2811 /* If the predicate accepts a unary operator, it means that
|
2829 we need to reload the operand, but do not do this for
| 2812 we need to reload the operand, but do not do this for
|
2830 match_operator and friends. */ 2831 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (operand)) == '1' && *p != 0) 2832 operand = XEXP (operand, 0); 2833 2834 /* If the operand is a SUBREG, extract 2835 the REG or MEM (or maybe even a constant) within. 2836 (Constants can occur as a result of reg_equiv_constant.) */ 2837 2838 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG) 2839 {
| 2813 match_operator and friends. */ 2814 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (operand)) == '1' && *p != 0) 2815 operand = XEXP (operand, 0); 2816 2817 /* If the operand is a SUBREG, extract 2818 the REG or MEM (or maybe even a constant) within. 2819 (Constants can occur as a result of reg_equiv_constant.) */ 2820 2821 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG) 2822 {
|
2840 offset += SUBREG_WORD (operand);
| 2823 /* Offset only matters when operand is a REG and 2824 it is a hard reg. This is because it is passed 2825 to reg_fits_class_p if it is a REG and all pseudos 2826 return 0 from that function. */ 2827 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (operand)) == REG 2828 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operand)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 2829 { 2830 offset += subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operand)), 2831 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (operand)), 2832 SUBREG_BYTE (operand), 2833 GET_MODE (operand)); 2834 }
|
2841 operand = SUBREG_REG (operand); 2842 /* Force reload if this is a constant or PLUS or if there may 2843 be a problem accessing OPERAND in the outer mode. */ 2844 if (CONSTANT_P (operand) 2845 || GET_CODE (operand) == PLUS 2846 /* We must force a reload of paradoxical SUBREGs 2847 of a MEM because the alignment of the inner value 2848 may not be enough to do the outer reference. On 2849 big-endian machines, it may also reference outside 2850 the object. 2851 2852 On machines that extend byte operations and we have a 2853 SUBREG where both the inner and outer modes are no wider 2854 than a word and the inner mode is narrower, is integral, 2855 and gets extended when loaded from memory, combine.c has 2856 made assumptions about the behavior of the machine in such 2857 register access. If the data is, in fact, in memory we 2858 must always load using the size assumed to be in the
| 2835 operand = SUBREG_REG (operand); 2836 /* Force reload if this is a constant or PLUS or if there may 2837 be a problem accessing OPERAND in the outer mode. */ 2838 if (CONSTANT_P (operand) 2839 || GET_CODE (operand) == PLUS 2840 /* We must force a reload of paradoxical SUBREGs 2841 of a MEM because the alignment of the inner value 2842 may not be enough to do the outer reference. On 2843 big-endian machines, it may also reference outside 2844 the object. 2845 2846 On machines that extend byte operations and we have a 2847 SUBREG where both the inner and outer modes are no wider 2848 than a word and the inner mode is narrower, is integral, 2849 and gets extended when loaded from memory, combine.c has 2850 made assumptions about the behavior of the machine in such 2851 register access. If the data is, in fact, in memory we 2852 must always load using the size assumed to be in the
|
2859 register and let the insn do the different-sized
| 2853 register and let the insn do the different-sized
|
2860 accesses. 2861
| 2854 accesses. 2855
|
2862 This is doubly true if WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS. In
| 2856 This is doubly true if WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS. In
|
2863 this case eliminate_regs has left non-paradoxical 2864 subregs for push_reloads to see. Make sure it does 2865 by forcing the reload. 2866 2867 ??? When is it right at this stage to have a subreg 2868 of a mem that is _not_ to be handled specialy? IMO 2869 those should have been reduced to just a mem. */ 2870 || ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 2871 || (GET_CODE (operand)== REG 2872 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) 2873#ifndef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS 2874 && (((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) 2875 < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) 2876 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) 2877 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)))) 2878 || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) 2879#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP 2880 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 2881 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) 2882 <= UNITS_PER_WORD) 2883 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) 2884 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))) 2885 && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (operand)) 2886 && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (operand)) != NIL) 2887#endif 2888 ) 2889#endif 2890 )
| 2857 this case eliminate_regs has left non-paradoxical 2858 subregs for push_reloads to see. Make sure it does 2859 by forcing the reload. 2860 2861 ??? When is it right at this stage to have a subreg 2862 of a mem that is _not_ to be handled specialy? IMO 2863 those should have been reduced to just a mem. */ 2864 || ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 2865 || (GET_CODE (operand)== REG 2866 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) 2867#ifndef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS 2868 && (((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) 2869 < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) 2870 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) 2871 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)))) 2872 || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) 2873#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP 2874 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 2875 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) 2876 <= UNITS_PER_WORD) 2877 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) 2878 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))) 2879 && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (operand)) 2880 && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (operand)) != NIL) 2881#endif 2882 ) 2883#endif 2884 )
|
| 2885 /* This following hunk of code should no longer be 2886 needed at all with SUBREG_BYTE. If you need this 2887 code back, please explain to me why so I can 2888 fix the real problem. -DaveM */ 2889#if 0
|
2891 /* Subreg of a hard reg which can't handle the subreg's mode 2892 or which would handle that mode in the wrong number of 2893 registers for subregging to work. */ 2894 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 2895 && REGNO (operand) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 2896 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 2897 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) 2898 > UNITS_PER_WORD) 2899 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) 2900 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 2901 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (operand), 2902 GET_MODE (operand)))) 2903 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (operand) + offset,
| 2890 /* Subreg of a hard reg which can't handle the subreg's mode 2891 or which would handle that mode in the wrong number of 2892 registers for subregging to work. */ 2893 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 2894 && REGNO (operand) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 2895 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 2896 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) 2897 > UNITS_PER_WORD) 2898 && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)) 2899 / UNITS_PER_WORD) 2900 != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (operand), 2901 GET_MODE (operand)))) 2902 || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (operand) + offset,
|
2904 operand_mode[i]))))
| 2903 operand_mode[i]))) 2904#endif 2905 )
|
2905 force_reload = 1; 2906 } 2907 2908 this_alternative[i] = (int) NO_REGS; 2909 this_alternative_win[i] = 0;
| 2906 force_reload = 1; 2907 } 2908 2909 this_alternative[i] = (int) NO_REGS; 2910 this_alternative_win[i] = 0;
|
| 2911 this_alternative_match_win[i] = 0;
|
2910 this_alternative_offmemok[i] = 0; 2911 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0; 2912 this_alternative_matches[i] = -1; 2913 2914 /* An empty constraint or empty alternative 2915 allows anything which matched the pattern. */ 2916 if (*p == 0 || *p == ',') 2917 win = 1, badop = 0; 2918 2919 /* Scan this alternative's specs for this operand; 2920 set WIN if the operand fits any letter in this alternative. 2921 Otherwise, clear BADOP if this operand could 2922 fit some letter after reloads, 2923 or set WINREG if this operand could fit after reloads 2924 provided the constraint allows some registers. */ 2925 2926 while (*p && (c = *p++) != ',') 2927 switch (c) 2928 {
| 2912 this_alternative_offmemok[i] = 0; 2913 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0; 2914 this_alternative_matches[i] = -1; 2915 2916 /* An empty constraint or empty alternative 2917 allows anything which matched the pattern. */ 2918 if (*p == 0 || *p == ',') 2919 win = 1, badop = 0; 2920 2921 /* Scan this alternative's specs for this operand; 2922 set WIN if the operand fits any letter in this alternative. 2923 Otherwise, clear BADOP if this operand could 2924 fit some letter after reloads, 2925 or set WINREG if this operand could fit after reloads 2926 provided the constraint allows some registers. */ 2927 2928 while (*p && (c = *p++) != ',') 2929 switch (c) 2930 {
|
2929 case '=': 2930 case '+': 2931 case '*':
| 2931 case '=': case '+': case '*':
|
2932 break; 2933 2934 case '%': 2935 /* The last operand should not be marked commutative. */ 2936 if (i != noperands - 1) 2937 commutative = i; 2938 break; 2939 2940 case '?': 2941 reject += 6; 2942 break; 2943 2944 case '!': 2945 reject = 600; 2946 break; 2947 2948 case '#': 2949 /* Ignore rest of this alternative as far as 2950 reloading is concerned. */
| 2932 break; 2933 2934 case '%': 2935 /* The last operand should not be marked commutative. */ 2936 if (i != noperands - 1) 2937 commutative = i; 2938 break; 2939 2940 case '?': 2941 reject += 6; 2942 break; 2943 2944 case '!': 2945 reject = 600; 2946 break; 2947 2948 case '#': 2949 /* Ignore rest of this alternative as far as 2950 reloading is concerned. */
|
2951 while (*p && *p != ',') p++;
| 2951 while (*p && *p != ',') 2952 p++;
|
2952 break; 2953
| 2953 break; 2954
|
2954 case '0': 2955 case '1': 2956 case '2': 2957 case '3': 2958 case '4': 2959 c -= '0';
| 2955 case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': 2956 case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': 2957 c = strtoul (p - 1, &p, 10); 2958
|
2960 this_alternative_matches[i] = c; 2961 /* We are supposed to match a previous operand. 2962 If we do, we win if that one did. 2963 If we do not, count both of the operands as losers. 2964 (This is too conservative, since most of the time 2965 only a single reload insn will be needed to make 2966 the two operands win. As a result, this alternative 2967 may be rejected when it is actually desirable.) */ 2968 if ((swapped && (c != commutative || i != commutative + 1)) 2969 /* If we are matching as if two operands were swapped, 2970 also pretend that operands_match had been computed 2971 with swapped. 2972 But if I is the second of those and C is the first, 2973 don't exchange them, because operands_match is valid 2974 only on one side of its diagonal. */ 2975 ? (operands_match
| 2959 this_alternative_matches[i] = c; 2960 /* We are supposed to match a previous operand. 2961 If we do, we win if that one did. 2962 If we do not, count both of the operands as losers. 2963 (This is too conservative, since most of the time 2964 only a single reload insn will be needed to make 2965 the two operands win. As a result, this alternative 2966 may be rejected when it is actually desirable.) */ 2967 if ((swapped && (c != commutative || i != commutative + 1)) 2968 /* If we are matching as if two operands were swapped, 2969 also pretend that operands_match had been computed 2970 with swapped. 2971 But if I is the second of those and C is the first, 2972 don't exchange them, because operands_match is valid 2973 only on one side of its diagonal. */ 2974 ? (operands_match
|
2976 [(c == commutative || c == commutative + 1) 2977 ? 2*commutative + 1 - c : c] 2978 [(i == commutative || i == commutative + 1) 2979 ? 2*commutative + 1 - i : i])
| 2975 [(c == commutative || c == commutative + 1) 2976 ? 2 * commutative + 1 - c : c] 2977 [(i == commutative || i == commutative + 1) 2978 ? 2 * commutative + 1 - i : i])
|
2980 : operands_match[c][i]) 2981 { 2982 /* If we are matching a non-offsettable address where an 2983 offsettable address was expected, then we must reject 2984 this combination, because we can't reload it. */ 2985 if (this_alternative_offmemok[c]
| 2979 : operands_match[c][i]) 2980 { 2981 /* If we are matching a non-offsettable address where an 2982 offsettable address was expected, then we must reject 2983 this combination, because we can't reload it. */ 2984 if (this_alternative_offmemok[c]
|
2986 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[c]) == MEM
| 2985 && GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[c]) == MEM
|
2987 && this_alternative[c] == (int) NO_REGS 2988 && ! this_alternative_win[c]) 2989 bad = 1; 2990
| 2986 && this_alternative[c] == (int) NO_REGS 2987 && ! this_alternative_win[c]) 2988 bad = 1; 2989
|
2991 win = this_alternative_win[c];
| 2990 did_match = this_alternative_win[c];
|
2992 } 2993 else 2994 { 2995 /* Operands don't match. */ 2996 rtx value; 2997 /* Retroactively mark the operand we had to match 2998 as a loser, if it wasn't already. */ 2999 if (this_alternative_win[c]) 3000 losers++; 3001 this_alternative_win[c] = 0; 3002 if (this_alternative[c] == (int) NO_REGS) 3003 bad = 1; 3004 /* But count the pair only once in the total badness of 3005 this alternative, if the pair can be a dummy reload. */ 3006 value
| 2991 } 2992 else 2993 { 2994 /* Operands don't match. */ 2995 rtx value; 2996 /* Retroactively mark the operand we had to match 2997 as a loser, if it wasn't already. */ 2998 if (this_alternative_win[c]) 2999 losers++; 3000 this_alternative_win[c] = 0; 3001 if (this_alternative[c] == (int) NO_REGS) 3002 bad = 1; 3003 /* But count the pair only once in the total badness of 3004 this alternative, if the pair can be a dummy reload. */ 3005 value
|
3007 = find_dummy_reload (recog_operand[i], recog_operand[c], 3008 recog_operand_loc[i], recog_operand_loc[c],
| 3006 = find_dummy_reload (recog_data.operand[i], 3007 recog_data.operand[c], 3008 recog_data.operand_loc[i], 3009 recog_data.operand_loc[c],
|
3009 operand_mode[i], operand_mode[c], 3010 this_alternative[c], -1, 3011 this_alternative_earlyclobber[c]); 3012 3013 if (value != 0) 3014 losers--; 3015 } 3016 /* This can be fixed with reloads if the operand 3017 we are supposed to match can be fixed with reloads. */ 3018 badop = 0; 3019 this_alternative[i] = this_alternative[c]; 3020 3021 /* If we have to reload this operand and some previous 3022 operand also had to match the same thing as this 3023 operand, we don't know how to do that. So reject this 3024 alternative. */
| 3010 operand_mode[i], operand_mode[c], 3011 this_alternative[c], -1, 3012 this_alternative_earlyclobber[c]); 3013 3014 if (value != 0) 3015 losers--; 3016 } 3017 /* This can be fixed with reloads if the operand 3018 we are supposed to match can be fixed with reloads. */ 3019 badop = 0; 3020 this_alternative[i] = this_alternative[c]; 3021 3022 /* If we have to reload this operand and some previous 3023 operand also had to match the same thing as this 3024 operand, we don't know how to do that. So reject this 3025 alternative. */
|
3025 if (! win || force_reload)
| 3026 if (! did_match || force_reload)
|
3026 for (j = 0; j < i; j++) 3027 if (this_alternative_matches[j] 3028 == this_alternative_matches[i]) 3029 badop = 1;
| 3027 for (j = 0; j < i; j++) 3028 if (this_alternative_matches[j] 3029 == this_alternative_matches[i]) 3030 badop = 1;
|
3030
| |
3031 break; 3032 3033 case 'p': 3034 /* All necessary reloads for an address_operand 3035 were handled in find_reloads_address. */
| 3031 break; 3032 3033 case 'p': 3034 /* All necessary reloads for an address_operand 3035 were handled in find_reloads_address. */
|
3036 this_alternative[i] = (int) BASE_REG_CLASS;
| 3036 this_alternative[i] = (int) MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (VOIDmode);
|
3037 win = 1; 3038 break; 3039 3040 case 'm': 3041 if (force_reload) 3042 break; 3043 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3044 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3045 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3046 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0)) 3047 win = 1; 3048 if (CONSTANT_P (operand) 3049 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */ 3050 && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH) 3051 badop = 0; 3052 constmemok = 1; 3053 break; 3054 3055 case '<': 3056 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3057 && ! address_reloaded[i] 3058 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_DEC 3059 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_DEC)) 3060 win = 1; 3061 break; 3062 3063 case '>': 3064 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3065 && ! address_reloaded[i] 3066 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_INC 3067 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_INC)) 3068 win = 1; 3069 break; 3070 3071 /* Memory operand whose address is not offsettable. */ 3072 case 'V': 3073 if (force_reload) 3074 break; 3075 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3076 && ! (ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand) 3077 : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand)) 3078 /* Certain mem addresses will become offsettable 3079 after they themselves are reloaded. This is important; 3080 we don't want our own handling of unoffsettables 3081 to override the handling of reg_equiv_address. */ 3082 && !(GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG 3083 && (ind_levels == 0 3084 || reg_equiv_address[REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0))] != 0))) 3085 win = 1; 3086 break; 3087 3088 /* Memory operand whose address is offsettable. */ 3089 case 'o': 3090 if (force_reload) 3091 break; 3092 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3093 /* If IND_LEVELS, find_reloads_address won't reload a 3094 pseudo that didn't get a hard reg, so we have to 3095 reject that case. */ 3096 && ((ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand) 3097 : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand)) 3098 /* A reloaded address is offsettable because it is now 3099 just a simple register indirect. */ 3100 || address_reloaded[i])) 3101 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3102 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3103 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0 3104 /* If reg_equiv_address is nonzero, we will be 3105 loading it into a register; hence it will be 3106 offsettable, but we cannot say that reg_equiv_mem 3107 is offsettable without checking. */ 3108 && ((reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)] != 0 3109 && offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)])) 3110 || (reg_equiv_address[REGNO (operand)] != 0)))) 3111 win = 1; 3112 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */ 3113 if ((CONSTANT_P (operand) && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH) 3114 || GET_CODE (operand) == MEM) 3115 badop = 0; 3116 constmemok = 1; 3117 offmemok = 1; 3118 break; 3119 3120 case '&': 3121 /* Output operand that is stored before the need for the 3122 input operands (and their index registers) is over. */ 3123 earlyclobber = 1, this_earlyclobber = 1; 3124 break; 3125 3126 case 'E': 3127#ifndef REAL_ARITHMETIC 3128 /* Match any floating double constant, but only if 3129 we can examine the bits of it reliably. */ 3130 if ((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT != TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT 3131 || HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != BITS_PER_WORD) 3132 && GET_MODE (operand) != VOIDmode && ! flag_pretend_float) 3133 break; 3134#endif 3135 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE) 3136 win = 1; 3137 break; 3138 3139 case 'F': 3140 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE) 3141 win = 1; 3142 break; 3143 3144 case 'G': 3145 case 'H': 3146 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE 3147 && CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (operand, c)) 3148 win = 1; 3149 break; 3150 3151 case 's': 3152 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT 3153 || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE 3154 && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode)) 3155 break; 3156 case 'i': 3157 if (CONSTANT_P (operand) 3158#ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P 3159 && (! flag_pic || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand)) 3160#endif 3161 ) 3162 win = 1; 3163 break; 3164 3165 case 'n': 3166 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT 3167 || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE 3168 && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode)) 3169 win = 1; 3170 break; 3171 3172 case 'I': 3173 case 'J': 3174 case 'K': 3175 case 'L': 3176 case 'M': 3177 case 'N': 3178 case 'O': 3179 case 'P': 3180 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT 3181 && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (operand), c)) 3182 win = 1; 3183 break; 3184 3185 case 'X': 3186 win = 1; 3187 break; 3188 3189 case 'g': 3190 if (! force_reload 3191 /* A PLUS is never a valid operand, but reload can make 3192 it from a register when eliminating registers. */ 3193 && GET_CODE (operand) != PLUS 3194 /* A SCRATCH is not a valid operand. */ 3195 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH 3196#ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
| 3037 win = 1; 3038 break; 3039 3040 case 'm': 3041 if (force_reload) 3042 break; 3043 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3044 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3045 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3046 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0)) 3047 win = 1; 3048 if (CONSTANT_P (operand) 3049 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */ 3050 && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH) 3051 badop = 0; 3052 constmemok = 1; 3053 break; 3054 3055 case '<': 3056 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3057 && ! address_reloaded[i] 3058 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_DEC 3059 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_DEC)) 3060 win = 1; 3061 break; 3062 3063 case '>': 3064 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3065 && ! address_reloaded[i] 3066 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_INC 3067 || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_INC)) 3068 win = 1; 3069 break; 3070 3071 /* Memory operand whose address is not offsettable. */ 3072 case 'V': 3073 if (force_reload) 3074 break; 3075 if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3076 && ! (ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand) 3077 : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand)) 3078 /* Certain mem addresses will become offsettable 3079 after they themselves are reloaded. This is important; 3080 we don't want our own handling of unoffsettables 3081 to override the handling of reg_equiv_address. */ 3082 && !(GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG 3083 && (ind_levels == 0 3084 || reg_equiv_address[REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0))] != 0))) 3085 win = 1; 3086 break; 3087 3088 /* Memory operand whose address is offsettable. */ 3089 case 'o': 3090 if (force_reload) 3091 break; 3092 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3093 /* If IND_LEVELS, find_reloads_address won't reload a 3094 pseudo that didn't get a hard reg, so we have to 3095 reject that case. */ 3096 && ((ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand) 3097 : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand)) 3098 /* A reloaded address is offsettable because it is now 3099 just a simple register indirect. */ 3100 || address_reloaded[i])) 3101 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3102 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3103 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0 3104 /* If reg_equiv_address is nonzero, we will be 3105 loading it into a register; hence it will be 3106 offsettable, but we cannot say that reg_equiv_mem 3107 is offsettable without checking. */ 3108 && ((reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)] != 0 3109 && offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)])) 3110 || (reg_equiv_address[REGNO (operand)] != 0)))) 3111 win = 1; 3112 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */ 3113 if ((CONSTANT_P (operand) && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH) 3114 || GET_CODE (operand) == MEM) 3115 badop = 0; 3116 constmemok = 1; 3117 offmemok = 1; 3118 break; 3119 3120 case '&': 3121 /* Output operand that is stored before the need for the 3122 input operands (and their index registers) is over. */ 3123 earlyclobber = 1, this_earlyclobber = 1; 3124 break; 3125 3126 case 'E': 3127#ifndef REAL_ARITHMETIC 3128 /* Match any floating double constant, but only if 3129 we can examine the bits of it reliably. */ 3130 if ((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT != TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT 3131 || HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != BITS_PER_WORD) 3132 && GET_MODE (operand) != VOIDmode && ! flag_pretend_float) 3133 break; 3134#endif 3135 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE) 3136 win = 1; 3137 break; 3138 3139 case 'F': 3140 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE) 3141 win = 1; 3142 break; 3143 3144 case 'G': 3145 case 'H': 3146 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE 3147 && CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (operand, c)) 3148 win = 1; 3149 break; 3150 3151 case 's': 3152 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT 3153 || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE 3154 && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode)) 3155 break; 3156 case 'i': 3157 if (CONSTANT_P (operand) 3158#ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P 3159 && (! flag_pic || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand)) 3160#endif 3161 ) 3162 win = 1; 3163 break; 3164 3165 case 'n': 3166 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT 3167 || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE 3168 && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode)) 3169 win = 1; 3170 break; 3171 3172 case 'I': 3173 case 'J': 3174 case 'K': 3175 case 'L': 3176 case 'M': 3177 case 'N': 3178 case 'O': 3179 case 'P': 3180 if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT 3181 && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (operand), c)) 3182 win = 1; 3183 break; 3184 3185 case 'X': 3186 win = 1; 3187 break; 3188 3189 case 'g': 3190 if (! force_reload 3191 /* A PLUS is never a valid operand, but reload can make 3192 it from a register when eliminating registers. */ 3193 && GET_CODE (operand) != PLUS 3194 /* A SCRATCH is not a valid operand. */ 3195 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH 3196#ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
|
3197 && (! CONSTANT_P (operand) 3198 || ! flag_pic
| 3197 && (! CONSTANT_P (operand) 3198 || ! flag_pic
|
3199 || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand)) 3200#endif 3201 && (GENERAL_REGS == ALL_REGS 3202 || GET_CODE (operand) != REG 3203 || (REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3204 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0))) 3205 win = 1;
| 3199 || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand)) 3200#endif 3201 && (GENERAL_REGS == ALL_REGS 3202 || GET_CODE (operand) != REG 3203 || (REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3204 && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0))) 3205 win = 1;
|
3206 /* Drop through into 'r' case */
| 3206 /* Drop through into 'r' case. */
|
3207 3208 case 'r': 3209 this_alternative[i] 3210 = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) GENERAL_REGS]; 3211 goto reg; 3212
| 3207 3208 case 'r': 3209 this_alternative[i] 3210 = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) GENERAL_REGS]; 3211 goto reg; 3212
|
| 3213 default: 3214 if (REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (c) == NO_REGS) 3215 {
|
3213#ifdef EXTRA_CONSTRAINT
| 3216#ifdef EXTRA_CONSTRAINT
|
3214 case 'Q': 3215 case 'R': 3216 case 'S': 3217 case 'T': 3218 case 'U': 3219 if (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT (operand, c)) 3220 win = 1; 3221 break;
| 3217 if (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT (operand, c)) 3218 win = 1;
|
3222#endif
| 3219#endif
|
3223 3224 default:
| 3220 break; 3221 } 3222
|
3225 this_alternative[i] 3226 = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (c)];
| 3223 this_alternative[i] 3224 = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (c)];
|
3227
| |
3228 reg: 3229 if (GET_MODE (operand) == BLKmode) 3230 break; 3231 winreg = 1; 3232 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3233 && reg_fits_class_p (operand, this_alternative[i],
| 3225 reg: 3226 if (GET_MODE (operand) == BLKmode) 3227 break; 3228 winreg = 1; 3229 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3230 && reg_fits_class_p (operand, this_alternative[i],
|
3234 offset, GET_MODE (recog_operand[i])))
| 3231 offset, GET_MODE (recog_data.operand[i])))
|
3235 win = 1; 3236 break; 3237 } 3238 3239 constraints[i] = p; 3240 3241 /* If this operand could be handled with a reg, 3242 and some reg is allowed, then this operand can be handled. */ 3243 if (winreg && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS) 3244 badop = 0; 3245 3246 /* Record which operands fit this alternative. */ 3247 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = earlyclobber; 3248 if (win && ! force_reload) 3249 this_alternative_win[i] = 1;
| 3232 win = 1; 3233 break; 3234 } 3235 3236 constraints[i] = p; 3237 3238 /* If this operand could be handled with a reg, 3239 and some reg is allowed, then this operand can be handled. */ 3240 if (winreg && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS) 3241 badop = 0; 3242 3243 /* Record which operands fit this alternative. */ 3244 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = earlyclobber; 3245 if (win && ! force_reload) 3246 this_alternative_win[i] = 1;
|
| 3247 else if (did_match && ! force_reload) 3248 this_alternative_match_win[i] = 1;
|
3250 else 3251 { 3252 int const_to_mem = 0; 3253 3254 this_alternative_offmemok[i] = offmemok; 3255 losers++; 3256 if (badop) 3257 bad = 1; 3258 /* Alternative loses if it has no regs for a reg operand. */ 3259 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3260 && this_alternative[i] == (int) NO_REGS 3261 && this_alternative_matches[i] < 0) 3262 bad = 1; 3263
| 3249 else 3250 { 3251 int const_to_mem = 0; 3252 3253 this_alternative_offmemok[i] = offmemok; 3254 losers++; 3255 if (badop) 3256 bad = 1; 3257 /* Alternative loses if it has no regs for a reg operand. */ 3258 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3259 && this_alternative[i] == (int) NO_REGS 3260 && this_alternative_matches[i] < 0) 3261 bad = 1; 3262
|
3264#if 0 3265 /* If this is a pseudo-register that is set in the previous 3266 insns, there's a good chance that it will already be in a 3267 spill register and we can use that spill register. So 3268 make this case cheaper. 3269 3270 Disabled for egcs. egcs has better inheritance code and 3271 this change causes problems with the improved reload 3272 inheritance code. */ 3273 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3274 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3275 && REGNO (operand) == last_output_reload_regno) 3276 reject--; 3277#endif 3278
| |
3279 /* If this is a constant that is reloaded into the desired 3280 class by copying it to memory first, count that as another 3281 reload. This is consistent with other code and is 3282 required to avoid choosing another alternative when 3283 the constant is moved into memory by this function on
| 3263 /* If this is a constant that is reloaded into the desired 3264 class by copying it to memory first, count that as another 3265 reload. This is consistent with other code and is 3266 required to avoid choosing another alternative when 3267 the constant is moved into memory by this function on
|
3284 an early reload pass. Note that the test here is
| 3268 an early reload pass. Note that the test here is
|
3285 precisely the same as in the code below that calls 3286 force_const_mem. */ 3287 if (CONSTANT_P (operand) 3288 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */ 3289 && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH 3290 && ((PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand,
| 3269 precisely the same as in the code below that calls 3270 force_const_mem. */ 3271 if (CONSTANT_P (operand) 3272 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */ 3273 && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH 3274 && ((PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand,
|
3291 (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i])
| 3275 (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i])
|
3292 == NO_REGS) 3293 || no_input_reloads) 3294 && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode) 3295 { 3296 const_to_mem = 1; 3297 if (this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS) 3298 losers++; 3299 } 3300 3301 /* If we can't reload this value at all, reject this 3302 alternative. Note that we could also lose due to 3303 LIMIT_RELOAD_RELOAD_CLASS, but we don't check that 3304 here. */ 3305 3306 if (! CONSTANT_P (operand) 3307 && (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i] != NO_REGS 3308 && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand, 3309 (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i]) 3310 == NO_REGS)) 3311 bad = 1; 3312 3313 /* Alternative loses if it requires a type of reload not 3314 permitted for this insn. We can always reload SCRATCH 3315 and objects with a REG_UNUSED note. */ 3316 else if (GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH
| 3276 == NO_REGS) 3277 || no_input_reloads) 3278 && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode) 3279 { 3280 const_to_mem = 1; 3281 if (this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS) 3282 losers++; 3283 } 3284 3285 /* If we can't reload this value at all, reject this 3286 alternative. Note that we could also lose due to 3287 LIMIT_RELOAD_RELOAD_CLASS, but we don't check that 3288 here. */ 3289 3290 if (! CONSTANT_P (operand) 3291 && (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i] != NO_REGS 3292 && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand, 3293 (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i]) 3294 == NO_REGS)) 3295 bad = 1; 3296 3297 /* Alternative loses if it requires a type of reload not 3298 permitted for this insn. We can always reload SCRATCH 3299 and objects with a REG_UNUSED note. */ 3300 else if (GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH
|
3317 && modified[i] != RELOAD_READ && no_output_reloads 3318 && ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, operand))
| 3301 && modified[i] != RELOAD_READ && no_output_reloads 3302 && ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, operand))
|
3319 bad = 1; 3320 else if (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE && no_input_reloads 3321 && ! const_to_mem) 3322 bad = 1; 3323
| 3303 bad = 1; 3304 else if (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE && no_input_reloads 3305 && ! const_to_mem) 3306 bad = 1; 3307
|
3324
| |
3325 /* We prefer to reload pseudos over reloading other things, 3326 since such reloads may be able to be eliminated later. 3327 If we are reloading a SCRATCH, we won't be generating any
| 3308 /* We prefer to reload pseudos over reloading other things, 3309 since such reloads may be able to be eliminated later. 3310 If we are reloading a SCRATCH, we won't be generating any
|
3328 insns, just using a register, so it is also preferred.
| 3311 insns, just using a register, so it is also preferred.
|
3329 So bump REJECT in other cases. Don't do this in the 3330 case where we are forcing a constant into memory and 3331 it will then win since we don't want to have a different 3332 alternative match then. */ 3333 if (! (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3334 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 3335 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH 3336 && ! (const_to_mem && constmemok)) 3337 reject += 2; 3338 3339 /* Input reloads can be inherited more often than output 3340 reloads can be removed, so penalize output reloads. */ 3341 if (operand_type[i] != RELOAD_FOR_INPUT 3342 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH) 3343 reject++; 3344 } 3345
| 3312 So bump REJECT in other cases. Don't do this in the 3313 case where we are forcing a constant into memory and 3314 it will then win since we don't want to have a different 3315 alternative match then. */ 3316 if (! (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3317 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 3318 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH 3319 && ! (const_to_mem && constmemok)) 3320 reject += 2; 3321 3322 /* Input reloads can be inherited more often than output 3323 reloads can be removed, so penalize output reloads. */ 3324 if (operand_type[i] != RELOAD_FOR_INPUT 3325 && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH) 3326 reject++; 3327 } 3328
|
3346 /* If this operand is a pseudo register that didn't get a hard
| 3329 /* If this operand is a pseudo register that didn't get a hard
|
3347 reg and this alternative accepts some register, see if the 3348 class that we want is a subset of the preferred class for this 3349 register. If not, but it intersects that class, use the 3350 preferred class instead. If it does not intersect the preferred 3351 class, show that usage of this alternative should be discouraged; 3352 it will be discouraged more still if the register is `preferred 3353 or nothing'. We do this because it increases the chance of 3354 reusing our spill register in a later insn and avoiding a pair 3355 of memory stores and loads. 3356 3357 Don't bother with this if this alternative will accept this 3358 operand. 3359 3360 Don't do this for a multiword operand, since it is only a 3361 small win and has the risk of requiring more spill registers, 3362 which could cause a large loss. 3363 3364 Don't do this if the preferred class has only one register 3365 because we might otherwise exhaust the class. */ 3366
| 3330 reg and this alternative accepts some register, see if the 3331 class that we want is a subset of the preferred class for this 3332 register. If not, but it intersects that class, use the 3333 preferred class instead. If it does not intersect the preferred 3334 class, show that usage of this alternative should be discouraged; 3335 it will be discouraged more still if the register is `preferred 3336 or nothing'. We do this because it increases the chance of 3337 reusing our spill register in a later insn and avoiding a pair 3338 of memory stores and loads. 3339 3340 Don't bother with this if this alternative will accept this 3341 operand. 3342 3343 Don't do this for a multiword operand, since it is only a 3344 small win and has the risk of requiring more spill registers, 3345 which could cause a large loss. 3346 3347 Don't do this if the preferred class has only one register 3348 because we might otherwise exhaust the class. */ 3349
|
3367 3368 if (! win && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS
| 3350 if (! win && ! did_match 3351 && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS
|
3369 && GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 3370 && reg_class_size[(int) preferred_class[i]] > 1) 3371 { 3372 if (! reg_class_subset_p (this_alternative[i], 3373 preferred_class[i])) 3374 { 3375 /* Since we don't have a way of forming the intersection, 3376 we just do something special if the preferred class
| 3352 && GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD 3353 && reg_class_size[(int) preferred_class[i]] > 1) 3354 { 3355 if (! reg_class_subset_p (this_alternative[i], 3356 preferred_class[i])) 3357 { 3358 /* Since we don't have a way of forming the intersection, 3359 we just do something special if the preferred class
|
3377 is a subset of the class we have; that's the most
| 3360 is a subset of the class we have; that's the most
|
3378 common case anyway. */ 3379 if (reg_class_subset_p (preferred_class[i], 3380 this_alternative[i])) 3381 this_alternative[i] = (int) preferred_class[i]; 3382 else 3383 reject += (2 + 2 * pref_or_nothing[i]); 3384 } 3385 } 3386 } 3387 3388 /* Now see if any output operands that are marked "earlyclobber" 3389 in this alternative conflict with any input operands 3390 or any memory addresses. */ 3391 3392 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3393 if (this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]
| 3361 common case anyway. */ 3362 if (reg_class_subset_p (preferred_class[i], 3363 this_alternative[i])) 3364 this_alternative[i] = (int) preferred_class[i]; 3365 else 3366 reject += (2 + 2 * pref_or_nothing[i]); 3367 } 3368 } 3369 } 3370 3371 /* Now see if any output operands that are marked "earlyclobber" 3372 in this alternative conflict with any input operands 3373 or any memory addresses. */ 3374 3375 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3376 if (this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]
|
3394 && this_alternative_win[i])
| 3377 && (this_alternative_win[i] || this_alternative_match_win[i]))
|
3395 {
| 3378 {
|
3396 struct decomposition early_data;
| 3379 struct decomposition early_data;
|
3397
| 3380
|
3398 early_data = decompose (recog_operand[i]);
| 3381 early_data = decompose (recog_data.operand[i]);
|
3399 3400 if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ) 3401 abort ();
| 3382 3383 if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ) 3384 abort ();
|
3402
| 3385
|
3403 if (this_alternative[i] == NO_REGS) 3404 { 3405 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0; 3406 if (this_insn_is_asm) 3407 error_for_asm (this_insn, 3408 "`&' constraint used with no register class"); 3409 else 3410 abort (); 3411 } 3412 3413 for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++) 3414 /* Is this an input operand or a memory ref? */
| 3386 if (this_alternative[i] == NO_REGS) 3387 { 3388 this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0; 3389 if (this_insn_is_asm) 3390 error_for_asm (this_insn, 3391 "`&' constraint used with no register class"); 3392 else 3393 abort (); 3394 } 3395 3396 for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++) 3397 /* Is this an input operand or a memory ref? */
|
3415 if ((GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == MEM
| 3398 if ((GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[j]) == MEM
|
3416 || modified[j] != RELOAD_WRITE) 3417 && j != i 3418 /* Ignore things like match_operator operands. */
| 3399 || modified[j] != RELOAD_WRITE) 3400 && j != i 3401 /* Ignore things like match_operator operands. */
|
3419 && *recog_constraints[j] != 0
| 3402 && *recog_data.constraints[j] != 0
|
3420 /* Don't count an input operand that is constrained to match 3421 the early clobber operand. */ 3422 && ! (this_alternative_matches[j] == i
| 3403 /* Don't count an input operand that is constrained to match 3404 the early clobber operand. */ 3405 && ! (this_alternative_matches[j] == i
|
3423 && rtx_equal_p (recog_operand[i], recog_operand[j]))
| 3406 && rtx_equal_p (recog_data.operand[i], 3407 recog_data.operand[j]))
|
3424 /* Is it altered by storing the earlyclobber operand? */
| 3408 /* Is it altered by storing the earlyclobber operand? */
|
3425 && !immune_p (recog_operand[j], recog_operand[i], early_data))
| 3409 && !immune_p (recog_data.operand[j], recog_data.operand[i], 3410 early_data))
|
3426 { 3427 /* If the output is in a single-reg class, 3428 it's costly to reload it, so reload the input instead. */ 3429 if (reg_class_size[this_alternative[i]] == 1
| 3411 { 3412 /* If the output is in a single-reg class, 3413 it's costly to reload it, so reload the input instead. */ 3414 if (reg_class_size[this_alternative[i]] == 1
|
3430 && (GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == REG 3431 || GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == SUBREG))
| 3415 && (GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[j]) == REG 3416 || GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[j]) == SUBREG))
|
3432 { 3433 losers++; 3434 this_alternative_win[j] = 0;
| 3417 { 3418 losers++; 3419 this_alternative_win[j] = 0;
|
| 3420 this_alternative_match_win[j] = 0;
|
3435 } 3436 else 3437 break; 3438 } 3439 /* If an earlyclobber operand conflicts with something, 3440 it must be reloaded, so request this and count the cost. */ 3441 if (j != noperands) 3442 { 3443 losers++; 3444 this_alternative_win[i] = 0;
| 3421 } 3422 else 3423 break; 3424 } 3425 /* If an earlyclobber operand conflicts with something, 3426 it must be reloaded, so request this and count the cost. */ 3427 if (j != noperands) 3428 { 3429 losers++; 3430 this_alternative_win[i] = 0;
|
| 3431 this_alternative_match_win[j] = 0;
|
3445 for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++) 3446 if (this_alternative_matches[j] == i
| 3432 for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++) 3433 if (this_alternative_matches[j] == i
|
3447 && this_alternative_win[j])
| 3434 && this_alternative_match_win[j])
|
3448 { 3449 this_alternative_win[j] = 0;
| 3435 { 3436 this_alternative_win[j] = 0;
|
| 3437 this_alternative_match_win[j] = 0;
|
3450 losers++; 3451 } 3452 } 3453 } 3454 3455 /* If one alternative accepts all the operands, no reload required, 3456 choose that alternative; don't consider the remaining ones. */ 3457 if (losers == 0) 3458 { 3459 /* Unswap these so that they are never swapped at `finish'. */ 3460 if (commutative >= 0) 3461 {
| 3438 losers++; 3439 } 3440 } 3441 } 3442 3443 /* If one alternative accepts all the operands, no reload required, 3444 choose that alternative; don't consider the remaining ones. */ 3445 if (losers == 0) 3446 { 3447 /* Unswap these so that they are never swapped at `finish'. */ 3448 if (commutative >= 0) 3449 {
|
3462 recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative]; 3463 recog_operand[commutative + 1]
| 3450 recog_data.operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative]; 3451 recog_data.operand[commutative + 1]
|
3464 = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; 3465 } 3466 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3467 {
| 3452 = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; 3453 } 3454 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3455 {
|
3468 goal_alternative_win[i] = 1;
| 3456 goal_alternative_win[i] = this_alternative_win[i]; 3457 goal_alternative_match_win[i] = this_alternative_match_win[i];
|
3469 goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i]; 3470 goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i]; 3471 goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i]; 3472 goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] 3473 = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]; 3474 } 3475 goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number; 3476 goal_alternative_swapped = swapped; 3477 goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber; 3478 goto finish; 3479 } 3480 3481 /* REJECT, set by the ! and ? constraint characters and when a register 3482 would be reloaded into a non-preferred class, discourages the use of 3483 this alternative for a reload goal. REJECT is incremented by six 3484 for each ? and two for each non-preferred class. */ 3485 losers = losers * 6 + reject; 3486 3487 /* If this alternative can be made to work by reloading, 3488 and it needs less reloading than the others checked so far, 3489 record it as the chosen goal for reloading. */ 3490 if (! bad && best > losers) 3491 { 3492 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3493 { 3494 goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i]; 3495 goal_alternative_win[i] = this_alternative_win[i];
| 3458 goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i]; 3459 goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i]; 3460 goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i]; 3461 goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] 3462 = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]; 3463 } 3464 goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number; 3465 goal_alternative_swapped = swapped; 3466 goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber; 3467 goto finish; 3468 } 3469 3470 /* REJECT, set by the ! and ? constraint characters and when a register 3471 would be reloaded into a non-preferred class, discourages the use of 3472 this alternative for a reload goal. REJECT is incremented by six 3473 for each ? and two for each non-preferred class. */ 3474 losers = losers * 6 + reject; 3475 3476 /* If this alternative can be made to work by reloading, 3477 and it needs less reloading than the others checked so far, 3478 record it as the chosen goal for reloading. */ 3479 if (! bad && best > losers) 3480 { 3481 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3482 { 3483 goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i]; 3484 goal_alternative_win[i] = this_alternative_win[i];
|
| 3485 goal_alternative_match_win[i] = this_alternative_match_win[i];
|
3496 goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i]; 3497 goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i]; 3498 goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] 3499 = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]; 3500 } 3501 goal_alternative_swapped = swapped; 3502 best = losers; 3503 goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number; 3504 goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber; 3505 } 3506 } 3507 3508 /* If insn is commutative (it's safe to exchange a certain pair of operands) 3509 then we need to try each alternative twice, 3510 the second time matching those two operands 3511 as if we had exchanged them. 3512 To do this, really exchange them in operands. 3513 3514 If we have just tried the alternatives the second time, 3515 return operands to normal and drop through. */ 3516 3517 if (commutative >= 0) 3518 { 3519 swapped = !swapped; 3520 if (swapped) 3521 {
| 3486 goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i]; 3487 goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i]; 3488 goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] 3489 = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]; 3490 } 3491 goal_alternative_swapped = swapped; 3492 best = losers; 3493 goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number; 3494 goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber; 3495 } 3496 } 3497 3498 /* If insn is commutative (it's safe to exchange a certain pair of operands) 3499 then we need to try each alternative twice, 3500 the second time matching those two operands 3501 as if we had exchanged them. 3502 To do this, really exchange them in operands. 3503 3504 If we have just tried the alternatives the second time, 3505 return operands to normal and drop through. */ 3506 3507 if (commutative >= 0) 3508 { 3509 swapped = !swapped; 3510 if (swapped) 3511 {
|
3522 register enum reg_class tclass; 3523 register int t;
| 3512 enum reg_class tclass; 3513 int t;
|
3524
| 3514
|
3525 recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; 3526 recog_operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative];
| 3515 recog_data.operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; 3516 recog_data.operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative]; 3517 /* Swap the duplicates too. */ 3518 for (i = 0; i < recog_data.n_dups; i++) 3519 if (recog_data.dup_num[i] == commutative 3520 || recog_data.dup_num[i] == commutative + 1) 3521 *recog_data.dup_loc[i] 3522 = recog_data.operand[(int) recog_data.dup_num[i]];
|
3527 3528 tclass = preferred_class[commutative]; 3529 preferred_class[commutative] = preferred_class[commutative + 1]; 3530 preferred_class[commutative + 1] = tclass; 3531 3532 t = pref_or_nothing[commutative]; 3533 pref_or_nothing[commutative] = pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1]; 3534 pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1] = t; 3535
| 3523 3524 tclass = preferred_class[commutative]; 3525 preferred_class[commutative] = preferred_class[commutative + 1]; 3526 preferred_class[commutative + 1] = tclass; 3527 3528 t = pref_or_nothing[commutative]; 3529 pref_or_nothing[commutative] = pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1]; 3530 pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1] = t; 3531
|
3536 bcopy ((char *) recog_constraints, (char *) constraints, 3537 noperands * sizeof (char *));
| 3532 memcpy (constraints, recog_data.constraints, 3533 noperands * sizeof (char *));
|
3538 goto try_swapped; 3539 } 3540 else 3541 {
| 3534 goto try_swapped; 3535 } 3536 else 3537 {
|
3542 recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative]; 3543 recog_operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
| 3538 recog_data.operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative]; 3539 recog_data.operand[commutative + 1] 3540 = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; 3541 /* Unswap the duplicates too. */ 3542 for (i = 0; i < recog_data.n_dups; i++) 3543 if (recog_data.dup_num[i] == commutative 3544 || recog_data.dup_num[i] == commutative + 1) 3545 *recog_data.dup_loc[i] 3546 = recog_data.operand[(int) recog_data.dup_num[i]];
|
3544 } 3545 } 3546 3547 /* The operands don't meet the constraints. 3548 goal_alternative describes the alternative 3549 that we could reach by reloading the fewest operands. 3550 Reload so as to fit it. */ 3551 3552 if (best == MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 2 + 600) 3553 { 3554 /* No alternative works with reloads?? */ 3555 if (insn_code_number >= 0)
| 3547 } 3548 } 3549 3550 /* The operands don't meet the constraints. 3551 goal_alternative describes the alternative 3552 that we could reach by reloading the fewest operands. 3553 Reload so as to fit it. */ 3554 3555 if (best == MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * 2 + 600) 3556 { 3557 /* No alternative works with reloads?? */ 3558 if (insn_code_number >= 0)
|
3556 fatal_insn ("Unable to generate reloads for:", insn);
| 3559 fatal_insn ("unable to generate reloads for:", insn);
|
3557 error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'"); 3558 /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */ 3559 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx); 3560 n_reloads = 0; 3561 return 0; 3562 } 3563 3564 /* Jump to `finish' from above if all operands are valid already. 3565 In that case, goal_alternative_win is all 1. */ 3566 finish: 3567 3568 /* Right now, for any pair of operands I and J that are required to match, 3569 with I < J, 3570 goal_alternative_matches[J] is I. 3571 Set up goal_alternative_matched as the inverse function: 3572 goal_alternative_matched[I] = J. */ 3573 3574 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3575 goal_alternative_matched[i] = -1;
| 3560 error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'"); 3561 /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */ 3562 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx); 3563 n_reloads = 0; 3564 return 0; 3565 } 3566 3567 /* Jump to `finish' from above if all operands are valid already. 3568 In that case, goal_alternative_win is all 1. */ 3569 finish: 3570 3571 /* Right now, for any pair of operands I and J that are required to match, 3572 with I < J, 3573 goal_alternative_matches[J] is I. 3574 Set up goal_alternative_matched as the inverse function: 3575 goal_alternative_matched[I] = J. */ 3576 3577 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3578 goal_alternative_matched[i] = -1;
|
3576
| 3579
|
3577 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3578 if (! goal_alternative_win[i] 3579 && goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0) 3580 goal_alternative_matched[goal_alternative_matches[i]] = i; 3581
| 3580 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3581 if (! goal_alternative_win[i] 3582 && goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0) 3583 goal_alternative_matched[goal_alternative_matches[i]] = i; 3584
|
| 3585 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3586 goal_alternative_win[i] |= goal_alternative_match_win[i]; 3587
|
3582 /* If the best alternative is with operands 1 and 2 swapped, 3583 consider them swapped before reporting the reloads. Update the 3584 operand numbers of any reloads already pushed. */ 3585 3586 if (goal_alternative_swapped) 3587 {
| 3588 /* If the best alternative is with operands 1 and 2 swapped, 3589 consider them swapped before reporting the reloads. Update the 3590 operand numbers of any reloads already pushed. */ 3591 3592 if (goal_alternative_swapped) 3593 {
|
3588 register rtx tem;
| 3594 rtx tem;
|
3589 3590 tem = substed_operand[commutative]; 3591 substed_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; 3592 substed_operand[commutative + 1] = tem;
| 3595 3596 tem = substed_operand[commutative]; 3597 substed_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1]; 3598 substed_operand[commutative + 1] = tem;
|
3593 tem = recog_operand[commutative]; 3594 recog_operand[commutative] = recog_operand[commutative + 1]; 3595 recog_operand[commutative + 1] = tem; 3596 tem = *recog_operand_loc[commutative]; 3597 *recog_operand_loc[commutative] = *recog_operand_loc[commutative+1]; 3598 *recog_operand_loc[commutative+1] = tem;
| 3599 tem = recog_data.operand[commutative]; 3600 recog_data.operand[commutative] = recog_data.operand[commutative + 1]; 3601 recog_data.operand[commutative + 1] = tem; 3602 tem = *recog_data.operand_loc[commutative]; 3603 *recog_data.operand_loc[commutative] 3604 = *recog_data.operand_loc[commutative + 1]; 3605 *recog_data.operand_loc[commutative + 1] = tem;
|
3599 3600 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 3601 {
| 3606 3607 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 3608 {
|
3602 if (reload_opnum[i] == commutative) 3603 reload_opnum[i] = commutative + 1; 3604 else if (reload_opnum[i] == commutative + 1) 3605 reload_opnum[i] = commutative;
| 3609 if (rld[i].opnum == commutative) 3610 rld[i].opnum = commutative + 1; 3611 else if (rld[i].opnum == commutative + 1) 3612 rld[i].opnum = commutative;
|
3606 } 3607 } 3608 3609 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3610 { 3611 operand_reloadnum[i] = -1; 3612 3613 /* If this is an earlyclobber operand, we need to widen the scope. 3614 The reload must remain valid from the start of the insn being 3615 reloaded until after the operand is stored into its destination. 3616 We approximate this with RELOAD_OTHER even though we know that we 3617 do not conflict with RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads. 3618 3619 One special case that is worth checking is when we have an 3620 output that is earlyclobber but isn't used past the insn (typically
| 3613 } 3614 } 3615 3616 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3617 { 3618 operand_reloadnum[i] = -1; 3619 3620 /* If this is an earlyclobber operand, we need to widen the scope. 3621 The reload must remain valid from the start of the insn being 3622 reloaded until after the operand is stored into its destination. 3623 We approximate this with RELOAD_OTHER even though we know that we 3624 do not conflict with RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads. 3625 3626 One special case that is worth checking is when we have an 3627 output that is earlyclobber but isn't used past the insn (typically
|
3621 a SCRATCH). In this case, we only need have the reload live
| 3628 a SCRATCH). In this case, we only need have the reload live
|
3622 through the insn itself, but not for any of our input or output
| 3629 through the insn itself, but not for any of our input or output
|
3623 reloads.
| 3630 reloads.
|
3624 But we must not accidentally narrow the scope of an existing 3625 RELOAD_OTHER reload - leave these alone. 3626 3627 In any case, anything needed to address this operand can remain 3628 however they were previously categorized. */ 3629 3630 if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] && operand_type[i] != RELOAD_OTHER) 3631 operand_type[i]
| 3631 But we must not accidentally narrow the scope of an existing 3632 RELOAD_OTHER reload - leave these alone. 3633 3634 In any case, anything needed to address this operand can remain 3635 however they were previously categorized. */ 3636 3637 if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i] && operand_type[i] != RELOAD_OTHER) 3638 operand_type[i]
|
3632 = (find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, recog_operand[i])
| 3639 = (find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, recog_data.operand[i])
|
3633 ? RELOAD_FOR_INSN : RELOAD_OTHER); 3634 } 3635 3636 /* Any constants that aren't allowed and can't be reloaded 3637 into registers are here changed into memory references. */ 3638 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3639 if (! goal_alternative_win[i]
| 3640 ? RELOAD_FOR_INSN : RELOAD_OTHER); 3641 } 3642 3643 /* Any constants that aren't allowed and can't be reloaded 3644 into registers are here changed into memory references. */ 3645 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3646 if (! goal_alternative_win[i]
|
3640 && CONSTANT_P (recog_operand[i])
| 3647 && CONSTANT_P (recog_data.operand[i])
|
3641 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */
| 3648 /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH. */
|
3642 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) != HIGH 3643 && ((PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (recog_operand[i], 3644 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i])
| 3649 && GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]) != HIGH 3650 && ((PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (recog_data.operand[i], 3651 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i])
|
3645 == NO_REGS) 3646 || no_input_reloads) 3647 && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode) 3648 {
| 3652 == NO_REGS) 3653 || no_input_reloads) 3654 && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode) 3655 {
|
3649 substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i]
| 3656 substed_operand[i] = recog_data.operand[i]
|
3650 = find_reloads_toplev (force_const_mem (operand_mode[i],
| 3657 = find_reloads_toplev (force_const_mem (operand_mode[i],
|
3651 recog_operand[i]), 3652 i, address_type[i], ind_levels, 0, insn); 3653 if (alternative_allows_memconst (recog_constraints[i],
| 3658 recog_data.operand[i]), 3659 i, address_type[i], ind_levels, 0, insn, 3660 NULL); 3661 if (alternative_allows_memconst (recog_data.constraints[i],
|
3654 goal_alternative_number)) 3655 goal_alternative_win[i] = 1; 3656 } 3657 3658 /* Record the values of the earlyclobber operands for the caller. */ 3659 if (goal_earlyclobber) 3660 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3661 if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i])
| 3662 goal_alternative_number)) 3663 goal_alternative_win[i] = 1; 3664 } 3665 3666 /* Record the values of the earlyclobber operands for the caller. */ 3667 if (goal_earlyclobber) 3668 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3669 if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i])
|
3662 reload_earlyclobbers[n_earlyclobbers++] = recog_operand[i];
| 3670 reload_earlyclobbers[n_earlyclobbers++] = recog_data.operand[i];
|
3663 3664 /* Now record reloads for all the operands that need them. */
| 3671 3672 /* Now record reloads for all the operands that need them. */
|
3665 last_output_reload_regno = -1;
| |
3666 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3667 if (! goal_alternative_win[i]) 3668 { 3669 /* Operands that match previous ones have already been handled. */ 3670 if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0) 3671 ; 3672 /* Handle an operand with a nonoffsettable address 3673 appearing where an offsettable address will do 3674 by reloading the address into a base register. 3675 3676 ??? We can also do this when the operand is a register and 3677 reg_equiv_mem is not offsettable, but this is a bit tricky, 3678 so we don't bother with it. It may not be worth doing. */ 3679 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1 3680 && goal_alternative_offmemok[i]
| 3673 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3674 if (! goal_alternative_win[i]) 3675 { 3676 /* Operands that match previous ones have already been handled. */ 3677 if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0) 3678 ; 3679 /* Handle an operand with a nonoffsettable address 3680 appearing where an offsettable address will do 3681 by reloading the address into a base register. 3682 3683 ??? We can also do this when the operand is a register and 3684 reg_equiv_mem is not offsettable, but this is a bit tricky, 3685 so we don't bother with it. It may not be worth doing. */ 3686 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1 3687 && goal_alternative_offmemok[i]
|
3681 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MEM)
| 3688 && GET_CODE (recog_data.operand[i]) == MEM)
|
3682 { 3683 operand_reloadnum[i]
| 3689 { 3690 operand_reloadnum[i]
|
3684 = push_reload (XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), NULL_RTX, 3685 &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), NULL_PTR, 3686 BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0)),
| 3691 = push_reload (XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0), NULL_RTX, 3692 &XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0), (rtx*) 0, 3693 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (VOIDmode), 3694 GET_MODE (XEXP (recog_data.operand[i], 0)),
|
3687 VOIDmode, 0, 0, i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT);
| 3695 VOIDmode, 0, 0, i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT);
|
3688 reload_inc[operand_reloadnum[i]] 3689 = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]));
| 3696 rld[operand_reloadnum[i]].inc 3697 = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (recog_data.operand[i]));
|
3690 3691 /* If this operand is an output, we will have made any 3692 reloads for its address as RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS, but 3693 now we are treating part of the operand as an input, so 3694 we must change these to RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS. */ 3695 3696 if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE) 3697 { 3698 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++) 3699 {
| 3698 3699 /* If this operand is an output, we will have made any 3700 reloads for its address as RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS, but 3701 now we are treating part of the operand as an input, so 3702 we must change these to RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS. */ 3703 3704 if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE) 3705 { 3706 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++) 3707 {
|
3700 if (reload_opnum[j] == i)
| 3708 if (rld[j].opnum == i)
|
3701 {
| 3709 {
|
3702 if (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS) 3703 reload_when_needed[j] = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS; 3704 else if (reload_when_needed[j]
| 3710 if (rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS) 3711 rld[j].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS; 3712 else if (rld[j].when_needed
|
3705 == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
| 3713 == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS)
|
3706 reload_when_needed[j] = RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS;
| 3714 rld[j].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS;
|
3707 } 3708 } 3709 } 3710 } 3711 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1) 3712 { 3713 operand_reloadnum[i] 3714 = push_reload ((modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
| 3715 } 3716 } 3717 } 3718 } 3719 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1) 3720 { 3721 operand_reloadnum[i] 3722 = push_reload ((modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
|
3715 ? recog_operand[i] : 0), 3716 modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
| 3723 ? recog_data.operand[i] : 0), 3724 (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ 3725 ? recog_data.operand[i] : 0),
|
3717 (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
| 3726 (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
|
3718 ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
| 3727 ? recog_data.operand_loc[i] : 0),
|
3719 (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ
| 3728 (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ
|
3720 ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
| 3729 ? recog_data.operand_loc[i] : 0),
|
3721 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], 3722 (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE 3723 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), 3724 (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3725 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), 3726 (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0
| 3730 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], 3731 (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE 3732 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), 3733 (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3734 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), 3735 (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0
|
3727 : insn_operand_strict_low[insn_code_number][i]),
| 3736 : insn_data[insn_code_number].operand[i].strict_low),
|
3728 0, i, operand_type[i]);
| 3737 0, i, operand_type[i]);
|
3729 if (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ 3730 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == REG) 3731 last_output_reload_regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
| |
3732 } 3733 /* In a matching pair of operands, one must be input only 3734 and the other must be output only. 3735 Pass the input operand as IN and the other as OUT. */ 3736 else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3737 && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE) 3738 { 3739 operand_reloadnum[i]
| 3738 } 3739 /* In a matching pair of operands, one must be input only 3740 and the other must be output only. 3741 Pass the input operand as IN and the other as OUT. */ 3742 else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3743 && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE) 3744 { 3745 operand_reloadnum[i]
|
3740 = push_reload (recog_operand[i], 3741 recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3742 recog_operand_loc[i], 3743 recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
| 3746 = push_reload (recog_data.operand[i], 3747 recog_data.operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3748 recog_data.operand_loc[i], 3749 recog_data.operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
|
3744 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], 3745 operand_mode[i], 3746 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3747 0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER); 3748 operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]] = output_reloadnum;
| 3750 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], 3751 operand_mode[i], 3752 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3753 0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER); 3754 operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]] = output_reloadnum;
|
3749 if (GET_CODE (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]]) == REG) 3750 last_output_reload_regno 3751 = REGNO (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]]);
| |
3752 } 3753 else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE 3754 && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_READ) 3755 { 3756 operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]]
| 3755 } 3756 else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE 3757 && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_READ) 3758 { 3759 operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]]
|
3757 = push_reload (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3758 recog_operand[i], 3759 recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3760 recog_operand_loc[i],
| 3760 = push_reload (recog_data.operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3761 recog_data.operand[i], 3762 recog_data.operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3763 recog_data.operand_loc[i],
|
3761 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], 3762 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3763 operand_mode[i], 3764 0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER); 3765 operand_reloadnum[i] = output_reloadnum;
| 3764 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], 3765 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]], 3766 operand_mode[i], 3767 0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER); 3768 operand_reloadnum[i] = output_reloadnum;
|
3766 if (GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == REG) 3767 last_output_reload_regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
| |
3768 } 3769 else if (insn_code_number >= 0) 3770 abort (); 3771 else 3772 { 3773 error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'"); 3774 /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */ 3775 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx); 3776 n_reloads = 0; 3777 return 0; 3778 } 3779 } 3780 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] < 0 3781 && goal_alternative_matches[i] < 0 3782 && optimize) 3783 {
| 3769 } 3770 else if (insn_code_number >= 0) 3771 abort (); 3772 else 3773 { 3774 error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'"); 3775 /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. */ 3776 PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, const0_rtx); 3777 n_reloads = 0; 3778 return 0; 3779 } 3780 } 3781 else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] < 0 3782 && goal_alternative_matches[i] < 0 3783 && optimize) 3784 {
|
3784 /* For each non-matching operand that's a MEM or a pseudo-register
| 3785 /* For each non-matching operand that's a MEM or a pseudo-register
|
3785 that didn't get a hard register, make an optional reload. 3786 This may get done even if the insn needs no reloads otherwise. */ 3787
| 3786 that didn't get a hard register, make an optional reload. 3787 This may get done even if the insn needs no reloads otherwise. */ 3788
|
3788 rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
| 3789 rtx operand = recog_data.operand[i];
|
3789 3790 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
| 3790 3791 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
|
3791 operand = XEXP (operand, 0);
| 3792 operand = SUBREG_REG (operand);
|
3792 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3793 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3794 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) 3795 /* If this is only for an output, the optional reload would not 3796 actually cause us to use a register now, just note that 3797 something is stored here. */ 3798 && ((enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i] != NO_REGS 3799 || modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE) 3800 && ! no_input_reloads 3801 /* An optional output reload might allow to delete INSN later. 3802 We mustn't make in-out reloads on insns that are not permitted 3803 output reloads. 3804 If this is an asm, we can't delete it; we must not even call 3805 push_reload for an optional output reload in this case, 3806 because we can't be sure that the constraint allows a register, 3807 and push_reload verifies the constraints for asms. */ 3808 && (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3809 || (! no_output_reloads && ! this_insn_is_asm))) 3810 operand_reloadnum[i]
| 3793 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3794 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3795 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) 3796 /* If this is only for an output, the optional reload would not 3797 actually cause us to use a register now, just note that 3798 something is stored here. */ 3799 && ((enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i] != NO_REGS 3800 || modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE) 3801 && ! no_input_reloads 3802 /* An optional output reload might allow to delete INSN later. 3803 We mustn't make in-out reloads on insns that are not permitted 3804 output reloads. 3805 If this is an asm, we can't delete it; we must not even call 3806 push_reload for an optional output reload in this case, 3807 because we can't be sure that the constraint allows a register, 3808 and push_reload verifies the constraints for asms. */ 3809 && (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3810 || (! no_output_reloads && ! this_insn_is_asm))) 3811 operand_reloadnum[i]
|
3811 = push_reload (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE ? recog_operand[i] : 0, 3812 modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
| 3812 = push_reload ((modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE 3813 ? recog_data.operand[i] : 0), 3814 (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ 3815 ? recog_data.operand[i] : 0),
|
3813 (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
| 3816 (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
|
3814 ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
| 3817 ? recog_data.operand_loc[i] : 0),
|
3815 (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ
| 3818 (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ
|
3816 ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
| 3819 ? recog_data.operand_loc[i] : 0),
|
3817 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], 3818 (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE 3819 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), 3820 (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3821 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), 3822 (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0
| 3820 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i], 3821 (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE 3822 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), 3823 (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3824 ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]), 3825 (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0
|
3823 : insn_operand_strict_low[insn_code_number][i]),
| 3826 : insn_data[insn_code_number].operand[i].strict_low),
|
3824 1, i, operand_type[i]); 3825 /* If a memory reference remains (either as a MEM or a pseudo that 3826 did not get a hard register), yet we can't make an optional 3827 reload, check if this is actually a pseudo register reference; 3828 we then need to emit a USE and/or a CLOBBER so that reload 3829 inheritance will do the right thing. */ 3830 else if (replace 3831 && (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3832 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3833 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3834 && reg_renumber [REGNO (operand)] < 0))) 3835 {
| 3827 1, i, operand_type[i]); 3828 /* If a memory reference remains (either as a MEM or a pseudo that 3829 did not get a hard register), yet we can't make an optional 3830 reload, check if this is actually a pseudo register reference; 3831 we then need to emit a USE and/or a CLOBBER so that reload 3832 inheritance will do the right thing. */ 3833 else if (replace 3834 && (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3835 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3836 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 3837 && reg_renumber [REGNO (operand)] < 0))) 3838 {
|
3836 operand = *recog_operand_loc[i];
| 3839 operand = *recog_data.operand_loc[i];
|
3837 3838 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
| 3840 3841 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
|
3839 operand = XEXP (operand, 0);
| 3842 operand = SUBREG_REG (operand);
|
3840 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG) 3841 { 3842 if (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE)
| 3843 if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG) 3844 { 3845 if (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE)
|
3843 emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, operand), insn);
| 3846 /* We mark the USE with QImode so that we recognize 3847 it as one that can be safely deleted at the end 3848 of reload. */ 3849 PUT_MODE (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, operand), 3850 insn), QImode);
|
3844 if (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ) 3845 emit_insn_after (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, operand), insn); 3846 } 3847 } 3848 } 3849 else if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0 3850 && goal_alternative_win[goal_alternative_matches[i]] 3851 && modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3852 && modified[goal_alternative_matches[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE 3853 && ! no_input_reloads && ! no_output_reloads 3854 && optimize) 3855 { 3856 /* Similarly, make an optional reload for a pair of matching 3857 objects that are in MEM or a pseudo that didn't get a hard reg. */ 3858
| 3851 if (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ) 3852 emit_insn_after (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, operand), insn); 3853 } 3854 } 3855 } 3856 else if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0 3857 && goal_alternative_win[goal_alternative_matches[i]] 3858 && modified[i] == RELOAD_READ 3859 && modified[goal_alternative_matches[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE 3860 && ! no_input_reloads && ! no_output_reloads 3861 && optimize) 3862 { 3863 /* Similarly, make an optional reload for a pair of matching 3864 objects that are in MEM or a pseudo that didn't get a hard reg. */ 3865
|
3859 rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
| 3866 rtx operand = recog_data.operand[i];
|
3860 3861 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
| 3867 3868 while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
|
3862 operand = XEXP (operand, 0);
| 3869 operand = SUBREG_REG (operand);
|
3863 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3864 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3865 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) 3866 && ((enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]] 3867 != NO_REGS)) 3868 operand_reloadnum[i] = operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matches[i]]
| 3870 if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM 3871 || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG 3872 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) 3873 && ((enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]] 3874 != NO_REGS)) 3875 operand_reloadnum[i] = operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matches[i]]
|
3869 = push_reload (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matches[i]], 3870 recog_operand[i], 3871 recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matches[i]], 3872 recog_operand_loc[i],
| 3876 = push_reload (recog_data.operand[goal_alternative_matches[i]], 3877 recog_data.operand[i], 3878 recog_data.operand_loc[goal_alternative_matches[i]], 3879 recog_data.operand_loc[i],
|
3873 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]], 3874 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matches[i]], 3875 operand_mode[i], 3876 0, 1, goal_alternative_matches[i], RELOAD_OTHER); 3877 }
| 3880 (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]], 3881 operand_mode[goal_alternative_matches[i]], 3882 operand_mode[i], 3883 0, 1, goal_alternative_matches[i], RELOAD_OTHER); 3884 }
|
3878
| 3885
|
3879 /* Perform whatever substitutions on the operands we are supposed 3880 to make due to commutativity or replacement of registers 3881 with equivalent constants or memory slots. */ 3882 3883 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3884 { 3885 /* We only do this on the last pass through reload, because it is
| 3886 /* Perform whatever substitutions on the operands we are supposed 3887 to make due to commutativity or replacement of registers 3888 with equivalent constants or memory slots. */ 3889 3890 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 3891 { 3892 /* We only do this on the last pass through reload, because it is
|
3886 possible for some data (like reg_equiv_address) to be changed during 3887 later passes. Moreover, we loose the opportunity to get a useful 3888 reload_{in,out}_reg when we do these replacements. */
| 3893 possible for some data (like reg_equiv_address) to be changed during 3894 later passes. Moreover, we loose the opportunity to get a useful 3895 reload_{in,out}_reg when we do these replacements. */
|
3889 3890 if (replace) 3891 { 3892 rtx substitution = substed_operand[i]; 3893
| 3896 3897 if (replace) 3898 { 3899 rtx substitution = substed_operand[i]; 3900
|
3894 *recog_operand_loc[i] = substitution;
| 3901 *recog_data.operand_loc[i] = substitution;
|
3895 3896 /* If we're replacing an operand with a LABEL_REF, we need 3897 to make sure that there's a REG_LABEL note attached to 3898 this instruction. */ 3899 if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN 3900 && GET_CODE (substitution) == LABEL_REF 3901 && !find_reg_note (insn, REG_LABEL, XEXP (substitution, 0)))
| 3902 3903 /* If we're replacing an operand with a LABEL_REF, we need 3904 to make sure that there's a REG_LABEL note attached to 3905 this instruction. */ 3906 if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN 3907 && GET_CODE (substitution) == LABEL_REF 3908 && !find_reg_note (insn, REG_LABEL, XEXP (substitution, 0)))
|
3902 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_LABEL,
| 3909 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_LABEL,
|
3903 XEXP (substitution, 0), 3904 REG_NOTES (insn)); 3905 } 3906 else
| 3910 XEXP (substitution, 0), 3911 REG_NOTES (insn)); 3912 } 3913 else
|
3907 retval |= (substed_operand[i] != *recog_operand_loc[i]);
| 3914 retval |= (substed_operand[i] != *recog_data.operand_loc[i]);
|
3908 } 3909 3910 /* If this insn pattern contains any MATCH_DUP's, make sure that 3911 they will be substituted if the operands they match are substituted. 3912 Also do now any substitutions we already did on the operands. 3913 3914 Don't do this if we aren't making replacements because we might be 3915 propagating things allocated by frame pointer elimination into places 3916 it doesn't expect. */ 3917 3918 if (insn_code_number >= 0 && replace)
| 3915 } 3916 3917 /* If this insn pattern contains any MATCH_DUP's, make sure that 3918 they will be substituted if the operands they match are substituted. 3919 Also do now any substitutions we already did on the operands. 3920 3921 Don't do this if we aren't making replacements because we might be 3922 propagating things allocated by frame pointer elimination into places 3923 it doesn't expect. */ 3924 3925 if (insn_code_number >= 0 && replace)
|
3919 for (i = insn_n_dups[insn_code_number] - 1; i >= 0; i--)
| 3926 for (i = insn_data[insn_code_number].n_dups - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
3920 {
| 3927 {
|
3921 int opno = recog_dup_num[i]; 3922 *recog_dup_loc[i] = *recog_operand_loc[opno];
| 3928 int opno = recog_data.dup_num[i]; 3929 *recog_data.dup_loc[i] = *recog_data.operand_loc[opno];
|
3923 if (operand_reloadnum[opno] >= 0)
| 3930 if (operand_reloadnum[opno] >= 0)
|
3924 push_replacement (recog_dup_loc[i], operand_reloadnum[opno], 3925 insn_operand_mode[insn_code_number][opno]);
| 3931 push_replacement (recog_data.dup_loc[i], operand_reloadnum[opno], 3932 insn_data[insn_code_number].operand[opno].mode);
|
3926 } 3927 3928#if 0 3929 /* This loses because reloading of prior insns can invalidate the equivalence 3930 (or at least find_equiv_reg isn't smart enough to find it any more), 3931 causing this insn to need more reload regs than it needed before. 3932 It may be too late to make the reload regs available. 3933 Now this optimization is done safely in choose_reload_regs. */ 3934 3935 /* For each reload of a reg into some other class of reg, 3936 search for an existing equivalent reg (same value now) in the right class. 3937 We can use it as long as we don't need to change its contents. */ 3938 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
| 3933 } 3934 3935#if 0 3936 /* This loses because reloading of prior insns can invalidate the equivalence 3937 (or at least find_equiv_reg isn't smart enough to find it any more), 3938 causing this insn to need more reload regs than it needed before. 3939 It may be too late to make the reload regs available. 3940 Now this optimization is done safely in choose_reload_regs. */ 3941 3942 /* For each reload of a reg into some other class of reg, 3943 search for an existing equivalent reg (same value now) in the right class. 3944 We can use it as long as we don't need to change its contents. */ 3945 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
|
3939 if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 3940 && reload_in[i] != 0 3941 && GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG 3942 && reload_out[i] == 0)
| 3946 if (rld[i].reg_rtx == 0 3947 && rld[i].in != 0 3948 && GET_CODE (rld[i].in) == REG 3949 && rld[i].out == 0)
|
3943 {
| 3950 {
|
3944 reload_reg_rtx[i] 3945 = find_equiv_reg (reload_in[i], insn, reload_reg_class[i], -1, 3946 static_reload_reg_p, 0, reload_inmode[i]);
| 3951 rld[i].reg_rtx 3952 = find_equiv_reg (rld[i].in, insn, rld[i].class, -1, 3953 static_reload_reg_p, 0, rld[i].inmode);
|
3947 /* Prevent generation of insn to load the value 3948 because the one we found already has the value. */
| 3954 /* Prevent generation of insn to load the value 3955 because the one we found already has the value. */
|
3949 if (reload_reg_rtx[i]) 3950 reload_in[i] = reload_reg_rtx[i];
| 3956 if (rld[i].reg_rtx) 3957 rld[i].in = rld[i].reg_rtx;
|
3951 } 3952#endif 3953 3954 /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another 3955 to reduce needs by one. */ 3956 if (!goal_earlyclobber) 3957 combine_reloads (); 3958 3959 /* If we have a pair of reloads for parts of an address, they are reloading 3960 the same object, the operands themselves were not reloaded, and they 3961 are for two operands that are supposed to match, merge the reloads and 3962 change the type of the surviving reload to RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS. */ 3963 3964 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 3965 { 3966 int k; 3967 3968 for (j = i + 1; j < n_reloads; j++)
| 3958 } 3959#endif 3960 3961 /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another 3962 to reduce needs by one. */ 3963 if (!goal_earlyclobber) 3964 combine_reloads (); 3965 3966 /* If we have a pair of reloads for parts of an address, they are reloading 3967 the same object, the operands themselves were not reloaded, and they 3968 are for two operands that are supposed to match, merge the reloads and 3969 change the type of the surviving reload to RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS. */ 3970 3971 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 3972 { 3973 int k; 3974 3975 for (j = i + 1; j < n_reloads; j++)
|
3969 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 3970 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 3971 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 3972 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 3973 && (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 3974 || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 3975 || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 3976 || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 3977 && rtx_equal_p (reload_in[i], reload_in[j]) 3978 && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] < 0 3979 || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]]) 3980 && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[j]] < 0 3981 || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[j]]]) 3982 && (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]] == reload_opnum[j] 3983 || (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[j]] 3984 == reload_opnum[i])))
| 3976 if ((rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 3977 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 3978 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 3979 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 3980 && (rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 3981 || rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 3982 || rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 3983 || rld[j].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 3984 && rtx_equal_p (rld[i].in, rld[j].in) 3985 && (operand_reloadnum[rld[i].opnum] < 0 3986 || rld[operand_reloadnum[rld[i].opnum]].optional) 3987 && (operand_reloadnum[rld[j].opnum] < 0 3988 || rld[operand_reloadnum[rld[j].opnum]].optional) 3989 && (goal_alternative_matches[rld[i].opnum] == rld[j].opnum 3990 || (goal_alternative_matches[rld[j].opnum] 3991 == rld[i].opnum)))
|
3985 { 3986 for (k = 0; k < n_replacements; k++) 3987 if (replacements[k].what == j) 3988 replacements[k].what = i; 3989
| 3992 { 3993 for (k = 0; k < n_replacements; k++) 3994 if (replacements[k].what == j) 3995 replacements[k].what = i; 3996
|
3990 if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 3991 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 3992 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
| 3997 if (rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 3998 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 3999 rld[i].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
|
3993 else
| 4000 else
|
3994 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS; 3995 reload_in[j] = 0;
| 4001 rld[i].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS; 4002 rld[j].in = 0;
|
3996 } 3997 } 3998
| 4003 } 4004 } 4005
|
3999 /* Scan all the reloads and update their type.
| 4006 /* Scan all the reloads and update their type.
|
4000 If a reload is for the address of an operand and we didn't reload 4001 that operand, change the type. Similarly, change the operand number 4002 of a reload when two operands match. If a reload is optional, treat it 4003 as though the operand isn't reloaded. 4004 4005 ??? This latter case is somewhat odd because if we do the optional 4006 reload, it means the object is hanging around. Thus we need only 4007 do the address reload if the optional reload was NOT done. 4008 4009 Change secondary reloads to be the address type of their operand, not 4010 the normal type. 4011 4012 If an operand's reload is now RELOAD_OTHER, change any 4013 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads of that operand to 4014 RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. */ 4015 4016 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4017 {
| 4007 If a reload is for the address of an operand and we didn't reload 4008 that operand, change the type. Similarly, change the operand number 4009 of a reload when two operands match. If a reload is optional, treat it 4010 as though the operand isn't reloaded. 4011 4012 ??? This latter case is somewhat odd because if we do the optional 4013 reload, it means the object is hanging around. Thus we need only 4014 do the address reload if the optional reload was NOT done. 4015 4016 Change secondary reloads to be the address type of their operand, not 4017 the normal type. 4018 4019 If an operand's reload is now RELOAD_OTHER, change any 4020 RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads of that operand to 4021 RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. */ 4022 4023 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4024 {
|
4018 if (reload_secondary_p[i] 4019 && reload_when_needed[i] == operand_type[reload_opnum[i]]) 4020 reload_when_needed[i] = address_type[reload_opnum[i]];
| 4025 if (rld[i].secondary_p 4026 && rld[i].when_needed == operand_type[rld[i].opnum]) 4027 rld[i].when_needed = address_type[rld[i].opnum];
|
4021
| 4028
|
4022 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 4023 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 4024 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 4025 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 4026 && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] < 0 4027 || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]]))
| 4029 if ((rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 4030 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 4031 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 4032 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 4033 && (operand_reloadnum[rld[i].opnum] < 0 4034 || rld[operand_reloadnum[rld[i].opnum]].optional))
|
4028 { 4029 /* If we have a secondary reload to go along with this reload, 4030 change its type to RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR. */ 4031
| 4035 { 4036 /* If we have a secondary reload to go along with this reload, 4037 change its type to RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR. */ 4038
|
4032 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 4033 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS) 4034 && reload_secondary_in_reload[i] != -1)
| 4039 if ((rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 4040 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS) 4041 && rld[i].secondary_in_reload != -1)
|
4035 {
| 4042 {
|
4036 int secondary_in_reload = reload_secondary_in_reload[i];
| 4043 int secondary_in_reload = rld[i].secondary_in_reload;
|
4037
| 4044
|
4038 reload_when_needed[secondary_in_reload] 4039 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
| 4045 rld[secondary_in_reload].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
|
4040 4041 /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */ 4042 if (secondary_in_reload > 0
| 4046 4047 /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */ 4048 if (secondary_in_reload > 0
|
4043 && reload_secondary_in_reload[secondary_in_reload] != -1) 4044 reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_in_reload[secondary_in_reload]]
| 4049 && rld[secondary_in_reload].secondary_in_reload != -1) 4050 rld[rld[secondary_in_reload].secondary_in_reload].when_needed
|
4045 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR; 4046 } 4047
| 4051 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR; 4052 } 4053
|
4048 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 4049 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 4050 && reload_secondary_out_reload[i] != -1)
| 4054 if ((rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS 4055 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 4056 && rld[i].secondary_out_reload != -1)
|
4051 {
| 4057 {
|
4052 int secondary_out_reload = reload_secondary_out_reload[i];
| 4058 int secondary_out_reload = rld[i].secondary_out_reload;
|
4053
| 4059
|
4054 reload_when_needed[secondary_out_reload] 4055 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
| 4060 rld[secondary_out_reload].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
|
4056 4057 /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */ 4058 if (secondary_out_reload
| 4061 4062 /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */ 4063 if (secondary_out_reload
|
4059 && reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out_reload] != -1) 4060 reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out_reload]]
| 4064 && rld[secondary_out_reload].secondary_out_reload != -1) 4065 rld[rld[secondary_out_reload].secondary_out_reload].when_needed
|
4061 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR; 4062 } 4063
| 4066 = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR; 4067 } 4068
|
4064 if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 4065 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 4066 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
| 4069 if (rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS 4070 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS) 4071 rld[i].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
|
4067 else
| 4072 else
|
4068 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS;
| 4073 rld[i].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS;
|
4069 } 4070
| 4074 } 4075
|
4071 if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 4072 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS) 4073 && operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0 4074 && (reload_when_needed[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]]
| 4076 if ((rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS 4077 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS) 4078 && operand_reloadnum[rld[i].opnum] >= 0 4079 && (rld[operand_reloadnum[rld[i].opnum]].when_needed
|
4075 == RELOAD_OTHER))
| 4080 == RELOAD_OTHER))
|
4076 reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS;
| 4081 rld[i].when_needed = RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS;
|
4077
| 4082
|
4078 if (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0) 4079 reload_opnum[i] = goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]];
| 4083 if (goal_alternative_matches[rld[i].opnum] >= 0) 4084 rld[i].opnum = goal_alternative_matches[rld[i].opnum];
|
4080 } 4081 4082 /* Scan all the reloads, and check for RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. 4083 If we have more than one, then convert all RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR 4084 reloads to RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. 4085 4086 choose_reload_regs assumes that RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR reloads never 4087 conflict with RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. This is true for a 4088 single pair of RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR/RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. 4089 However, if there is more than one RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload, 4090 then a RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR reload conflicts with all 4091 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads other than the one that uses it. 4092 This is complicated by the fact that a single operand can have more 4093 than one RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload. It is very difficult to fix 4094 choose_reload_regs without affecting code quality, and cases that 4095 actually fail are extremely rare, so it turns out to be better to fix 4096 the problem here by not generating cases that choose_reload_regs will 4097 fail for. */ 4098 /* There is a similar problem with RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS / 4099 RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS when there is more than one of a kind for 4100 a single operand. 4101 We can reduce the register pressure by exploiting that a 4102 RELOAD_FOR_X_ADDR_ADDR that precedes all RELOAD_FOR_X_ADDRESS reloads 4103 does not conflict with any of them, if it is only used for the first of 4104 the RELOAD_FOR_X_ADDRESS reloads. */ 4105 { 4106 int first_op_addr_num = -2; 4107 int first_inpaddr_num[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 4108 int first_outpaddr_num[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
| 4085 } 4086 4087 /* Scan all the reloads, and check for RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. 4088 If we have more than one, then convert all RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR 4089 reloads to RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. 4090 4091 choose_reload_regs assumes that RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR reloads never 4092 conflict with RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. This is true for a 4093 single pair of RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR/RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads. 4094 However, if there is more than one RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload, 4095 then a RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR reload conflicts with all 4096 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads other than the one that uses it. 4097 This is complicated by the fact that a single operand can have more 4098 than one RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload. It is very difficult to fix 4099 choose_reload_regs without affecting code quality, and cases that 4100 actually fail are extremely rare, so it turns out to be better to fix 4101 the problem here by not generating cases that choose_reload_regs will 4102 fail for. */ 4103 /* There is a similar problem with RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS / 4104 RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS when there is more than one of a kind for 4105 a single operand. 4106 We can reduce the register pressure by exploiting that a 4107 RELOAD_FOR_X_ADDR_ADDR that precedes all RELOAD_FOR_X_ADDRESS reloads 4108 does not conflict with any of them, if it is only used for the first of 4109 the RELOAD_FOR_X_ADDRESS reloads. */ 4110 { 4111 int first_op_addr_num = -2; 4112 int first_inpaddr_num[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; 4113 int first_outpaddr_num[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
|
4109 int need_change= 0;
| 4114 int need_change = 0;
|
4110 /* We use last_op_addr_reload and the contents of the above arrays 4111 first as flags - -2 means no instance encountered, -1 means exactly 4112 one instance encountered. 4113 If more than one instance has been encountered, we store the reload 4114 number of the first reload of the kind in question; reload numbers 4115 are known to be non-negative. */ 4116 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 4117 first_inpaddr_num[i] = first_outpaddr_num[i] = -2; 4118 for (i = n_reloads - 1; i >= 0; i--) 4119 {
| 4115 /* We use last_op_addr_reload and the contents of the above arrays 4116 first as flags - -2 means no instance encountered, -1 means exactly 4117 one instance encountered. 4118 If more than one instance has been encountered, we store the reload 4119 number of the first reload of the kind in question; reload numbers 4120 are known to be non-negative. */ 4121 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 4122 first_inpaddr_num[i] = first_outpaddr_num[i] = -2; 4123 for (i = n_reloads - 1; i >= 0; i--) 4124 {
|
4120 switch (reload_when_needed[i])
| 4125 switch (rld[i].when_needed)
|
4121 { 4122 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS: 4123 if (++first_op_addr_num >= 0) 4124 { 4125 first_op_addr_num = i; 4126 need_change = 1; 4127 } 4128 break; 4129 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
| 4126 { 4127 case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS: 4128 if (++first_op_addr_num >= 0) 4129 { 4130 first_op_addr_num = i; 4131 need_change = 1; 4132 } 4133 break; 4134 case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS:
|
4130 if (++first_inpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0)
| 4135 if (++first_inpaddr_num[rld[i].opnum] >= 0)
|
4131 {
| 4136 {
|
4132 first_inpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]] = i;
| 4137 first_inpaddr_num[rld[i].opnum] = i;
|
4133 need_change = 1; 4134 } 4135 break; 4136 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
| 4138 need_change = 1; 4139 } 4140 break; 4141 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS:
|
4137 if (++first_outpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0)
| 4142 if (++first_outpaddr_num[rld[i].opnum] >= 0)
|
4138 {
| 4143 {
|
4139 first_outpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]] = i;
| 4144 first_outpaddr_num[rld[i].opnum] = i;
|
4140 need_change = 1; 4141 } 4142 break; 4143 default: 4144 break; 4145 } 4146 } 4147 4148 if (need_change) 4149 { 4150 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4151 {
| 4145 need_change = 1; 4146 } 4147 break; 4148 default: 4149 break; 4150 } 4151 } 4152 4153 if (need_change) 4154 { 4155 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4156 {
|
4152 int first_num, type;
| 4157 int first_num; 4158 enum reload_type type;
|
4153
| 4159
|
4154 switch (reload_when_needed[i])
| 4160 switch (rld[i].when_needed)
|
4155 { 4156 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR: 4157 first_num = first_op_addr_num; 4158 type = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS; 4159 break; 4160 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
| 4161 { 4162 case RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR: 4163 first_num = first_op_addr_num; 4164 type = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS; 4165 break; 4166 case RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS:
|
4161 first_num = first_inpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]];
| 4167 first_num = first_inpaddr_num[rld[i].opnum];
|
4162 type = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS; 4163 break; 4164 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
| 4168 type = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS; 4169 break; 4170 case RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS:
|
4165 first_num = first_outpaddr_num[reload_opnum[i]];
| 4171 first_num = first_outpaddr_num[rld[i].opnum];
|
4166 type = RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS; 4167 break; 4168 default: 4169 continue; 4170 } 4171 if (first_num < 0) 4172 continue; 4173 else if (i > first_num)
| 4172 type = RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS; 4173 break; 4174 default: 4175 continue; 4176 } 4177 if (first_num < 0) 4178 continue; 4179 else if (i > first_num)
|
4174 reload_when_needed[i] = type;
| 4180 rld[i].when_needed = type;
|
4175 else 4176 { 4177 /* Check if the only TYPE reload that uses reload I is 4178 reload FIRST_NUM. */ 4179 for (j = n_reloads - 1; j > first_num; j--) 4180 {
| 4181 else 4182 { 4183 /* Check if the only TYPE reload that uses reload I is 4184 reload FIRST_NUM. */ 4185 for (j = n_reloads - 1; j > first_num; j--) 4186 {
|
4181 if (reload_when_needed[j] == type 4182 && (reload_secondary_p[i] 4183 ? reload_secondary_in_reload[j] == i 4184 : reg_mentioned_p (reload_in[i], reload_in[j])))
| 4187 if (rld[j].when_needed == type 4188 && (rld[i].secondary_p 4189 ? rld[j].secondary_in_reload == i 4190 : reg_mentioned_p (rld[i].in, rld[j].in)))
|
4185 {
| 4191 {
|
4186 reload_when_needed[i] = type;
| 4192 rld[i].when_needed = type;
|
4187 break; 4188 } 4189 } 4190 } 4191 } 4192 } 4193 } 4194 4195 /* See if we have any reloads that are now allowed to be merged 4196 because we've changed when the reload is needed to 4197 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS or RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. Only 4198 check for the most common cases. */ 4199 4200 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
| 4193 break; 4194 } 4195 } 4196 } 4197 } 4198 } 4199 } 4200 4201 /* See if we have any reloads that are now allowed to be merged 4202 because we've changed when the reload is needed to 4203 RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS or RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS. Only 4204 check for the most common cases. */ 4205 4206 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
|
4201 if (reload_in[i] != 0 && reload_out[i] == 0 4202 && (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS 4203 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR 4204 || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
| 4207 if (rld[i].in != 0 && rld[i].out == 0 4208 && (rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS 4209 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR 4210 || rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
|
4205 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
| 4211 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
|
4206 if (i != j && reload_in[j] != 0 && reload_out[j] == 0 4207 && reload_when_needed[j] == reload_when_needed[i] 4208 && MATCHES (reload_in[i], reload_in[j]) 4209 && reload_reg_class[i] == reload_reg_class[j] 4210 && !reload_nocombine[i] && !reload_nocombine[j] 4211 && reload_reg_rtx[i] == reload_reg_rtx[j])
| 4212 if (i != j && rld[j].in != 0 && rld[j].out == 0 4213 && rld[j].when_needed == rld[i].when_needed 4214 && MATCHES (rld[i].in, rld[j].in) 4215 && rld[i].class == rld[j].class 4216 && !rld[i].nocombine && !rld[j].nocombine 4217 && rld[i].reg_rtx == rld[j].reg_rtx)
|
4212 {
| 4218 {
|
4213 reload_opnum[i] = MIN (reload_opnum[i], reload_opnum[j]);
| 4219 rld[i].opnum = MIN (rld[i].opnum, rld[j].opnum);
|
4214 transfer_replacements (i, j);
| 4220 transfer_replacements (i, j);
|
4215 reload_in[j] = 0;
| 4221 rld[j].in = 0;
|
4216 } 4217
| 4222 } 4223
|
4218 /* Set which reloads must use registers not used in any group. Start 4219 with those that conflict with a group and then include ones that 4220 conflict with ones that are already known to conflict with a group. */
| 4224#ifdef HAVE_cc0 4225 /* If we made any reloads for addresses, see if they violate a 4226 "no input reloads" requirement for this insn. But loads that we 4227 do after the insn (such as for output addresses) are fine. */ 4228 if (no_input_reloads) 4229 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4230 if (rld[i].in != 0 4231 && rld[i].when_needed != RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS 4232 && rld[i].when_needed != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS) 4233 abort (); 4234#endif
|
4221
| 4235
|
4222 changed = 0;
| 4236 /* Compute reload_mode and reload_nregs. */
|
4223 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4224 {
| 4237 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4238 {
|
4225 enum machine_mode mode = reload_inmode[i]; 4226 enum reg_class class = reload_reg_class[i]; 4227 int size;
| 4239 rld[i].mode 4240 = (rld[i].inmode == VOIDmode 4241 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (rld[i].outmode) 4242 > GET_MODE_SIZE (rld[i].inmode))) 4243 ? rld[i].outmode : rld[i].inmode;
|
4228
| 4244
|
4229 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[i]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) 4230 mode = reload_outmode[i]; 4231 size = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (class, mode); 4232 4233 if (size == 1) 4234 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++) 4235 if ((CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[j], 4236 (GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[j]) 4237 > GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_inmode[j])) 4238 ? reload_outmode[j] : reload_inmode[j]) 4239 > 1) 4240 && !reload_optional[j] 4241 && (reload_in[j] != 0 || reload_out[j] != 0 4242 || reload_secondary_p[j]) 4243 && reloads_conflict (i, j) 4244 && reg_classes_intersect_p (class, reload_reg_class[j])) 4245 { 4246 reload_nongroup[i] = 1; 4247 changed = 1; 4248 break; 4249 }
| 4245 rld[i].nregs = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (rld[i].class, rld[i].mode);
|
4250 } 4251
| 4246 } 4247
|
4252 while (changed) 4253 { 4254 changed = 0;
| 4248 /* Special case a simple move with an input reload and a 4249 destination of a hard reg, if the hard reg is ok, use it. */ 4250 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4251 if (rld[i].when_needed == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT 4252 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET 4253 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn))) == REG 4254 && SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)) == rld[i].in) 4255 { 4256 rtx dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)); 4257 unsigned int regno = REGNO (dest);
|
4255
| 4258
|
4256 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++) 4257 { 4258 enum machine_mode mode = reload_inmode[i]; 4259 enum reg_class class = reload_reg_class[i]; 4260 int size;
| 4259 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 4260 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[rld[i].class], regno) 4261 && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, rld[i].mode)) 4262 rld[i].reg_rtx = dest; 4263 }
|
4261
| 4264
|
4262 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[i]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) 4263 mode = reload_outmode[i]; 4264 size = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (class, mode); 4265 4266 if (! reload_nongroup[i] && size == 1) 4267 for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++) 4268 if (reload_nongroup[j] 4269 && reloads_conflict (i, j) 4270 && reg_classes_intersect_p (class, reload_reg_class[j])) 4271 { 4272 reload_nongroup[i] = 1; 4273 changed = 1; 4274 break; 4275 } 4276 } 4277 } 4278 4279#else /* no REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */ 4280 int noperands; 4281 int insn_code_number; 4282 int goal_earlyclobber = 0; /* Always 0, to make combine_reloads happen. */ 4283 register int i; 4284 rtx body = PATTERN (insn); 4285 int retval = 0; 4286 4287 n_reloads = 0; 4288 n_replacements = 0; 4289 n_earlyclobbers = 0; 4290 replace_reloads = replace; 4291 this_insn = insn; 4292 4293 extract_insn (insn); 4294 4295 noperands = reload_n_operands = recog_n_operands; 4296 4297 /* Return if the insn needs no reload processing. */ 4298 if (noperands == 0) 4299 return; 4300 4301 for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++) 4302 { 4303 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]); 4304 int is_set_dest = GET_CODE (body) == SET && (i == 0); 4305 4306 if (insn_code_number >= 0) 4307 if (insn_operand_address_p[insn_code_number][i]) 4308 find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, NULL_PTR, 4309 recog_operand[i], recog_operand_loc[i], 4310 i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT, ind_levels, insn); 4311 4312 /* In these cases, we can't tell if the operand is an input 4313 or an output, so be conservative. In practice it won't be 4314 problem. */ 4315 4316 if (code == MEM) 4317 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]), 4318 recog_operand_loc[i], 4319 XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), 4320 &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), 4321 i, RELOAD_OTHER, ind_levels, insn); 4322 if (code == SUBREG) 4323 recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] 4324 = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, RELOAD_OTHER, 4325 ind_levels, is_set_dest); 4326 if (code == REG) 4327 { 4328 register int regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]); 4329 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest) 4330 recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] 4331 = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 4332#if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload 4333 that feeds this insn. */ 4334 if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) 4335 recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i] 4336 = reg_equiv_mem[regno]; 4337#endif 4338 } 4339 } 4340 4341 /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another 4342 to reduce needs by one. */ 4343 if (!goal_earlyclobber) 4344 combine_reloads (); 4345#endif /* no REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */
| |
4346 return retval; 4347} 4348 4349/* Return 1 if alternative number ALTNUM in constraint-string CONSTRAINT 4350 accepts a memory operand with constant address. */ 4351 4352static int 4353alternative_allows_memconst (constraint, altnum) 4354 const char *constraint; 4355 int altnum; 4356{
| 4265 return retval; 4266} 4267 4268/* Return 1 if alternative number ALTNUM in constraint-string CONSTRAINT 4269 accepts a memory operand with constant address. */ 4270 4271static int 4272alternative_allows_memconst (constraint, altnum) 4273 const char *constraint; 4274 int altnum; 4275{
|
4357 register int c;
| 4276 int c;
|
4358 /* Skip alternatives before the one requested. */ 4359 while (altnum > 0) 4360 { 4361 while (*constraint++ != ','); 4362 altnum--; 4363 } 4364 /* Scan the requested alternative for 'm' or 'o'. 4365 If one of them is present, this alternative accepts memory constants. */ 4366 while ((c = *constraint++) && c != ',' && c != '#') 4367 if (c == 'm' || c == 'o') 4368 return 1; 4369 return 0; 4370} 4371 4372/* Scan X for memory references and scan the addresses for reloading. 4373 Also checks for references to "constant" regs that we want to eliminate 4374 and replaces them with the values they stand for. 4375 We may alter X destructively if it contains a reference to such. 4376 If X is just a constant reg, we return the equivalent value 4377 instead of X. 4378 4379 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine 4380 supports. 4381 4382 OPNUM and TYPE identify the purpose of the reload. 4383 4384 IS_SET_DEST is true if X is the destination of a SET, which is not 4385 appropriate to be replaced by a constant. 4386 4387 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used 4388 to determine if we may generate output reloads, and where to put USEs
| 4277 /* Skip alternatives before the one requested. */ 4278 while (altnum > 0) 4279 { 4280 while (*constraint++ != ','); 4281 altnum--; 4282 } 4283 /* Scan the requested alternative for 'm' or 'o'. 4284 If one of them is present, this alternative accepts memory constants. */ 4285 while ((c = *constraint++) && c != ',' && c != '#') 4286 if (c == 'm' || c == 'o') 4287 return 1; 4288 return 0; 4289} 4290 4291/* Scan X for memory references and scan the addresses for reloading. 4292 Also checks for references to "constant" regs that we want to eliminate 4293 and replaces them with the values they stand for. 4294 We may alter X destructively if it contains a reference to such. 4295 If X is just a constant reg, we return the equivalent value 4296 instead of X. 4297 4298 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine 4299 supports. 4300 4301 OPNUM and TYPE identify the purpose of the reload. 4302 4303 IS_SET_DEST is true if X is the destination of a SET, which is not 4304 appropriate to be replaced by a constant. 4305 4306 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used 4307 to determine if we may generate output reloads, and where to put USEs
|
4389 for pseudos that we have to replace with stack slots. */
| 4308 for pseudos that we have to replace with stack slots.
|
4390
| 4309
|
| 4310 ADDRESS_RELOADED. If nonzero, is a pointer to where we put the 4311 result of find_reloads_address. */ 4312
|
4391static rtx
| 4313static rtx
|
4392find_reloads_toplev (x, opnum, type, ind_levels, is_set_dest, insn)
| 4314find_reloads_toplev (x, opnum, type, ind_levels, is_set_dest, insn, 4315 address_reloaded)
|
4393 rtx x; 4394 int opnum; 4395 enum reload_type type; 4396 int ind_levels; 4397 int is_set_dest; 4398 rtx insn;
| 4316 rtx x; 4317 int opnum; 4318 enum reload_type type; 4319 int ind_levels; 4320 int is_set_dest; 4321 rtx insn;
|
| 4322 int *address_reloaded;
|
4399{
| 4323{
|
4400 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
| 4324 RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
|
4401
| 4325
|
4402 register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 4403 register int i;
| 4326 const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 4327 int i;
|
4404 int copied; 4405 4406 if (code == REG) 4407 { 4408 /* This code is duplicated for speed in find_reloads. */
| 4328 int copied; 4329 4330 if (code == REG) 4331 { 4332 /* This code is duplicated for speed in find_reloads. */
|
4409 register int regno = REGNO (x);
| 4333 int regno = REGNO (x);
|
4410 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest) 4411 x = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 4412#if 0
| 4334 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest) 4335 x = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 4336#if 0
|
4413/* This creates (subreg (mem...)) which would cause an unnecessary 4414 reload of the mem. */
| 4337 /* This creates (subreg (mem...)) which would cause an unnecessary 4338 reload of the mem. */
|
4415 else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) 4416 x = reg_equiv_mem[regno]; 4417#endif 4418 else if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] 4419 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 4420 { 4421 rtx mem = make_memloc (x, regno); 4422 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] 4423 || ! rtx_equal_p (mem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 4424 { 4425 /* If this is not a toplevel operand, find_reloads doesn't see 4426 this substitution. We have to emit a USE of the pseudo so 4427 that delete_output_reload can see it. */
| 4339 else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) 4340 x = reg_equiv_mem[regno]; 4341#endif 4342 else if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] 4343 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 4344 { 4345 rtx mem = make_memloc (x, regno); 4346 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] 4347 || ! rtx_equal_p (mem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 4348 { 4349 /* If this is not a toplevel operand, find_reloads doesn't see 4350 this substitution. We have to emit a USE of the pseudo so 4351 that delete_output_reload can see it. */
|
4428 if (replace_reloads && recog_operand[opnum] != x) 4429 emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, x), insn);
| 4352 if (replace_reloads && recog_data.operand[opnum] != x) 4353 /* We mark the USE with QImode so that we recognize it 4354 as one that can be safely deleted at the end of 4355 reload. */ 4356 PUT_MODE (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, x), insn), 4357 QImode);
|
4430 x = mem;
| 4358 x = mem;
|
4431 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &x, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), 4432 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn);
| 4359 i = find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &x, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), 4360 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn); 4361 if (address_reloaded) 4362 *address_reloaded = i;
|
4433 } 4434 } 4435 return x; 4436 } 4437 if (code == MEM) 4438 { 4439 rtx tem = x;
| 4363 } 4364 } 4365 return x; 4366 } 4367 if (code == MEM) 4368 { 4369 rtx tem = x;
|
4440 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &tem, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), 4441 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn);
| 4370 4371 i = find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &tem, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), 4372 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn); 4373 if (address_reloaded) 4374 *address_reloaded = i; 4375
|
4442 return tem; 4443 } 4444 4445 if (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG) 4446 {
| 4376 return tem; 4377 } 4378 4379 if (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG) 4380 {
|
4447 /* Check for SUBREG containing a REG that's equivalent to a constant.
| 4381 /* Check for SUBREG containing a REG that's equivalent to a constant.
|
4448 If the constant has a known value, truncate it right now. 4449 Similarly if we are extracting a single-word of a multi-word 4450 constant. If the constant is symbolic, allow it to be substituted 4451 normally. push_reload will strip the subreg later. If the 4452 constant is VOIDmode, abort because we will lose the mode of 4453 the register (this should never happen because one of the cases 4454 above should handle it). */ 4455
| 4382 If the constant has a known value, truncate it right now. 4383 Similarly if we are extracting a single-word of a multi-word 4384 constant. If the constant is symbolic, allow it to be substituted 4385 normally. push_reload will strip the subreg later. If the 4386 constant is VOIDmode, abort because we will lose the mode of 4387 the register (this should never happen because one of the cases 4388 above should handle it). */ 4389
|
4456 register int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
| 4390 int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
|
4457 rtx tem; 4458 4459 if (subreg_lowpart_p (x) 4460 && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 4461 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4462 && (tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (x), 4463 reg_equiv_constant[regno])) != 0) 4464 return tem; 4465 4466 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) == BITS_PER_WORD 4467 && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 4468 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4469 && (tem = operand_subword (reg_equiv_constant[regno],
| 4391 rtx tem; 4392 4393 if (subreg_lowpart_p (x) 4394 && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 4395 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4396 && (tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (x), 4397 reg_equiv_constant[regno])) != 0) 4398 return tem; 4399 4400 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) == BITS_PER_WORD 4401 && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 4402 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4403 && (tem = operand_subword (reg_equiv_constant[regno],
|
4470 SUBREG_WORD (x), 0,
| 4404 SUBREG_BYTE (x) / UNITS_PER_WORD, 0,
|
4471 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) != 0) 4472 { 4473 /* TEM is now a word sized constant for the bits from X that 4474 we wanted. However, TEM may be the wrong representation. 4475 4476 Use gen_lowpart_common to convert a CONST_INT into a 4477 CONST_DOUBLE and vice versa as needed according to by the mode 4478 of the SUBREG. */ 4479 tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (x), tem); 4480 if (!tem) 4481 abort (); 4482 return tem; 4483 } 4484 4485 /* If the SUBREG is wider than a word, the above test will fail. 4486 For example, we might have a SImode SUBREG of a DImode SUBREG_REG 4487 for a 16 bit target, or a DImode SUBREG of a TImode SUBREG_REG for 4488 a 32 bit target. We still can - and have to - handle this 4489 for non-paradoxical subregs of CONST_INTs. */ 4490 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 4491 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4492 && GET_CODE (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) == CONST_INT 4493 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) 4494 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))))
| 4405 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) != 0) 4406 { 4407 /* TEM is now a word sized constant for the bits from X that 4408 we wanted. However, TEM may be the wrong representation. 4409 4410 Use gen_lowpart_common to convert a CONST_INT into a 4411 CONST_DOUBLE and vice versa as needed according to by the mode 4412 of the SUBREG. */ 4413 tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (x), tem); 4414 if (!tem) 4415 abort (); 4416 return tem; 4417 } 4418 4419 /* If the SUBREG is wider than a word, the above test will fail. 4420 For example, we might have a SImode SUBREG of a DImode SUBREG_REG 4421 for a 16 bit target, or a DImode SUBREG of a TImode SUBREG_REG for 4422 a 32 bit target. We still can - and have to - handle this 4423 for non-paradoxical subregs of CONST_INTs. */ 4424 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 4425 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4426 && GET_CODE (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) == CONST_INT 4427 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) 4428 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))))
|
4495 { 4496 int shift = SUBREG_WORD (x) * BITS_PER_WORD; 4497 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) 4498 shift = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) 4499 - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) 4500 - shift); 4501 /* Here we use the knowledge that CONST_INTs have a 4502 HOST_WIDE_INT field. */ 4503 if (shift >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) 4504 shift = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1; 4505 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) >> shift); 4506 }
| 4429 { 4430 int shift = SUBREG_BYTE (x) * BITS_PER_UNIT; 4431 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) 4432 shift = (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) 4433 - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) 4434 - shift); 4435 /* Here we use the knowledge that CONST_INTs have a 4436 HOST_WIDE_INT field. */ 4437 if (shift >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) 4438 shift = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1; 4439 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) >> shift); 4440 }
|
4507 4508 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 4509 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4510 && GET_MODE (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) == VOIDmode) 4511 abort (); 4512 4513 /* If the subreg contains a reg that will be converted to a mem, 4514 convert the subreg to a narrower memref now. 4515 Otherwise, we would get (subreg (mem ...) ...), 4516 which would force reload of the mem. 4517 4518 We also need to do this if there is an equivalent MEM that is 4519 not offsettable. In that case, alter_subreg would produce an 4520 invalid address on big-endian machines. 4521 4522 For machines that extend byte loads, we must not reload using 4523 a wider mode if we have a paradoxical SUBREG. find_reloads will 4524 force a reload in that case. So we should not do anything here. */ 4525 4526 else if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 4527#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP 4528 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) 4529 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) 4530#endif 4531 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 4532 || (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0
| 4441 4442 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 4443 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4444 && GET_MODE (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) == VOIDmode) 4445 abort (); 4446 4447 /* If the subreg contains a reg that will be converted to a mem, 4448 convert the subreg to a narrower memref now. 4449 Otherwise, we would get (subreg (mem ...) ...), 4450 which would force reload of the mem. 4451 4452 We also need to do this if there is an equivalent MEM that is 4453 not offsettable. In that case, alter_subreg would produce an 4454 invalid address on big-endian machines. 4455 4456 For machines that extend byte loads, we must not reload using 4457 a wider mode if we have a paradoxical SUBREG. find_reloads will 4458 force a reload in that case. So we should not do anything here. */ 4459 4460 else if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 4461#ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP 4462 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) 4463 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) 4464#endif 4465 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 4466 || (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0
|
4533 && (! strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x),
| 4467 && (! strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x),
|
4534 XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) 4535 || ! offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[regno]) 4536 || num_not_at_initial_offset)))) 4537 x = find_reloads_subreg_address (x, 1, opnum, type, ind_levels, 4538 insn); 4539 } 4540 4541 for (copied = 0, i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 4542 { 4543 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 4544 { 4545 rtx new_part = find_reloads_toplev (XEXP (x, i), opnum, type,
| 4468 XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) 4469 || ! offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[regno]) 4470 || num_not_at_initial_offset)))) 4471 x = find_reloads_subreg_address (x, 1, opnum, type, ind_levels, 4472 insn); 4473 } 4474 4475 for (copied = 0, i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 4476 { 4477 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 4478 { 4479 rtx new_part = find_reloads_toplev (XEXP (x, i), opnum, type,
|
4546 ind_levels, is_set_dest, insn);
| 4480 ind_levels, is_set_dest, insn, 4481 address_reloaded);
|
4547 /* If we have replaced a reg with it's equivalent memory loc - 4548 that can still be handled here e.g. if it's in a paradoxical 4549 subreg - we must make the change in a copy, rather than using 4550 a destructive change. This way, find_reloads can still elect 4551 not to do the change. */ 4552 if (new_part != XEXP (x, i) && ! CONSTANT_P (new_part) && ! copied) 4553 { 4554 x = shallow_copy_rtx (x); 4555 copied = 1; 4556 } 4557 XEXP (x, i) = new_part; 4558 } 4559 } 4560 return x; 4561} 4562 4563/* Return a mem ref for the memory equivalent of reg REGNO. 4564 This mem ref is not shared with anything. */ 4565 4566static rtx 4567make_memloc (ad, regno) 4568 rtx ad; 4569 int regno; 4570{ 4571 /* We must rerun eliminate_regs, in case the elimination 4572 offsets have changed. */ 4573 rtx tem 4574 = XEXP (eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno], 0, NULL_RTX), 0); 4575 4576 /* If TEM might contain a pseudo, we must copy it to avoid 4577 modifying it when we do the substitution for the reload. */
| 4482 /* If we have replaced a reg with it's equivalent memory loc - 4483 that can still be handled here e.g. if it's in a paradoxical 4484 subreg - we must make the change in a copy, rather than using 4485 a destructive change. This way, find_reloads can still elect 4486 not to do the change. */ 4487 if (new_part != XEXP (x, i) && ! CONSTANT_P (new_part) && ! copied) 4488 { 4489 x = shallow_copy_rtx (x); 4490 copied = 1; 4491 } 4492 XEXP (x, i) = new_part; 4493 } 4494 } 4495 return x; 4496} 4497 4498/* Return a mem ref for the memory equivalent of reg REGNO. 4499 This mem ref is not shared with anything. */ 4500 4501static rtx 4502make_memloc (ad, regno) 4503 rtx ad; 4504 int regno; 4505{ 4506 /* We must rerun eliminate_regs, in case the elimination 4507 offsets have changed. */ 4508 rtx tem 4509 = XEXP (eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno], 0, NULL_RTX), 0); 4510 4511 /* If TEM might contain a pseudo, we must copy it to avoid 4512 modifying it when we do the substitution for the reload. */
|
4578 if (rtx_varies_p (tem))
| 4513 if (rtx_varies_p (tem, 0))
|
4579 tem = copy_rtx (tem); 4580
| 4514 tem = copy_rtx (tem); 4515
|
4581 tem = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (ad), tem); 4582 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (tem) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
| 4516 tem = replace_equiv_address_nv (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno], tem); 4517 tem = adjust_address_nv (tem, GET_MODE (ad), 0); 4518 4519 /* Copy the result if it's still the same as the equivalence, to avoid 4520 modifying it when we do the substitution for the reload. */ 4521 if (tem == reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]) 4522 tem = copy_rtx (tem);
|
4583 return tem; 4584} 4585 4586/* Record all reloads needed for handling memory address AD 4587 which appears in *LOC in a memory reference to mode MODE 4588 which itself is found in location *MEMREFLOC. 4589 Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode 4590 occurs as part of an address. 4591 4592 OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of this reload. 4593 4594 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine 4595 supports. 4596 4597 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used 4598 to determine if we may generate output reloads, and where to put USEs 4599 for pseudos that we have to replace with stack slots. 4600 4601 Value is nonzero if this address is reloaded or replaced as a whole. 4602 This is interesting to the caller if the address is an autoincrement. 4603 4604 Note that there is no verification that the address will be valid after 4605 this routine does its work. Instead, we rely on the fact that the address 4606 was valid when reload started. So we need only undo things that reload 4607 could have broken. These are wrong register types, pseudos not allocated 4608 to a hard register, and frame pointer elimination. */ 4609 4610static int 4611find_reloads_address (mode, memrefloc, ad, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels, insn) 4612 enum machine_mode mode; 4613 rtx *memrefloc; 4614 rtx ad; 4615 rtx *loc; 4616 int opnum; 4617 enum reload_type type; 4618 int ind_levels; 4619 rtx insn; 4620{
| 4523 return tem; 4524} 4525 4526/* Record all reloads needed for handling memory address AD 4527 which appears in *LOC in a memory reference to mode MODE 4528 which itself is found in location *MEMREFLOC. 4529 Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode 4530 occurs as part of an address. 4531 4532 OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of this reload. 4533 4534 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine 4535 supports. 4536 4537 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used 4538 to determine if we may generate output reloads, and where to put USEs 4539 for pseudos that we have to replace with stack slots. 4540 4541 Value is nonzero if this address is reloaded or replaced as a whole. 4542 This is interesting to the caller if the address is an autoincrement. 4543 4544 Note that there is no verification that the address will be valid after 4545 this routine does its work. Instead, we rely on the fact that the address 4546 was valid when reload started. So we need only undo things that reload 4547 could have broken. These are wrong register types, pseudos not allocated 4548 to a hard register, and frame pointer elimination. */ 4549 4550static int 4551find_reloads_address (mode, memrefloc, ad, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels, insn) 4552 enum machine_mode mode; 4553 rtx *memrefloc; 4554 rtx ad; 4555 rtx *loc; 4556 int opnum; 4557 enum reload_type type; 4558 int ind_levels; 4559 rtx insn; 4560{
|
4621 register int regno;
| 4561 int regno;
|
4622 int removed_and = 0; 4623 rtx tem; 4624 4625 /* If the address is a register, see if it is a legitimate address and 4626 reload if not. We first handle the cases where we need not reload 4627 or where we must reload in a non-standard way. */ 4628 4629 if (GET_CODE (ad) == REG) 4630 { 4631 regno = REGNO (ad); 4632
| 4562 int removed_and = 0; 4563 rtx tem; 4564 4565 /* If the address is a register, see if it is a legitimate address and 4566 reload if not. We first handle the cases where we need not reload 4567 or where we must reload in a non-standard way. */ 4568 4569 if (GET_CODE (ad) == REG) 4570 { 4571 regno = REGNO (ad); 4572
|
4633 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 4634 && strict_memory_address_p (mode, reg_equiv_constant[regno]))
| 4573 /* If the register is equivalent to an invariant expression, substitute 4574 the invariant, and eliminate any eliminable register references. */ 4575 tem = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 4576 if (tem != 0 4577 && (tem = eliminate_regs (tem, mode, insn)) 4578 && strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem))
|
4635 {
| 4579 {
|
4636 *loc = ad = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
| 4580 *loc = ad = tem;
|
4637 return 0; 4638 } 4639 4640 tem = reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]; 4641 if (tem != 0) 4642 { 4643 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset) 4644 { 4645 tem = make_memloc (ad, regno); 4646 if (! strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (tem), XEXP (tem, 0))) 4647 {
| 4581 return 0; 4582 } 4583 4584 tem = reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]; 4585 if (tem != 0) 4586 { 4587 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset) 4588 { 4589 tem = make_memloc (ad, regno); 4590 if (! strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (tem), XEXP (tem, 0))) 4591 {
|
4648 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), NULL_PTR, XEXP (tem, 0),
| 4592 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), (rtx*) 0, XEXP (tem, 0),
|
4649 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), 4650 ind_levels, insn); 4651 } 4652 /* We can avoid a reload if the register's equivalent memory 4653 expression is valid as an indirect memory address. 4654 But not all addresses are valid in a mem used as an indirect 4655 address: only reg or reg+constant. */ 4656 4657 if (ind_levels > 0 4658 && strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem) 4659 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == REG 4660 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS 4661 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == REG 4662 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1))))) 4663 { 4664 /* TEM is not the same as what we'll be replacing the 4665 pseudo with after reload, put a USE in front of INSN 4666 in the final reload pass. */ 4667 if (replace_reloads 4668 && num_not_at_initial_offset 4669 && ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 4670 { 4671 *loc = tem;
| 4593 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), 4594 ind_levels, insn); 4595 } 4596 /* We can avoid a reload if the register's equivalent memory 4597 expression is valid as an indirect memory address. 4598 But not all addresses are valid in a mem used as an indirect 4599 address: only reg or reg+constant. */ 4600 4601 if (ind_levels > 0 4602 && strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem) 4603 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == REG 4604 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS 4605 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == REG 4606 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1))))) 4607 { 4608 /* TEM is not the same as what we'll be replacing the 4609 pseudo with after reload, put a USE in front of INSN 4610 in the final reload pass. */ 4611 if (replace_reloads 4612 && num_not_at_initial_offset 4613 && ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 4614 { 4615 *loc = tem;
|
4672 emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, ad), insn);
| 4616 /* We mark the USE with QImode so that we 4617 recognize it as one that can be safely 4618 deleted at the end of reload. */ 4619 PUT_MODE (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, ad), 4620 insn), QImode); 4621
|
4673 /* This doesn't really count as replacing the address 4674 as a whole, since it is still a memory access. */ 4675 } 4676 return 0; 4677 } 4678 ad = tem; 4679 } 4680 } 4681 4682 /* The only remaining case where we can avoid a reload is if this is a 4683 hard register that is valid as a base register and which is not the 4684 subject of a CLOBBER in this insn. */ 4685 4686 else if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 4687 && REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode)
| 4622 /* This doesn't really count as replacing the address 4623 as a whole, since it is still a memory access. */ 4624 } 4625 return 0; 4626 } 4627 ad = tem; 4628 } 4629 } 4630 4631 /* The only remaining case where we can avoid a reload is if this is a 4632 hard register that is valid as a base register and which is not the 4633 subject of a CLOBBER in this insn. */ 4634 4635 else if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 4636 && REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode)
|
4688 && ! regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn, GET_MODE (ad), 0))
| 4637 && ! regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn, mode, 0))
|
4689 return 0; 4690 4691 /* If we do not have one of the cases above, we must do the reload. */
| 4638 return 0; 4639 4640 /* If we do not have one of the cases above, we must do the reload. */
|
4692 push_reload (ad, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, BASE_REG_CLASS,
| 4641 push_reload (ad, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode),
|
4693 GET_MODE (ad), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 4694 return 1; 4695 } 4696 4697 if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4698 { 4699 /* The address appears valid, so reloads are not needed. 4700 But the address may contain an eliminable register. 4701 This can happen because a machine with indirect addressing 4702 may consider a pseudo register by itself a valid address even when 4703 it has failed to get a hard reg. 4704 So do a tree-walk to find and eliminate all such regs. */ 4705 4706 /* But first quickly dispose of a common case. */ 4707 if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS 4708 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT 4709 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG 4710 && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0))] == 0) 4711 return 0; 4712 4713 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0; 4714 *loc = subst_reg_equivs (ad, insn); 4715 4716 if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed) 4717 return 0; 4718 4719 /* Check result for validity after substitution. */ 4720 if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4721 return 0; 4722 } 4723 4724#ifdef LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS 4725 do 4726 { 4727 if (memrefloc) 4728 { 4729 LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (ad, GET_MODE (*memrefloc), opnum, type, 4730 ind_levels, win); 4731 } 4732 break; 4733 win: 4734 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); 4735 XEXP (*memrefloc, 0) = ad; 4736 move_replacements (&ad, &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0)); 4737 return 1; 4738 } 4739 while (0); 4740#endif 4741 4742 /* The address is not valid. We have to figure out why. First see if 4743 we have an outer AND and remove it if so. Then analyze what's inside. */ 4744 4745 if (GET_CODE (ad) == AND) 4746 { 4747 removed_and = 1; 4748 loc = &XEXP (ad, 0); 4749 ad = *loc; 4750 } 4751 4752 /* One possibility for why the address is invalid is that it is itself 4753 a MEM. This can happen when the frame pointer is being eliminated, a 4754 pseudo is not allocated to a hard register, and the offset between the 4755 frame and stack pointers is not its initial value. In that case the 4756 pseudo will have been replaced by a MEM referring to the 4757 stack pointer. */ 4758 if (GET_CODE (ad) == MEM) 4759 { 4760 /* First ensure that the address in this MEM is valid. Then, unless 4761 indirect addresses are valid, reload the MEM into a register. */ 4762 tem = ad; 4763 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (ad), &tem, XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0), 4764 opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), 4765 ind_levels == 0 ? 0 : ind_levels - 1, insn); 4766 4767 /* If tem was changed, then we must create a new memory reference to 4768 hold it and store it back into memrefloc. */ 4769 if (tem != ad && memrefloc) 4770 { 4771 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); 4772 copy_replacements (tem, XEXP (*memrefloc, 0)); 4773 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); 4774 if (removed_and) 4775 loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0); 4776 } 4777 4778 /* Check similar cases as for indirect addresses as above except 4779 that we can allow pseudos and a MEM since they should have been 4780 taken care of above. */ 4781 4782 if (ind_levels == 0 4783 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF && ! indirect_symref_ok) 4784 || GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == MEM 4785 || ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == REG 4786 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS 4787 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == REG 4788 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT))) 4789 { 4790 /* Must use TEM here, not AD, since it is the one that will 4791 have any subexpressions reloaded, if needed. */
| 4642 GET_MODE (ad), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 4643 return 1; 4644 } 4645 4646 if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4647 { 4648 /* The address appears valid, so reloads are not needed. 4649 But the address may contain an eliminable register. 4650 This can happen because a machine with indirect addressing 4651 may consider a pseudo register by itself a valid address even when 4652 it has failed to get a hard reg. 4653 So do a tree-walk to find and eliminate all such regs. */ 4654 4655 /* But first quickly dispose of a common case. */ 4656 if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS 4657 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT 4658 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG 4659 && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0))] == 0) 4660 return 0; 4661 4662 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0; 4663 *loc = subst_reg_equivs (ad, insn); 4664 4665 if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed) 4666 return 0; 4667 4668 /* Check result for validity after substitution. */ 4669 if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4670 return 0; 4671 } 4672 4673#ifdef LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS 4674 do 4675 { 4676 if (memrefloc) 4677 { 4678 LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (ad, GET_MODE (*memrefloc), opnum, type, 4679 ind_levels, win); 4680 } 4681 break; 4682 win: 4683 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); 4684 XEXP (*memrefloc, 0) = ad; 4685 move_replacements (&ad, &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0)); 4686 return 1; 4687 } 4688 while (0); 4689#endif 4690 4691 /* The address is not valid. We have to figure out why. First see if 4692 we have an outer AND and remove it if so. Then analyze what's inside. */ 4693 4694 if (GET_CODE (ad) == AND) 4695 { 4696 removed_and = 1; 4697 loc = &XEXP (ad, 0); 4698 ad = *loc; 4699 } 4700 4701 /* One possibility for why the address is invalid is that it is itself 4702 a MEM. This can happen when the frame pointer is being eliminated, a 4703 pseudo is not allocated to a hard register, and the offset between the 4704 frame and stack pointers is not its initial value. In that case the 4705 pseudo will have been replaced by a MEM referring to the 4706 stack pointer. */ 4707 if (GET_CODE (ad) == MEM) 4708 { 4709 /* First ensure that the address in this MEM is valid. Then, unless 4710 indirect addresses are valid, reload the MEM into a register. */ 4711 tem = ad; 4712 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (ad), &tem, XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0), 4713 opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), 4714 ind_levels == 0 ? 0 : ind_levels - 1, insn); 4715 4716 /* If tem was changed, then we must create a new memory reference to 4717 hold it and store it back into memrefloc. */ 4718 if (tem != ad && memrefloc) 4719 { 4720 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); 4721 copy_replacements (tem, XEXP (*memrefloc, 0)); 4722 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); 4723 if (removed_and) 4724 loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0); 4725 } 4726 4727 /* Check similar cases as for indirect addresses as above except 4728 that we can allow pseudos and a MEM since they should have been 4729 taken care of above. */ 4730 4731 if (ind_levels == 0 4732 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF && ! indirect_symref_ok) 4733 || GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == MEM 4734 || ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == REG 4735 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS 4736 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == REG 4737 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT))) 4738 { 4739 /* Must use TEM here, not AD, since it is the one that will 4740 have any subexpressions reloaded, if needed. */
|
4792 push_reload (tem, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, 4793 BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (tem),
| 4741 push_reload (tem, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, 4742 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode), GET_MODE (tem),
|
4794 VOIDmode, 0, 4795 0, opnum, type); 4796 return ! removed_and; 4797 } 4798 else 4799 return 0; 4800 } 4801 4802 /* If we have address of a stack slot but it's not valid because the 4803 displacement is too large, compute the sum in a register. 4804 Handle all base registers here, not just fp/ap/sp, because on some 4805 targets (namely SH) we can also get too large displacements from 4806 big-endian corrections. */ 4807 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS 4808 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG 4809 && REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 4810 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ad, 0), mode) 4811 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT) 4812 { 4813 /* Unshare the MEM rtx so we can safely alter it. */ 4814 if (memrefloc) 4815 { 4816 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); 4817 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); 4818 if (removed_and) 4819 loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0); 4820 } 4821 4822 if (double_reg_address_ok) 4823 { 4824 /* Unshare the sum as well. */ 4825 *loc = ad = copy_rtx (ad); 4826 4827 /* Reload the displacement into an index reg. 4828 We assume the frame pointer or arg pointer is a base reg. */ 4829 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1), 4830 INDEX_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (ad), opnum, 4831 type, ind_levels); 4832 return 0; 4833 } 4834 else 4835 { 4836 /* If the sum of two regs is not necessarily valid, 4837 reload the sum into a base reg. 4838 That will at least work. */
| 4743 VOIDmode, 0, 4744 0, opnum, type); 4745 return ! removed_and; 4746 } 4747 else 4748 return 0; 4749 } 4750 4751 /* If we have address of a stack slot but it's not valid because the 4752 displacement is too large, compute the sum in a register. 4753 Handle all base registers here, not just fp/ap/sp, because on some 4754 targets (namely SH) we can also get too large displacements from 4755 big-endian corrections. */ 4756 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS 4757 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG 4758 && REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 4759 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (XEXP (ad, 0), mode) 4760 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT) 4761 { 4762 /* Unshare the MEM rtx so we can safely alter it. */ 4763 if (memrefloc) 4764 { 4765 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); 4766 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); 4767 if (removed_and) 4768 loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0); 4769 } 4770 4771 if (double_reg_address_ok) 4772 { 4773 /* Unshare the sum as well. */ 4774 *loc = ad = copy_rtx (ad); 4775 4776 /* Reload the displacement into an index reg. 4777 We assume the frame pointer or arg pointer is a base reg. */ 4778 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1), 4779 INDEX_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (ad), opnum, 4780 type, ind_levels); 4781 return 0; 4782 } 4783 else 4784 { 4785 /* If the sum of two regs is not necessarily valid, 4786 reload the sum into a base reg. 4787 That will at least work. */
|
4839 find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, BASE_REG_CLASS,
| 4788 find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode),
|
4840 Pmode, opnum, type, ind_levels); 4841 } 4842 return ! removed_and; 4843 } 4844 4845 /* If we have an indexed stack slot, there are three possible reasons why 4846 it might be invalid: The index might need to be reloaded, the address 4847 might have been made by frame pointer elimination and hence have a
| 4789 Pmode, opnum, type, ind_levels); 4790 } 4791 return ! removed_and; 4792 } 4793 4794 /* If we have an indexed stack slot, there are three possible reasons why 4795 it might be invalid: The index might need to be reloaded, the address 4796 might have been made by frame pointer elimination and hence have a
|
4848 constant out of range, or both reasons might apply.
| 4797 constant out of range, or both reasons might apply.
|
4849 4850 We can easily check for an index needing reload, but even if that is the 4851 case, we might also have an invalid constant. To avoid making the 4852 conservative assumption and requiring two reloads, we see if this address 4853 is valid when not interpreted strictly. If it is, the only problem is 4854 that the index needs a reload and find_reloads_address_1 will take care 4855 of it. 4856
| 4798 4799 We can easily check for an index needing reload, but even if that is the 4800 case, we might also have an invalid constant. To avoid making the 4801 conservative assumption and requiring two reloads, we see if this address 4802 is valid when not interpreted strictly. If it is, the only problem is 4803 that the index needs a reload and find_reloads_address_1 will take care 4804 of it. 4805
|
4857 There is still a case when we might generate an extra reload, 4858 however. In certain cases eliminate_regs will return a MEM for a REG 4859 (see the code there for details). In those cases, memory_address_p 4860 applied to our address will return 0 so we will think that our offset 4861 must be too large. But it might indeed be valid and the only problem 4862 is that a MEM is present where a REG should be. This case should be 4863 very rare and there doesn't seem to be any way to avoid it. 4864
| |
4865 If we decide to do something here, it must be that 4866 `double_reg_address_ok' is true and that this address rtl was made by 4867 eliminate_regs. We generate a reload of the fp/sp/ap + constant and 4868 rework the sum so that the reload register will be added to the index. 4869 This is safe because we know the address isn't shared. 4870 4871 We check for fp/ap/sp as both the first and second operand of the 4872 innermost PLUS. */ 4873 4874 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT 4875 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS 4876 && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == frame_pointer_rtx 4877#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM 4878 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx 4879#endif 4880#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM 4881 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == arg_pointer_rtx 4882#endif 4883 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) 4884 && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4885 { 4886 *loc = ad = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (ad), 4887 plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0), 4888 INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))),
| 4806 If we decide to do something here, it must be that 4807 `double_reg_address_ok' is true and that this address rtl was made by 4808 eliminate_regs. We generate a reload of the fp/sp/ap + constant and 4809 rework the sum so that the reload register will be added to the index. 4810 This is safe because we know the address isn't shared. 4811 4812 We check for fp/ap/sp as both the first and second operand of the 4813 innermost PLUS. */ 4814 4815 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT 4816 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS 4817 && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == frame_pointer_rtx 4818#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM 4819 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx 4820#endif 4821#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM 4822 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == arg_pointer_rtx 4823#endif 4824 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) 4825 && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4826 { 4827 *loc = ad = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (ad), 4828 plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0), 4829 INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))),
|
4889 XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1)); 4890 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0), BASE_REG_CLASS,
| 4830 XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1)); 4831 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0), 4832 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode),
|
4891 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels); 4892 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (ad, 1), 1, &XEXP (ad, 1), opnum, 4893 type, 0, insn); 4894 4895 return 0; 4896 }
| 4833 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels); 4834 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (ad, 1), 1, &XEXP (ad, 1), opnum, 4835 type, 0, insn); 4836 4837 return 0; 4838 }
|
4897
| 4839
|
4898 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT 4899 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS 4900 && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == frame_pointer_rtx 4901#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM 4902 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx 4903#endif 4904#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM 4905 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == arg_pointer_rtx 4906#endif 4907 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == stack_pointer_rtx) 4908 && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4909 { 4910 *loc = ad = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (ad), 4911 XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0), 4912 plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1), 4913 INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))));
| 4840 else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT 4841 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS 4842 && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == frame_pointer_rtx 4843#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM 4844 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx 4845#endif 4846#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM 4847 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == arg_pointer_rtx 4848#endif 4849 || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == stack_pointer_rtx) 4850 && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4851 { 4852 *loc = ad = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (ad), 4853 XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0), 4854 plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1), 4855 INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))));
|
4914 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1), BASE_REG_CLASS,
| 4856 find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1), 4857 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode),
|
4915 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels); 4916 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (ad, 0), 1, &XEXP (ad, 0), opnum, 4917 type, 0, insn); 4918 4919 return 0; 4920 }
| 4858 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels); 4859 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (ad, 0), 1, &XEXP (ad, 0), opnum, 4860 type, 0, insn); 4861 4862 return 0; 4863 }
|
4921
| 4864
|
4922 /* See if address becomes valid when an eliminable register 4923 in a sum is replaced. */ 4924 4925 tem = ad; 4926 if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS) 4927 tem = subst_indexed_address (ad); 4928 if (tem != ad && strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem)) 4929 { 4930 /* Ok, we win that way. Replace any additional eliminable 4931 registers. */ 4932 4933 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0; 4934 tem = subst_reg_equivs (tem, insn); 4935 4936 /* Make sure that didn't make the address invalid again. */ 4937 4938 if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed || strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem)) 4939 { 4940 *loc = tem; 4941 return 0; 4942 } 4943 } 4944 4945 /* If constants aren't valid addresses, reload the constant address 4946 into a register. */ 4947 if (CONSTANT_P (ad) && ! strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4948 {
| 4865 /* See if address becomes valid when an eliminable register 4866 in a sum is replaced. */ 4867 4868 tem = ad; 4869 if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS) 4870 tem = subst_indexed_address (ad); 4871 if (tem != ad && strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem)) 4872 { 4873 /* Ok, we win that way. Replace any additional eliminable 4874 registers. */ 4875 4876 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0; 4877 tem = subst_reg_equivs (tem, insn); 4878 4879 /* Make sure that didn't make the address invalid again. */ 4880 4881 if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed || strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem)) 4882 { 4883 *loc = tem; 4884 return 0; 4885 } 4886 } 4887 4888 /* If constants aren't valid addresses, reload the constant address 4889 into a register. */ 4890 if (CONSTANT_P (ad) && ! strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad)) 4891 {
|
4949 /* If AD is in address in the constant pool, the MEM rtx may be shared.
| 4892 /* If AD is an address in the constant pool, the MEM rtx may be shared.
|
4950 Unshare it so we can safely alter it. */ 4951 if (memrefloc && GET_CODE (ad) == SYMBOL_REF 4952 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (ad)) 4953 { 4954 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); 4955 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); 4956 if (removed_and) 4957 loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0); 4958 } 4959
| 4893 Unshare it so we can safely alter it. */ 4894 if (memrefloc && GET_CODE (ad) == SYMBOL_REF 4895 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (ad)) 4896 { 4897 *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc); 4898 loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0); 4899 if (removed_and) 4900 loc = &XEXP (*loc, 0); 4901 } 4902
|
4960 find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, BASE_REG_CLASS, Pmode, opnum, type, 4961 ind_levels);
| 4903 find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode), 4904 Pmode, opnum, type, ind_levels);
|
4962 return ! removed_and; 4963 } 4964 4965 return find_reloads_address_1 (mode, ad, 0, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels, 4966 insn); 4967} 4968 4969/* Find all pseudo regs appearing in AD 4970 that are eliminable in favor of equivalent values 4971 and do not have hard regs; replace them by their equivalents. 4972 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. We put USEs in 4973 front of it for pseudos that we have to replace with stack slots. */ 4974 4975static rtx 4976subst_reg_equivs (ad, insn) 4977 rtx ad; 4978 rtx insn; 4979{
| 4905 return ! removed_and; 4906 } 4907 4908 return find_reloads_address_1 (mode, ad, 0, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels, 4909 insn); 4910} 4911 4912/* Find all pseudo regs appearing in AD 4913 that are eliminable in favor of equivalent values 4914 and do not have hard regs; replace them by their equivalents. 4915 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. We put USEs in 4916 front of it for pseudos that we have to replace with stack slots. */ 4917 4918static rtx 4919subst_reg_equivs (ad, insn) 4920 rtx ad; 4921 rtx insn; 4922{
|
4980 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (ad); 4981 register int i; 4982 register char *fmt;
| 4923 RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (ad); 4924 int i; 4925 const char *fmt;
|
4983 4984 switch (code) 4985 { 4986 case HIGH: 4987 case CONST_INT: 4988 case CONST: 4989 case CONST_DOUBLE: 4990 case SYMBOL_REF: 4991 case LABEL_REF: 4992 case PC: 4993 case CC0: 4994 return ad; 4995 4996 case REG: 4997 {
| 4926 4927 switch (code) 4928 { 4929 case HIGH: 4930 case CONST_INT: 4931 case CONST: 4932 case CONST_DOUBLE: 4933 case SYMBOL_REF: 4934 case LABEL_REF: 4935 case PC: 4936 case CC0: 4937 return ad; 4938 4939 case REG: 4940 {
|
4998 register int regno = REGNO (ad);
| 4941 int regno = REGNO (ad);
|
4999 5000 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 5001 { 5002 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 1; 5003 return reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 5004 } 5005 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] && num_not_at_initial_offset) 5006 { 5007 rtx mem = make_memloc (ad, regno); 5008 if (! rtx_equal_p (mem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 5009 { 5010 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 1;
| 4942 4943 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 4944 { 4945 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 1; 4946 return reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 4947 } 4948 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] && num_not_at_initial_offset) 4949 { 4950 rtx mem = make_memloc (ad, regno); 4951 if (! rtx_equal_p (mem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 4952 { 4953 subst_reg_equivs_changed = 1;
|
5011 emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, ad), insn);
| 4954 /* We mark the USE with QImode so that we recognize it 4955 as one that can be safely deleted at the end of 4956 reload. */ 4957 PUT_MODE (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, ad), insn), 4958 QImode);
|
5012 return mem; 5013 } 5014 } 5015 } 5016 return ad; 5017 5018 case PLUS: 5019 /* Quickly dispose of a common case. */ 5020 if (XEXP (ad, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx 5021 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT) 5022 return ad; 5023 break;
| 4959 return mem; 4960 } 4961 } 4962 } 4963 return ad; 4964 4965 case PLUS: 4966 /* Quickly dispose of a common case. */ 4967 if (XEXP (ad, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx 4968 && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT) 4969 return ad; 4970 break;
|
5024
| 4971
|
5025 default: 5026 break; 5027 } 5028 5029 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 5030 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 5031 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 5032 XEXP (ad, i) = subst_reg_equivs (XEXP (ad, i), insn); 5033 return ad; 5034} 5035 5036/* Compute the sum of X and Y, making canonicalizations assumed in an 5037 address, namely: sum constant integers, surround the sum of two 5038 constants with a CONST, put the constant as the second operand, and 5039 group the constant on the outermost sum. 5040 5041 This routine assumes both inputs are already in canonical form. */ 5042 5043rtx 5044form_sum (x, y) 5045 rtx x, y; 5046{ 5047 rtx tem; 5048 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); 5049 5050 if (mode == VOIDmode) 5051 mode = GET_MODE (y); 5052 5053 if (mode == VOIDmode) 5054 mode = Pmode; 5055 5056 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT) 5057 return plus_constant (y, INTVAL (x)); 5058 else if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT) 5059 return plus_constant (x, INTVAL (y)); 5060 else if (CONSTANT_P (x)) 5061 tem = x, x = y, y = tem; 5062 5063 if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))) 5064 return form_sum (XEXP (x, 0), form_sum (XEXP (x, 1), y)); 5065 5066 /* Note that if the operands of Y are specified in the opposite 5067 order in the recursive calls below, infinite recursion will occur. */ 5068 if (GET_CODE (y) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (y, 1))) 5069 return form_sum (form_sum (x, XEXP (y, 0)), XEXP (y, 1)); 5070 5071 /* If both constant, encapsulate sum. Otherwise, just form sum. A 5072 constant will have been placed second. */ 5073 if (CONSTANT_P (x) && CONSTANT_P (y)) 5074 { 5075 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST) 5076 x = XEXP (x, 0); 5077 if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST) 5078 y = XEXP (y, 0); 5079 5080 return gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, y)); 5081 } 5082 5083 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, y); 5084} 5085 5086/* If ADDR is a sum containing a pseudo register that should be 5087 replaced with a constant (from reg_equiv_constant), 5088 return the result of doing so, and also apply the associative 5089 law so that the result is more likely to be a valid address. 5090 (But it is not guaranteed to be one.) 5091 5092 Note that at most one register is replaced, even if more are 5093 replaceable. Also, we try to put the result into a canonical form 5094 so it is more likely to be a valid address. 5095 5096 In all other cases, return ADDR. */ 5097 5098static rtx 5099subst_indexed_address (addr) 5100 rtx addr; 5101{ 5102 rtx op0 = 0, op1 = 0, op2 = 0; 5103 rtx tem; 5104 int regno; 5105 5106 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS) 5107 { 5108 /* Try to find a register to replace. */ 5109 op0 = XEXP (addr, 0), op1 = XEXP (addr, 1), op2 = 0; 5110 if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG 5111 && (regno = REGNO (op0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5112 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 5113 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 5114 op0 = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 5115 else if (GET_CODE (op1) == REG
| 4972 default: 4973 break; 4974 } 4975 4976 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 4977 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 4978 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 4979 XEXP (ad, i) = subst_reg_equivs (XEXP (ad, i), insn); 4980 return ad; 4981} 4982 4983/* Compute the sum of X and Y, making canonicalizations assumed in an 4984 address, namely: sum constant integers, surround the sum of two 4985 constants with a CONST, put the constant as the second operand, and 4986 group the constant on the outermost sum. 4987 4988 This routine assumes both inputs are already in canonical form. */ 4989 4990rtx 4991form_sum (x, y) 4992 rtx x, y; 4993{ 4994 rtx tem; 4995 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); 4996 4997 if (mode == VOIDmode) 4998 mode = GET_MODE (y); 4999 5000 if (mode == VOIDmode) 5001 mode = Pmode; 5002 5003 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT) 5004 return plus_constant (y, INTVAL (x)); 5005 else if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT) 5006 return plus_constant (x, INTVAL (y)); 5007 else if (CONSTANT_P (x)) 5008 tem = x, x = y, y = tem; 5009 5010 if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))) 5011 return form_sum (XEXP (x, 0), form_sum (XEXP (x, 1), y)); 5012 5013 /* Note that if the operands of Y are specified in the opposite 5014 order in the recursive calls below, infinite recursion will occur. */ 5015 if (GET_CODE (y) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (y, 1))) 5016 return form_sum (form_sum (x, XEXP (y, 0)), XEXP (y, 1)); 5017 5018 /* If both constant, encapsulate sum. Otherwise, just form sum. A 5019 constant will have been placed second. */ 5020 if (CONSTANT_P (x) && CONSTANT_P (y)) 5021 { 5022 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST) 5023 x = XEXP (x, 0); 5024 if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST) 5025 y = XEXP (y, 0); 5026 5027 return gen_rtx_CONST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, y)); 5028 } 5029 5030 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, y); 5031} 5032 5033/* If ADDR is a sum containing a pseudo register that should be 5034 replaced with a constant (from reg_equiv_constant), 5035 return the result of doing so, and also apply the associative 5036 law so that the result is more likely to be a valid address. 5037 (But it is not guaranteed to be one.) 5038 5039 Note that at most one register is replaced, even if more are 5040 replaceable. Also, we try to put the result into a canonical form 5041 so it is more likely to be a valid address. 5042 5043 In all other cases, return ADDR. */ 5044 5045static rtx 5046subst_indexed_address (addr) 5047 rtx addr; 5048{ 5049 rtx op0 = 0, op1 = 0, op2 = 0; 5050 rtx tem; 5051 int regno; 5052 5053 if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS) 5054 { 5055 /* Try to find a register to replace. */ 5056 op0 = XEXP (addr, 0), op1 = XEXP (addr, 1), op2 = 0; 5057 if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG 5058 && (regno = REGNO (op0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5059 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 5060 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 5061 op0 = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 5062 else if (GET_CODE (op1) == REG
|
5116 && (regno = REGNO (op1)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5117 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 5118 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
| 5063 && (regno = REGNO (op1)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5064 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 5065 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
|
5119 op1 = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 5120 else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS 5121 && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op0)) != op0) 5122 op0 = tem; 5123 else if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS 5124 && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op1)) != op1) 5125 op1 = tem; 5126 else 5127 return addr; 5128 5129 /* Pick out up to three things to add. */ 5130 if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS) 5131 op2 = XEXP (op1, 1), op1 = XEXP (op1, 0); 5132 else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS) 5133 op2 = op1, op1 = XEXP (op0, 1), op0 = XEXP (op0, 0); 5134 5135 /* Compute the sum. */ 5136 if (op2 != 0) 5137 op1 = form_sum (op1, op2); 5138 if (op1 != 0) 5139 op0 = form_sum (op0, op1); 5140 5141 return op0; 5142 } 5143 return addr; 5144} 5145
| 5066 op1 = reg_equiv_constant[regno]; 5067 else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS 5068 && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op0)) != op0) 5069 op0 = tem; 5070 else if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS 5071 && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op1)) != op1) 5072 op1 = tem; 5073 else 5074 return addr; 5075 5076 /* Pick out up to three things to add. */ 5077 if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS) 5078 op2 = XEXP (op1, 1), op1 = XEXP (op1, 0); 5079 else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS) 5080 op2 = op1, op1 = XEXP (op0, 1), op0 = XEXP (op0, 0); 5081 5082 /* Compute the sum. */ 5083 if (op2 != 0) 5084 op1 = form_sum (op1, op2); 5085 if (op1 != 0) 5086 op0 = form_sum (op0, op1); 5087 5088 return op0; 5089 } 5090 return addr; 5091} 5092
|
| 5093/* Update the REG_INC notes for an insn. It updates all REG_INC 5094 notes for the instruction which refer to REGNO the to refer 5095 to the reload number. 5096 5097 INSN is the insn for which any REG_INC notes need updating. 5098 5099 REGNO is the register number which has been reloaded. 5100 5101 RELOADNUM is the reload number. */ 5102 5103static void 5104update_auto_inc_notes (insn, regno, reloadnum) 5105 rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; 5106 int regno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; 5107 int reloadnum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; 5108{ 5109#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC 5110 rtx link; 5111 5112 for (link = REG_NOTES (insn); link; link = XEXP (link, 1)) 5113 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC 5114 && REGNO (XEXP (link, 0)) == regno) 5115 push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode); 5116#endif 5117} 5118
|
5146/* Record the pseudo registers we must reload into hard registers in a 5147 subexpression of a would-be memory address, X referring to a value 5148 in mode MODE. (This function is not called if the address we find 5149 is strictly valid.) 5150 5151 CONTEXT = 1 means we are considering regs as index regs, 5152 = 0 means we are considering them as base regs. 5153 5154 OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of any reloads made. 5155 5156 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing are 5157 supported at this point in the address. 5158 5159 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used 5160 to determine if we may generate output reloads. 5161 5162 We return nonzero if X, as a whole, is reloaded or replaced. */ 5163 5164/* Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode 5165 occurs as part of an address. 5166 Also, this is not fully machine-customizable; it works for machines
| 5119/* Record the pseudo registers we must reload into hard registers in a 5120 subexpression of a would-be memory address, X referring to a value 5121 in mode MODE. (This function is not called if the address we find 5122 is strictly valid.) 5123 5124 CONTEXT = 1 means we are considering regs as index regs, 5125 = 0 means we are considering them as base regs. 5126 5127 OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of any reloads made. 5128 5129 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing are 5130 supported at this point in the address. 5131 5132 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used 5133 to determine if we may generate output reloads. 5134 5135 We return nonzero if X, as a whole, is reloaded or replaced. */ 5136 5137/* Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode 5138 occurs as part of an address. 5139 Also, this is not fully machine-customizable; it works for machines
|
5167 such as vaxes and 68000's and 32000's, but other possible machines
| 5140 such as VAXen and 68000's and 32000's, but other possible machines
|
5168 could have addressing modes that this does not handle right. */ 5169 5170static int 5171find_reloads_address_1 (mode, x, context, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels, insn) 5172 enum machine_mode mode; 5173 rtx x; 5174 int context; 5175 rtx *loc; 5176 int opnum; 5177 enum reload_type type; 5178 int ind_levels; 5179 rtx insn; 5180{
| 5141 could have addressing modes that this does not handle right. */ 5142 5143static int 5144find_reloads_address_1 (mode, x, context, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels, insn) 5145 enum machine_mode mode; 5146 rtx x; 5147 int context; 5148 rtx *loc; 5149 int opnum; 5150 enum reload_type type; 5151 int ind_levels; 5152 rtx insn; 5153{
|
5181 register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
| 5154 RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
|
5182 5183 switch (code) 5184 { 5185 case PLUS: 5186 {
| 5155 5156 switch (code) 5157 { 5158 case PLUS: 5159 {
|
5187 register rtx orig_op0 = XEXP (x, 0); 5188 register rtx orig_op1 = XEXP (x, 1); 5189 register RTX_CODE code0 = GET_CODE (orig_op0); 5190 register RTX_CODE code1 = GET_CODE (orig_op1); 5191 register rtx op0 = orig_op0; 5192 register rtx op1 = orig_op1;
| 5160 rtx orig_op0 = XEXP (x, 0); 5161 rtx orig_op1 = XEXP (x, 1); 5162 RTX_CODE code0 = GET_CODE (orig_op0); 5163 RTX_CODE code1 = GET_CODE (orig_op1); 5164 rtx op0 = orig_op0; 5165 rtx op1 = orig_op1;
|
5193 5194 if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) 5195 { 5196 op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); 5197 code0 = GET_CODE (op0); 5198 if (code0 == REG && REGNO (op0) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 5199 op0 = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode,
| 5166 5167 if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) 5168 { 5169 op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0); 5170 code0 = GET_CODE (op0); 5171 if (code0 == REG && REGNO (op0) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 5172 op0 = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode,
|
5200 REGNO (op0) + SUBREG_WORD (orig_op0));
| 5173 (REGNO (op0) + 5174 subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (orig_op0)), 5175 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (orig_op0)), 5176 SUBREG_BYTE (orig_op0), 5177 GET_MODE (orig_op0))));
|
5201 } 5202 5203 if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG) 5204 { 5205 op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1); 5206 code1 = GET_CODE (op1); 5207 if (code1 == REG && REGNO (op1) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
| 5178 } 5179 5180 if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG) 5181 { 5182 op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1); 5183 code1 = GET_CODE (op1); 5184 if (code1 == REG && REGNO (op1) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
| 5185 /* ??? Why is this given op1's mode and above for 5186 ??? op0 SUBREGs we use word_mode? */
|
5208 op1 = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (op1),
| 5187 op1 = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (op1),
|
5209 REGNO (op1) + SUBREG_WORD (orig_op1));
| 5188 (REGNO (op1) + 5189 subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (orig_op1)), 5190 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (orig_op1)), 5191 SUBREG_BYTE (orig_op1), 5192 GET_MODE (orig_op1))));
|
5210 } 5211
| 5193 } 5194
|
5212 if (code0 == MULT || code0 == SIGN_EXTEND || code0 == TRUNCATE
| 5195 if (code0 == MULT || code0 == SIGN_EXTEND || code0 == TRUNCATE
|
5213 || code0 == ZERO_EXTEND || code1 == MEM) 5214 { 5215 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5216 type, ind_levels, insn); 5217 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5218 type, ind_levels, insn); 5219 } 5220 5221 else if (code1 == MULT || code1 == SIGN_EXTEND || code1 == TRUNCATE 5222 || code1 == ZERO_EXTEND || code0 == MEM) 5223 { 5224 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5225 type, ind_levels, insn); 5226 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5227 type, ind_levels, insn); 5228 } 5229 5230 else if (code0 == CONST_INT || code0 == CONST 5231 || code0 == SYMBOL_REF || code0 == LABEL_REF) 5232 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5233 type, ind_levels, insn); 5234 5235 else if (code1 == CONST_INT || code1 == CONST 5236 || code1 == SYMBOL_REF || code1 == LABEL_REF) 5237 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5238 type, ind_levels, insn); 5239 5240 else if (code0 == REG && code1 == REG) 5241 { 5242 if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0) 5243 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1, mode)) 5244 return 0; 5245 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1) 5246 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0, mode)) 5247 return 0; 5248 else if (REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1, mode)) 5249 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5250 type, ind_levels, insn); 5251 else if (REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0, mode)) 5252 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5253 type, ind_levels, insn); 5254 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1)) 5255 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5256 type, ind_levels, insn); 5257 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0)) 5258 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5259 type, ind_levels, insn); 5260 else 5261 { 5262 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5263 type, ind_levels, insn); 5264 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5265 type, ind_levels, insn); 5266 } 5267 } 5268 5269 else if (code0 == REG) 5270 { 5271 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5272 type, ind_levels, insn); 5273 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5274 type, ind_levels, insn); 5275 } 5276 5277 else if (code1 == REG) 5278 { 5279 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5280 type, ind_levels, insn); 5281 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5282 type, ind_levels, insn); 5283 } 5284 } 5285 5286 return 0; 5287
| 5196 || code0 == ZERO_EXTEND || code1 == MEM) 5197 { 5198 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5199 type, ind_levels, insn); 5200 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5201 type, ind_levels, insn); 5202 } 5203 5204 else if (code1 == MULT || code1 == SIGN_EXTEND || code1 == TRUNCATE 5205 || code1 == ZERO_EXTEND || code0 == MEM) 5206 { 5207 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5208 type, ind_levels, insn); 5209 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5210 type, ind_levels, insn); 5211 } 5212 5213 else if (code0 == CONST_INT || code0 == CONST 5214 || code0 == SYMBOL_REF || code0 == LABEL_REF) 5215 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5216 type, ind_levels, insn); 5217 5218 else if (code1 == CONST_INT || code1 == CONST 5219 || code1 == SYMBOL_REF || code1 == LABEL_REF) 5220 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5221 type, ind_levels, insn); 5222 5223 else if (code0 == REG && code1 == REG) 5224 { 5225 if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0) 5226 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1, mode)) 5227 return 0; 5228 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1) 5229 && REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0, mode)) 5230 return 0; 5231 else if (REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1, mode)) 5232 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5233 type, ind_levels, insn); 5234 else if (REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0, mode)) 5235 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5236 type, ind_levels, insn); 5237 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1)) 5238 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5239 type, ind_levels, insn); 5240 else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0)) 5241 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5242 type, ind_levels, insn); 5243 else 5244 { 5245 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5246 type, ind_levels, insn); 5247 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5248 type, ind_levels, insn); 5249 } 5250 } 5251 5252 else if (code0 == REG) 5253 { 5254 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5255 type, ind_levels, insn); 5256 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5257 type, ind_levels, insn); 5258 } 5259 5260 else if (code1 == REG) 5261 { 5262 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, 5263 type, ind_levels, insn); 5264 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, 5265 type, ind_levels, insn); 5266 } 5267 } 5268 5269 return 0; 5270
|
| 5271 case POST_MODIFY: 5272 case PRE_MODIFY: 5273 { 5274 rtx op0 = XEXP (x, 0); 5275 rtx op1 = XEXP (x, 1); 5276 5277 if (GET_CODE (op1) != PLUS && GET_CODE (op1) != MINUS) 5278 return 0; 5279 5280 /* Currently, we only support {PRE,POST}_MODIFY constructs 5281 where a base register is {inc,dec}remented by the contents 5282 of another register or by a constant value. Thus, these 5283 operands must match. */ 5284 if (op0 != XEXP (op1, 0)) 5285 abort (); 5286 5287 /* Require index register (or constant). Let's just handle the 5288 register case in the meantime... If the target allows 5289 auto-modify by a constant then we could try replacing a pseudo 5290 register with its equivalent constant where applicable. */ 5291 if (REG_P (XEXP (op1, 1))) 5292 if (!REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (REGNO (XEXP (op1, 1)))) 5293 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (op1, 1), 1, &XEXP (op1, 1), 5294 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn); 5295 5296 if (REG_P (XEXP (op1, 0))) 5297 { 5298 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (op1, 0)); 5299 int reloadnum; 5300 5301 /* A register that is incremented cannot be constant! */ 5302 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5303 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 5304 abort (); 5305 5306 /* Handle a register that is equivalent to a memory location 5307 which cannot be addressed directly. */ 5308 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0 5309 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 5310 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 5311 { 5312 rtx tem = make_memloc (XEXP (x, 0), regno); 5313 5314 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] 5315 || ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 5316 { 5317 /* First reload the memory location's address. 5318 We can't use ADDR_TYPE (type) here, because we need to 5319 write back the value after reading it, hence we actually 5320 need two registers. */ 5321 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), 0, XEXP (tem, 0), 5322 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, 5323 RELOAD_OTHER, 5324 ind_levels, insn); 5325 5326 /* Then reload the memory location into a base 5327 register. */ 5328 reloadnum = push_reload (tem, tem, &XEXP (x, 0), 5329 &XEXP (op1, 0), 5330 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode), 5331 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), 0, 5332 0, opnum, RELOAD_OTHER); 5333 5334 update_auto_inc_notes (this_insn, regno, reloadnum); 5335 return 0; 5336 } 5337 } 5338 5339 if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0) 5340 regno = reg_renumber[regno]; 5341 5342 /* We require a base register here... */ 5343 if (!REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, GET_MODE (x))) 5344 { 5345 reloadnum = push_reload (XEXP (op1, 0), XEXP (x, 0), 5346 &XEXP (op1, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), 5347 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode), 5348 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), 0, 0, 5349 opnum, RELOAD_OTHER); 5350 5351 update_auto_inc_notes (this_insn, regno, reloadnum); 5352 return 0; 5353 } 5354 } 5355 else 5356 abort (); 5357 } 5358 return 0; 5359
|
5288 case POST_INC: 5289 case POST_DEC: 5290 case PRE_INC: 5291 case PRE_DEC: 5292 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG) 5293 {
| 5360 case POST_INC: 5361 case POST_DEC: 5362 case PRE_INC: 5363 case PRE_DEC: 5364 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG) 5365 {
|
5294 register int regno = REGNO (XEXP (x, 0));
| 5366 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (x, 0));
|
5295 int value = 0; 5296 rtx x_orig = x; 5297 5298 /* A register that is incremented cannot be constant! */ 5299 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5300 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 5301 abort (); 5302 5303 /* Handle a register that is equivalent to a memory location 5304 which cannot be addressed directly. */ 5305 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0 5306 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 5307 { 5308 rtx tem = make_memloc (XEXP (x, 0), regno); 5309 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] 5310 || ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 5311 { 5312 /* First reload the memory location's address. 5313 We can't use ADDR_TYPE (type) here, because we need to 5314 write back the value after reading it, hence we actually 5315 need two registers. */ 5316 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), 5317 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, type, 5318 ind_levels, insn); 5319 /* Put this inside a new increment-expression. */ 5320 x = gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x), tem); 5321 /* Proceed to reload that, as if it contained a register. */ 5322 } 5323 } 5324 5325 /* If we have a hard register that is ok as an index, 5326 don't make a reload. If an autoincrement of a nice register 5327 isn't "valid", it must be that no autoincrement is "valid". 5328 If that is true and something made an autoincrement anyway, 5329 this must be a special context where one is allowed. 5330 (For example, a "push" instruction.) 5331 We can't improve this address, so leave it alone. */ 5332 5333 /* Otherwise, reload the autoincrement into a suitable hard reg 5334 and record how much to increment by. */ 5335 5336 if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0) 5337 regno = reg_renumber[regno]; 5338 if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5339 || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) 5340 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode)))) 5341 {
| 5367 int value = 0; 5368 rtx x_orig = x; 5369 5370 /* A register that is incremented cannot be constant! */ 5371 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5372 && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 5373 abort (); 5374 5375 /* Handle a register that is equivalent to a memory location 5376 which cannot be addressed directly. */ 5377 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0 5378 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 5379 { 5380 rtx tem = make_memloc (XEXP (x, 0), regno); 5381 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] 5382 || ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 5383 { 5384 /* First reload the memory location's address. 5385 We can't use ADDR_TYPE (type) here, because we need to 5386 write back the value after reading it, hence we actually 5387 need two registers. */ 5388 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), 5389 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, type, 5390 ind_levels, insn); 5391 /* Put this inside a new increment-expression. */ 5392 x = gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x), tem); 5393 /* Proceed to reload that, as if it contained a register. */ 5394 } 5395 } 5396 5397 /* If we have a hard register that is ok as an index, 5398 don't make a reload. If an autoincrement of a nice register 5399 isn't "valid", it must be that no autoincrement is "valid". 5400 If that is true and something made an autoincrement anyway, 5401 this must be a special context where one is allowed. 5402 (For example, a "push" instruction.) 5403 We can't improve this address, so leave it alone. */ 5404 5405 /* Otherwise, reload the autoincrement into a suitable hard reg 5406 and record how much to increment by. */ 5407 5408 if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0) 5409 regno = reg_renumber[regno]; 5410 if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5411 || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) 5412 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode)))) 5413 {
|
5342#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC 5343 register rtx link; 5344#endif
| |
5345 int reloadnum; 5346 5347 /* If we can output the register afterwards, do so, this 5348 saves the extra update. 5349 We can do so if we have an INSN - i.e. no JUMP_INSN nor 5350 CALL_INSN - and it does not set CC0. 5351 But don't do this if we cannot directly address the 5352 memory location, since this will make it harder to 5353 reuse address reloads, and increases register pressure. 5354 Also don't do this if we can probably update x directly. */ 5355 rtx equiv = (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM 5356 ? XEXP (x, 0) 5357 : reg_equiv_mem[regno]); 5358 int icode = (int) add_optab->handlers[(int) Pmode].insn_code; 5359 if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN && equiv 5360 && memory_operand (equiv, GET_MODE (equiv)) 5361#ifdef HAVE_cc0 5362 && ! sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (insn)) 5363#endif 5364 && ! (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
| 5414 int reloadnum; 5415 5416 /* If we can output the register afterwards, do so, this 5417 saves the extra update. 5418 We can do so if we have an INSN - i.e. no JUMP_INSN nor 5419 CALL_INSN - and it does not set CC0. 5420 But don't do this if we cannot directly address the 5421 memory location, since this will make it harder to 5422 reuse address reloads, and increases register pressure. 5423 Also don't do this if we can probably update x directly. */ 5424 rtx equiv = (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM 5425 ? XEXP (x, 0) 5426 : reg_equiv_mem[regno]); 5427 int icode = (int) add_optab->handlers[(int) Pmode].insn_code; 5428 if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN && equiv 5429 && memory_operand (equiv, GET_MODE (equiv)) 5430#ifdef HAVE_cc0 5431 && ! sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (insn)) 5432#endif 5433 && ! (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
|
5365 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (equiv, Pmode) 5366 && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (equiv, Pmode)))
| 5434 && ((*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) 5435 (equiv, Pmode)) 5436 && ((*insn_data[icode].operand[1].predicate) 5437 (equiv, Pmode))))
|
5367 { 5368 /* We use the original pseudo for loc, so that 5369 emit_reload_insns() knows which pseudo this 5370 reload refers to and updates the pseudo rtx, not 5371 its equivalent memory location, as well as the 5372 corresponding entry in reg_last_reload_reg. */ 5373 loc = &XEXP (x_orig, 0); 5374 x = XEXP (x, 0); 5375 reloadnum 5376 = push_reload (x, x, loc, loc,
| 5438 { 5439 /* We use the original pseudo for loc, so that 5440 emit_reload_insns() knows which pseudo this 5441 reload refers to and updates the pseudo rtx, not 5442 its equivalent memory location, as well as the 5443 corresponding entry in reg_last_reload_reg. */ 5444 loc = &XEXP (x_orig, 0); 5445 x = XEXP (x, 0); 5446 reloadnum 5447 = push_reload (x, x, loc, loc,
|
5377 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS), 5378 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), 0, 0, 5379 opnum, RELOAD_OTHER); 5380
| 5448 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : 5449 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)), 5450 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), 0, 0, 5451 opnum, RELOAD_OTHER);
|
5381 } 5382 else 5383 { 5384 reloadnum
| 5452 } 5453 else 5454 { 5455 reloadnum
|
5385 = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, 5386 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS),
| 5456 = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, 5457 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : 5458 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)),
|
5387 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), 0, 0, 5388 opnum, type);
| 5459 GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), 0, 0, 5460 opnum, type);
|
5389 reload_inc[reloadnum]
| 5461 rld[reloadnum].inc
|
5390 = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x_orig, 0));
| 5462 = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x_orig, 0));
|
5391
| 5463
|
5392 value = 1; 5393 } 5394
| 5464 value = 1; 5465 } 5466
|
5395#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC 5396 /* Update the REG_INC notes. */ 5397 5398 for (link = REG_NOTES (this_insn); 5399 link; link = XEXP (link, 1)) 5400 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC 5401 && REGNO (XEXP (link, 0)) == REGNO (XEXP (x_orig, 0))) 5402 push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode); 5403#endif
| 5467 update_auto_inc_notes (this_insn, REGNO (XEXP (x_orig, 0)), 5468 reloadnum);
|
5404 } 5405 return value; 5406 } 5407 5408 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM) 5409 { 5410 /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs, 5411 of an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a 5412 hard register. Verify that the specified address is valid and 5413 reload it into a register. */
| 5469 } 5470 return value; 5471 } 5472 5473 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM) 5474 { 5475 /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs, 5476 of an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a 5477 hard register. Verify that the specified address is valid and 5478 reload it into a register. */
|
5414 /* Variable `tem' might or might not be used in FIND_REG_INC_NOTE. */
| 5479 /* Variable `tem' might or might not be used in FIND_REG_INC_NOTE. */
|
5415 rtx tem ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED = XEXP (x, 0);
| 5480 rtx tem ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED = XEXP (x, 0);
|
5416 register rtx link;
| 5481 rtx link;
|
5417 int reloadnum; 5418 5419 /* Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement 5420 for the indirection level. 5421 5422 Note that this is actually conservative: it would be slightly 5423 more efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from 5424 reload1.c here. */ 5425 /* We can't use ADDR_TYPE (type) here, because we need to 5426 write back the value after reading it, hence we actually 5427 need two registers. */ 5428 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &XEXP (x, 0), 5429 XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), &XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 5430 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn); 5431
| 5482 int reloadnum; 5483 5484 /* Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement 5485 for the indirection level. 5486 5487 Note that this is actually conservative: it would be slightly 5488 more efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from 5489 reload1.c here. */ 5490 /* We can't use ADDR_TYPE (type) here, because we need to 5491 write back the value after reading it, hence we actually 5492 need two registers. */ 5493 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &XEXP (x, 0), 5494 XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), &XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), 5495 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn); 5496
|
5432 reloadnum = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, 5433 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS),
| 5497 reloadnum = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, 5498 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : 5499 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)),
|
5434 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
| 5500 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
|
5435 reload_inc[reloadnum]
| 5501 rld[reloadnum].inc
|
5436 = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x, 0)); 5437 5438 link = FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (this_insn, tem); 5439 if (link != 0) 5440 push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode); 5441 5442 return 1; 5443 } 5444 return 0; 5445 5446 case MEM: 5447 /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs, of 5448 an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a hard 5449 register. Verify that the specified address is valid and reload it 5450 into a register. 5451 5452 Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement for 5453 the indirection level. 5454 5455 Note that this is actually conservative: it would be slightly more 5456 efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from 5457 reload1.c here. */ 5458 5459 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), loc, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), 5460 opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), ind_levels, insn);
| 5502 = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x, 0)); 5503 5504 link = FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (this_insn, tem); 5505 if (link != 0) 5506 push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode); 5507 5508 return 1; 5509 } 5510 return 0; 5511 5512 case MEM: 5513 /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs, of 5514 an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a hard 5515 register. Verify that the specified address is valid and reload it 5516 into a register. 5517 5518 Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement for 5519 the indirection level. 5520 5521 Note that this is actually conservative: it would be slightly more 5522 efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from 5523 reload1.c here. */ 5524 5525 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), loc, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0), 5526 opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), ind_levels, insn);
|
5461 push_reload (*loc, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, 5462 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS),
| 5527 push_reload (*loc, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, 5528 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)),
|
5463 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5464 return 1; 5465 5466 case REG: 5467 {
| 5529 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5530 return 1; 5531 5532 case REG: 5533 {
|
5468 register int regno = REGNO (x);
| 5534 int regno = REGNO (x);
|
5469 5470 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 5471 { 5472 find_reloads_address_part (reg_equiv_constant[regno], loc,
| 5535 5536 if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0) 5537 { 5538 find_reloads_address_part (reg_equiv_constant[regno], loc,
|
5473 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS),
| 5539 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : 5540 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)),
|
5474 GET_MODE (x), opnum, type, ind_levels); 5475 return 1; 5476 } 5477 5478#if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload 5479 that feeds this insn. */ 5480 if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) 5481 {
| 5541 GET_MODE (x), opnum, type, ind_levels); 5542 return 1; 5543 } 5544 5545#if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload 5546 that feeds this insn. */ 5547 if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0) 5548 {
|
5482 push_reload (reg_equiv_mem[regno], NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, 5483 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS),
| 5549 push_reload (reg_equiv_mem[regno], NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, 5550 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : 5551 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)),
|
5484 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5485 return 1; 5486 } 5487#endif 5488 5489 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] 5490 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 5491 { 5492 rtx tem = make_memloc (x, regno); 5493 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 5494 || ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 5495 { 5496 x = tem; 5497 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &x, XEXP (x, 0), 5498 &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), 5499 ind_levels, insn); 5500 } 5501 } 5502 5503 if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0) 5504 regno = reg_renumber[regno]; 5505 5506 if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5507 || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) 5508 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode)))) 5509 {
| 5552 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5553 return 1; 5554 } 5555#endif 5556 5557 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] 5558 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 || num_not_at_initial_offset)) 5559 { 5560 rtx tem = make_memloc (x, regno); 5561 if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0 5562 || ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 5563 { 5564 x = tem; 5565 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &x, XEXP (x, 0), 5566 &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), 5567 ind_levels, insn); 5568 } 5569 } 5570 5571 if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0) 5572 regno = reg_renumber[regno]; 5573 5574 if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5575 || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) 5576 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode)))) 5577 {
|
5510 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, 5511 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS),
| 5578 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, 5579 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)),
|
5512 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5513 return 1; 5514 } 5515 5516 /* If a register appearing in an address is the subject of a CLOBBER 5517 in this insn, reload it into some other register to be safe. 5518 The CLOBBER is supposed to make the register unavailable 5519 from before this insn to after it. */ 5520 if (regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn, GET_MODE (x), 0)) 5521 {
| 5580 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5581 return 1; 5582 } 5583 5584 /* If a register appearing in an address is the subject of a CLOBBER 5585 in this insn, reload it into some other register to be safe. 5586 The CLOBBER is supposed to make the register unavailable 5587 from before this insn to after it. */ 5588 if (regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn, GET_MODE (x), 0)) 5589 {
|
5522 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, 5523 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS),
| 5590 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, 5591 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)),
|
5524 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5525 return 1; 5526 } 5527 } 5528 return 0; 5529 5530 case SUBREG: 5531 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG) 5532 { 5533 /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard register and the resulting register 5534 is of the wrong class, reload the whole SUBREG. This avoids 5535 needless copies if SUBREG_REG is multi-word. */ 5536 if (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 5537 {
| 5592 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5593 return 1; 5594 } 5595 } 5596 return 0; 5597 5598 case SUBREG: 5599 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG) 5600 { 5601 /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard register and the resulting register 5602 is of the wrong class, reload the whole SUBREG. This avoids 5603 needless copies if SUBREG_REG is multi-word. */ 5604 if (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 5605 {
|
5538 int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) + SUBREG_WORD (x);
| 5606 int regno = subreg_regno (x);
|
5539 5540 if (! (context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) 5541 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode))) 5542 {
| 5607 5608 if (! (context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno) 5609 : REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno, mode))) 5610 {
|
5543 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, 5544 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS),
| 5611 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, 5612 (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : 5613 MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode)),
|
5545 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5546 return 1; 5547 } 5548 } 5549 /* If this is a SUBREG of a pseudo-register, and the pseudo-register 5550 is larger than the class size, then reload the whole SUBREG. */ 5551 else 5552 { 5553 enum reg_class class = (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS
| 5614 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5615 return 1; 5616 } 5617 } 5618 /* If this is a SUBREG of a pseudo-register, and the pseudo-register 5619 is larger than the class size, then reload the whole SUBREG. */ 5620 else 5621 { 5622 enum reg_class class = (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS
|
5554 : BASE_REG_CLASS);
| 5623 : MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (mode));
|
5555 if (CLASS_MAX_NREGS (class, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) 5556 > reg_class_size[class]) 5557 { 5558 x = find_reloads_subreg_address (x, 0, opnum, type, 5559 ind_levels, insn);
| 5624 if (CLASS_MAX_NREGS (class, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) 5625 > reg_class_size[class]) 5626 { 5627 x = find_reloads_subreg_address (x, 0, opnum, type, 5628 ind_levels, insn);
|
5560 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, class,
| 5629 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, class,
|
5561 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5562 return 1; 5563 } 5564 } 5565 } 5566 break;
| 5630 GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5631 return 1; 5632 } 5633 } 5634 } 5635 break;
|
5567
| 5636
|
5568 default: 5569 break; 5570 } 5571 5572 {
| 5637 default: 5638 break; 5639 } 5640 5641 {
|
5573 register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 5574 register int i;
| 5642 const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 5643 int i;
|
5575 5576 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 5577 { 5578 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 5579 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (x, i), context, &XEXP (x, i), 5580 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn); 5581 } 5582 } 5583 5584 return 0; 5585} 5586 5587/* X, which is found at *LOC, is a part of an address that needs to be 5588 reloaded into a register of class CLASS. If X is a constant, or if 5589 X is a PLUS that contains a constant, check that the constant is a 5590 legitimate operand and that we are supposed to be able to load 5591 it into the register. 5592 5593 If not, force the constant into memory and reload the MEM instead. 5594 5595 MODE is the mode to use, in case X is an integer constant. 5596 5597 OPNUM and TYPE describe the purpose of any reloads made. 5598 5599 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine 5600 supports. */ 5601 5602static void 5603find_reloads_address_part (x, loc, class, mode, opnum, type, ind_levels) 5604 rtx x; 5605 rtx *loc; 5606 enum reg_class class; 5607 enum machine_mode mode; 5608 int opnum; 5609 enum reload_type type; 5610 int ind_levels; 5611{ 5612 if (CONSTANT_P (x) 5613 && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x) 5614 || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (x, class) == NO_REGS)) 5615 { 5616 rtx tem; 5617
| 5644 5645 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 5646 { 5647 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 5648 find_reloads_address_1 (mode, XEXP (x, i), context, &XEXP (x, i), 5649 opnum, type, ind_levels, insn); 5650 } 5651 } 5652 5653 return 0; 5654} 5655 5656/* X, which is found at *LOC, is a part of an address that needs to be 5657 reloaded into a register of class CLASS. If X is a constant, or if 5658 X is a PLUS that contains a constant, check that the constant is a 5659 legitimate operand and that we are supposed to be able to load 5660 it into the register. 5661 5662 If not, force the constant into memory and reload the MEM instead. 5663 5664 MODE is the mode to use, in case X is an integer constant. 5665 5666 OPNUM and TYPE describe the purpose of any reloads made. 5667 5668 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine 5669 supports. */ 5670 5671static void 5672find_reloads_address_part (x, loc, class, mode, opnum, type, ind_levels) 5673 rtx x; 5674 rtx *loc; 5675 enum reg_class class; 5676 enum machine_mode mode; 5677 int opnum; 5678 enum reload_type type; 5679 int ind_levels; 5680{ 5681 if (CONSTANT_P (x) 5682 && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x) 5683 || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (x, class) == NO_REGS)) 5684 { 5685 rtx tem; 5686
|
5618 /* If this is a CONST_INT, it could have been created by a 5619 plus_constant call in eliminate_regs, which means it may be 5620 on the reload_obstack. reload_obstack will be freed later, so 5621 we can't allow such RTL to be put in the constant pool. There 5622 is code in force_const_mem to check for this case, but it doesn't 5623 work because we have already popped off the reload_obstack, so 5624 rtl_obstack == saveable_obstack is true at this point. */ 5625 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT) 5626 tem = x = force_const_mem (mode, GEN_INT (INTVAL (x))); 5627 else 5628 tem = x = force_const_mem (mode, x); 5629
| 5687 tem = x = force_const_mem (mode, x);
|
5630 find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0), 5631 opnum, type, ind_levels, 0); 5632 } 5633 5634 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS 5635 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) 5636 && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) 5637 || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (XEXP (x, 1), class) == NO_REGS)) 5638 { 5639 rtx tem; 5640
| 5688 find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0), 5689 opnum, type, ind_levels, 0); 5690 } 5691 5692 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS 5693 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) 5694 && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)) 5695 || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (XEXP (x, 1), class) == NO_REGS)) 5696 { 5697 rtx tem; 5698
|
5641 /* See comment above. */ 5642 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT) 5643 tem = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (x), GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)))); 5644 else 5645 tem = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 1)); 5646
| 5699 tem = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 1));
|
5647 x = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), tem); 5648 find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0), 5649 opnum, type, ind_levels, 0); 5650 } 5651
| 5700 x = gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), tem); 5701 find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0), 5702 opnum, type, ind_levels, 0); 5703 } 5704
|
5652 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, class,
| 5705 push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, (rtx*) 0, class,
|
5653 mode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5654} 5655 5656/* X, a subreg of a pseudo, is a part of an address that needs to be 5657 reloaded. 5658 5659 If the pseudo is equivalent to a memory location that cannot be directly 5660 addressed, make the necessary address reloads. 5661 5662 If address reloads have been necessary, or if the address is changed 5663 by register elimination, return the rtx of the memory location; 5664 otherwise, return X. 5665 5666 If FORCE_REPLACE is nonzero, unconditionally replace the subreg with the 5667 memory location. 5668 5669 OPNUM and TYPE identify the purpose of the reload. 5670 5671 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing are 5672 supported at this point in the address. 5673 5674 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used 5675 to determine where to put USEs for pseudos that we have to replace with 5676 stack slots. */ 5677 5678static rtx 5679find_reloads_subreg_address (x, force_replace, opnum, type, 5680 ind_levels, insn) 5681 rtx x; 5682 int force_replace; 5683 int opnum; 5684 enum reload_type type; 5685 int ind_levels; 5686 rtx insn; 5687{ 5688 int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); 5689 5690 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]) 5691 { 5692 /* If the address is not directly addressable, or if the address is not 5693 offsettable, then it must be replaced. */ 5694 if (! force_replace 5695 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] 5696 || ! offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[regno]))) 5697 force_replace = 1; 5698 5699 if (force_replace || num_not_at_initial_offset) 5700 { 5701 rtx tem = make_memloc (SUBREG_REG (x), regno); 5702 5703 /* If the address changes because of register elimination, then 5704 it must be replaced. */ 5705 if (force_replace 5706 || ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 5707 {
| 5706 mode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type); 5707} 5708 5709/* X, a subreg of a pseudo, is a part of an address that needs to be 5710 reloaded. 5711 5712 If the pseudo is equivalent to a memory location that cannot be directly 5713 addressed, make the necessary address reloads. 5714 5715 If address reloads have been necessary, or if the address is changed 5716 by register elimination, return the rtx of the memory location; 5717 otherwise, return X. 5718 5719 If FORCE_REPLACE is nonzero, unconditionally replace the subreg with the 5720 memory location. 5721 5722 OPNUM and TYPE identify the purpose of the reload. 5723 5724 IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing are 5725 supported at this point in the address. 5726 5727 INSN, if nonzero, is the insn in which we do the reload. It is used 5728 to determine where to put USEs for pseudos that we have to replace with 5729 stack slots. */ 5730 5731static rtx 5732find_reloads_subreg_address (x, force_replace, opnum, type, 5733 ind_levels, insn) 5734 rtx x; 5735 int force_replace; 5736 int opnum; 5737 enum reload_type type; 5738 int ind_levels; 5739 rtx insn; 5740{ 5741 int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); 5742 5743 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]) 5744 { 5745 /* If the address is not directly addressable, or if the address is not 5746 offsettable, then it must be replaced. */ 5747 if (! force_replace 5748 && (reg_equiv_address[regno] 5749 || ! offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[regno]))) 5750 force_replace = 1; 5751 5752 if (force_replace || num_not_at_initial_offset) 5753 { 5754 rtx tem = make_memloc (SUBREG_REG (x), regno); 5755 5756 /* If the address changes because of register elimination, then 5757 it must be replaced. */ 5758 if (force_replace 5759 || ! rtx_equal_p (tem, reg_equiv_mem[regno])) 5760 {
|
5708 int offset = SUBREG_WORD (x) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
| 5761 int offset = SUBREG_BYTE (x); 5762 unsigned outer_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); 5763 unsigned inner_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)));
|
5709
| 5764
|
5710 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
| 5765 XEXP (tem, 0) = plus_constant (XEXP (tem, 0), offset); 5766 PUT_MODE (tem, GET_MODE (x)); 5767 5768 /* If this was a paradoxical subreg that we replaced, the 5769 resulting memory must be sufficiently aligned to allow 5770 us to widen the mode of the memory. */ 5771 if (outer_size > inner_size && STRICT_ALIGNMENT)
|
5711 {
| 5772 {
|
5712 int size;
| 5773 rtx base;
|
5713
| 5774
|
5714 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))); 5715 offset += MIN (size, UNITS_PER_WORD); 5716 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)); 5717 offset -= MIN (size, UNITS_PER_WORD);
| 5775 base = XEXP (tem, 0); 5776 if (GET_CODE (base) == PLUS) 5777 { 5778 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (base, 1)) == CONST_INT 5779 && INTVAL (XEXP (base, 1)) % outer_size != 0) 5780 return x; 5781 base = XEXP (base, 0); 5782 } 5783 if (GET_CODE (base) != REG 5784 || (REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (base)) 5785 < outer_size * BITS_PER_UNIT)) 5786 return x;
|
5718 }
| 5787 }
|
5719 XEXP (tem, 0) = plus_constant (XEXP (tem, 0), offset); 5720 PUT_MODE (tem, GET_MODE (x));
| 5788
|
5721 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), 5722 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), 5723 ind_levels, insn);
| 5789 find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), 5790 &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, ADDR_TYPE (type), 5791 ind_levels, insn);
|
| 5792
|
5724 /* If this is not a toplevel operand, find_reloads doesn't see 5725 this substitution. We have to emit a USE of the pseudo so 5726 that delete_output_reload can see it. */
| 5793 /* If this is not a toplevel operand, find_reloads doesn't see 5794 this substitution. We have to emit a USE of the pseudo so 5795 that delete_output_reload can see it. */
|
5727 if (replace_reloads && recog_operand[opnum] != x) 5728 emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, SUBREG_REG (x)), insn);
| 5796 if (replace_reloads && recog_data.operand[opnum] != x) 5797 /* We mark the USE with QImode so that we recognize it 5798 as one that can be safely deleted at the end of 5799 reload. */ 5800 PUT_MODE (emit_insn_before (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, 5801 SUBREG_REG (x)), 5802 insn), QImode);
|
5729 x = tem; 5730 } 5731 } 5732 } 5733 return x; 5734} 5735 5736/* Substitute into the current INSN the registers into which we have reloaded 5737 the things that need reloading. The array `replacements'
| 5803 x = tem; 5804 } 5805 } 5806 } 5807 return x; 5808} 5809 5810/* Substitute into the current INSN the registers into which we have reloaded 5811 the things that need reloading. The array `replacements'
|
5738 says contains the locations of all pointers that must be changed
| 5812 contains the locations of all pointers that must be changed
|
5739 and says what to replace them with. 5740 5741 Return the rtx that X translates into; usually X, but modified. */ 5742 5743void
| 5813 and says what to replace them with. 5814 5815 Return the rtx that X translates into; usually X, but modified. */ 5816 5817void
|
5744subst_reloads ()
| 5818subst_reloads (insn) 5819 rtx insn;
|
5745{
| 5820{
|
5746 register int i;
| 5821 int i;
|
5747 5748 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) 5749 {
| 5822 5823 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) 5824 {
|
5750 register struct replacement *r = &replacements[i]; 5751 register rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[r->what];
| 5825 struct replacement *r = &replacements[i]; 5826 rtx reloadreg = rld[r->what].reg_rtx;
|
5752 if (reloadreg) 5753 {
| 5827 if (reloadreg) 5828 {
|
| 5829#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING 5830 /* Internal consistency test. Check that we don't modify 5831 anything in the equivalence arrays. Whenever something from 5832 those arrays needs to be reloaded, it must be unshared before 5833 being substituted into; the equivalence must not be modified. 5834 Otherwise, if the equivalence is used after that, it will 5835 have been modified, and the thing substituted (probably a 5836 register) is likely overwritten and not a usable equivalence. */ 5837 int check_regno; 5838 5839 for (check_regno = 0; check_regno < max_regno; check_regno++) 5840 { 5841#define CHECK_MODF(ARRAY) \ 5842 if (ARRAY[check_regno] \ 5843 && loc_mentioned_in_p (r->where, \ 5844 ARRAY[check_regno])) \ 5845 abort () 5846 5847 CHECK_MODF (reg_equiv_constant); 5848 CHECK_MODF (reg_equiv_memory_loc); 5849 CHECK_MODF (reg_equiv_address); 5850 CHECK_MODF (reg_equiv_mem); 5851#undef CHECK_MODF 5852 } 5853#endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */ 5854 5855 /* If we're replacing a LABEL_REF with a register, add a 5856 REG_LABEL note to indicate to flow which label this 5857 register refers to. */ 5858 if (GET_CODE (*r->where) == LABEL_REF 5859 && GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN) 5860 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_LABEL, 5861 XEXP (*r->where, 0), 5862 REG_NOTES (insn)); 5863
|
5754 /* Encapsulate RELOADREG so its machine mode matches what 5755 used to be there. Note that gen_lowpart_common will 5756 do the wrong thing if RELOADREG is multi-word. RELOADREG 5757 will always be a REG here. */ 5758 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode && r->mode != VOIDmode) 5759 reloadreg = gen_rtx_REG (r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg)); 5760 5761 /* If we are putting this into a SUBREG and RELOADREG is a 5762 SUBREG, we would be making nested SUBREGs, so we have to fix 5763 this up. Note that r->where == &SUBREG_REG (*r->subreg_loc). */ 5764 5765 if (r->subreg_loc != 0 && GET_CODE (reloadreg) == SUBREG) 5766 { 5767 if (GET_MODE (*r->subreg_loc) 5768 == GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reloadreg))) 5769 *r->subreg_loc = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg); 5770 else 5771 {
| 5864 /* Encapsulate RELOADREG so its machine mode matches what 5865 used to be there. Note that gen_lowpart_common will 5866 do the wrong thing if RELOADREG is multi-word. RELOADREG 5867 will always be a REG here. */ 5868 if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode && r->mode != VOIDmode) 5869 reloadreg = gen_rtx_REG (r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg)); 5870 5871 /* If we are putting this into a SUBREG and RELOADREG is a 5872 SUBREG, we would be making nested SUBREGs, so we have to fix 5873 this up. Note that r->where == &SUBREG_REG (*r->subreg_loc). */ 5874 5875 if (r->subreg_loc != 0 && GET_CODE (reloadreg) == SUBREG) 5876 { 5877 if (GET_MODE (*r->subreg_loc) 5878 == GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reloadreg))) 5879 *r->subreg_loc = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg); 5880 else 5881 {
|
| 5882 int final_offset = 5883 SUBREG_BYTE (*r->subreg_loc) + SUBREG_BYTE (reloadreg); 5884 5885 /* When working with SUBREGs the rule is that the byte 5886 offset must be a multiple of the SUBREG's mode. */ 5887 final_offset = (final_offset / 5888 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (*r->subreg_loc))); 5889 final_offset = (final_offset * 5890 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (*r->subreg_loc))); 5891
|
5772 *r->where = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg);
| 5892 *r->where = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg);
|
5773 SUBREG_WORD (*r->subreg_loc) += SUBREG_WORD (reloadreg);
| 5893 SUBREG_BYTE (*r->subreg_loc) = final_offset;
|
5774 } 5775 } 5776 else 5777 *r->where = reloadreg; 5778 } 5779 /* If reload got no reg and isn't optional, something's wrong. */
| 5894 } 5895 } 5896 else 5897 *r->where = reloadreg; 5898 } 5899 /* If reload got no reg and isn't optional, something's wrong. */
|
5780 else if (! reload_optional[r->what])
| 5900 else if (! rld[r->what].optional)
|
5781 abort (); 5782 } 5783} 5784 5785/* Make a copy of any replacements being done into X and move those copies 5786 to locations in Y, a copy of X. We only look at the highest level of 5787 the RTL. */ 5788 5789void 5790copy_replacements (x, y) 5791 rtx x; 5792 rtx y; 5793{ 5794 int i, j; 5795 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
| 5901 abort (); 5902 } 5903} 5904 5905/* Make a copy of any replacements being done into X and move those copies 5906 to locations in Y, a copy of X. We only look at the highest level of 5907 the RTL. */ 5908 5909void 5910copy_replacements (x, y) 5911 rtx x; 5912 rtx y; 5913{ 5914 int i, j; 5915 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
5796 char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
| 5916 const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
5797 struct replacement *r; 5798 5799 /* We can't support X being a SUBREG because we might then need to know its 5800 location if something inside it was replaced. */ 5801 if (code == SUBREG) 5802 abort (); 5803 5804 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 5805 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 5806 for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++) 5807 { 5808 if (replacements[j].subreg_loc == &XEXP (x, i)) 5809 { 5810 r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; 5811 r->where = replacements[j].where; 5812 r->subreg_loc = &XEXP (y, i); 5813 r->what = replacements[j].what; 5814 r->mode = replacements[j].mode; 5815 } 5816 else if (replacements[j].where == &XEXP (x, i)) 5817 { 5818 r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; 5819 r->where = &XEXP (y, i); 5820 r->subreg_loc = 0; 5821 r->what = replacements[j].what; 5822 r->mode = replacements[j].mode; 5823 } 5824 } 5825} 5826 5827/* Change any replacements being done to *X to be done to *Y */ 5828 5829void 5830move_replacements (x, y) 5831 rtx *x; 5832 rtx *y; 5833{ 5834 int i; 5835 5836 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) 5837 if (replacements[i].subreg_loc == x) 5838 replacements[i].subreg_loc = y; 5839 else if (replacements[i].where == x) 5840 { 5841 replacements[i].where = y; 5842 replacements[i].subreg_loc = 0; 5843 } 5844} 5845 5846/* If LOC was scheduled to be replaced by something, return the replacement. 5847 Otherwise, return *LOC. */ 5848 5849rtx 5850find_replacement (loc) 5851 rtx *loc; 5852{ 5853 struct replacement *r; 5854 5855 for (r = &replacements[0]; r < &replacements[n_replacements]; r++) 5856 {
| 5917 struct replacement *r; 5918 5919 /* We can't support X being a SUBREG because we might then need to know its 5920 location if something inside it was replaced. */ 5921 if (code == SUBREG) 5922 abort (); 5923 5924 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 5925 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 5926 for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++) 5927 { 5928 if (replacements[j].subreg_loc == &XEXP (x, i)) 5929 { 5930 r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; 5931 r->where = replacements[j].where; 5932 r->subreg_loc = &XEXP (y, i); 5933 r->what = replacements[j].what; 5934 r->mode = replacements[j].mode; 5935 } 5936 else if (replacements[j].where == &XEXP (x, i)) 5937 { 5938 r = &replacements[n_replacements++]; 5939 r->where = &XEXP (y, i); 5940 r->subreg_loc = 0; 5941 r->what = replacements[j].what; 5942 r->mode = replacements[j].mode; 5943 } 5944 } 5945} 5946 5947/* Change any replacements being done to *X to be done to *Y */ 5948 5949void 5950move_replacements (x, y) 5951 rtx *x; 5952 rtx *y; 5953{ 5954 int i; 5955 5956 for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++) 5957 if (replacements[i].subreg_loc == x) 5958 replacements[i].subreg_loc = y; 5959 else if (replacements[i].where == x) 5960 { 5961 replacements[i].where = y; 5962 replacements[i].subreg_loc = 0; 5963 } 5964} 5965 5966/* If LOC was scheduled to be replaced by something, return the replacement. 5967 Otherwise, return *LOC. */ 5968 5969rtx 5970find_replacement (loc) 5971 rtx *loc; 5972{ 5973 struct replacement *r; 5974 5975 for (r = &replacements[0]; r < &replacements[n_replacements]; r++) 5976 {
|
5857 rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[r->what];
| 5977 rtx reloadreg = rld[r->what].reg_rtx;
|
5858 5859 if (reloadreg && r->where == loc) 5860 { 5861 if (r->mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode) 5862 reloadreg = gen_rtx_REG (r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg)); 5863 5864 return reloadreg; 5865 } 5866 else if (reloadreg && r->subreg_loc == loc) 5867 { 5868 /* RELOADREG must be either a REG or a SUBREG. 5869 5870 ??? Is it actually still ever a SUBREG? If so, why? */ 5871 5872 if (GET_CODE (reloadreg) == REG) 5873 return gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (*loc),
| 5978 5979 if (reloadreg && r->where == loc) 5980 { 5981 if (r->mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode) 5982 reloadreg = gen_rtx_REG (r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg)); 5983 5984 return reloadreg; 5985 } 5986 else if (reloadreg && r->subreg_loc == loc) 5987 { 5988 /* RELOADREG must be either a REG or a SUBREG. 5989 5990 ??? Is it actually still ever a SUBREG? If so, why? */ 5991 5992 if (GET_CODE (reloadreg) == REG) 5993 return gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (*loc),
|
5874 REGNO (reloadreg) + SUBREG_WORD (*loc));
| 5994 (REGNO (reloadreg) + 5995 subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (*loc)), 5996 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (*loc)), 5997 SUBREG_BYTE (*loc), 5998 GET_MODE (*loc))));
|
5875 else if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) == GET_MODE (*loc)) 5876 return reloadreg; 5877 else
| 5999 else if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) == GET_MODE (*loc)) 6000 return reloadreg; 6001 else
|
5878 return gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (*loc), SUBREG_REG (reloadreg), 5879 SUBREG_WORD (reloadreg) + SUBREG_WORD (*loc));
| 6002 { 6003 int final_offset = SUBREG_BYTE (reloadreg) + SUBREG_BYTE (*loc); 6004 6005 /* When working with SUBREGs the rule is that the byte 6006 offset must be a multiple of the SUBREG's mode. */ 6007 final_offset = (final_offset / GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (*loc))); 6008 final_offset = (final_offset * GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (*loc))); 6009 return gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (*loc), SUBREG_REG (reloadreg), 6010 final_offset); 6011 }
|
5880 } 5881 } 5882 5883 /* If *LOC is a PLUS, MINUS, or MULT, see if a replacement is scheduled for 5884 what's inside and make a new rtl if so. */ 5885 if (GET_CODE (*loc) == PLUS || GET_CODE (*loc) == MINUS 5886 || GET_CODE (*loc) == MULT) 5887 { 5888 rtx x = find_replacement (&XEXP (*loc, 0)); 5889 rtx y = find_replacement (&XEXP (*loc, 1)); 5890 5891 if (x != XEXP (*loc, 0) || y != XEXP (*loc, 1)) 5892 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (*loc), GET_MODE (*loc), x, y); 5893 } 5894 5895 return *loc; 5896} 5897 5898/* Return nonzero if register in range [REGNO, ENDREGNO) 5899 appears either explicitly or implicitly in X 5900 other than being stored into (except for earlyclobber operands). 5901 5902 References contained within the substructure at LOC do not count. 5903 LOC may be zero, meaning don't ignore anything. 5904 5905 This is similar to refers_to_regno_p in rtlanal.c except that we 5906 look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers. */ 5907 5908int 5909refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, x, loc)
| 6012 } 6013 } 6014 6015 /* If *LOC is a PLUS, MINUS, or MULT, see if a replacement is scheduled for 6016 what's inside and make a new rtl if so. */ 6017 if (GET_CODE (*loc) == PLUS || GET_CODE (*loc) == MINUS 6018 || GET_CODE (*loc) == MULT) 6019 { 6020 rtx x = find_replacement (&XEXP (*loc, 0)); 6021 rtx y = find_replacement (&XEXP (*loc, 1)); 6022 6023 if (x != XEXP (*loc, 0) || y != XEXP (*loc, 1)) 6024 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (*loc), GET_MODE (*loc), x, y); 6025 } 6026 6027 return *loc; 6028} 6029 6030/* Return nonzero if register in range [REGNO, ENDREGNO) 6031 appears either explicitly or implicitly in X 6032 other than being stored into (except for earlyclobber operands). 6033 6034 References contained within the substructure at LOC do not count. 6035 LOC may be zero, meaning don't ignore anything. 6036 6037 This is similar to refers_to_regno_p in rtlanal.c except that we 6038 look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers. */ 6039 6040int 6041refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, x, loc)
|
5910 int regno, endregno;
| 6042 unsigned int regno, endregno;
|
5911 rtx x; 5912 rtx *loc; 5913{
| 6043 rtx x; 6044 rtx *loc; 6045{
|
5914 register int i; 5915 register RTX_CODE code; 5916 register char *fmt;
| 6046 int i; 6047 unsigned int r; 6048 RTX_CODE code; 6049 const char *fmt;
|
5917 5918 if (x == 0) 5919 return 0; 5920 5921 repeat: 5922 code = GET_CODE (x); 5923 5924 switch (code) 5925 { 5926 case REG:
| 6050 6051 if (x == 0) 6052 return 0; 6053 6054 repeat: 6055 code = GET_CODE (x); 6056 6057 switch (code) 6058 { 6059 case REG:
|
5927 i = REGNO (x);
| 6060 r = REGNO (x);
|
5928 5929 /* If this is a pseudo, a hard register must not have been allocated. 5930 X must therefore either be a constant or be in memory. */
| 6061 6062 /* If this is a pseudo, a hard register must not have been allocated. 6063 X must therefore either be a constant or be in memory. */
|
5931 if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
| 6064 if (r >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
5932 {
| 6065 {
|
5933 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[i])
| 6066 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[r])
|
5934 return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
| 6067 return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
|
5935 reg_equiv_memory_loc[i], 5936 NULL_PTR);
| 6068 reg_equiv_memory_loc[r], 6069 (rtx*) 0);
|
5937
| 6070
|
5938 if (reg_equiv_constant[i])
| 6071 if (reg_equiv_constant[r])
|
5939 return 0; 5940 5941 abort (); 5942 } 5943
| 6072 return 0; 6073 6074 abort (); 6075 } 6076
|
5944 return (endregno > i 5945 && regno < i + (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5946 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, GET_MODE (x))
| 6077 return (endregno > r 6078 && regno < r + (r < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6079 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r, GET_MODE (x))
|
5947 : 1)); 5948 5949 case SUBREG: 5950 /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard reg, we can see exactly which 5951 registers are being modified. Otherwise, handle normally. */ 5952 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG 5953 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 5954 {
| 6080 : 1)); 6081 6082 case SUBREG: 6083 /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard reg, we can see exactly which 6084 registers are being modified. Otherwise, handle normally. */ 6085 if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG 6086 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6087 {
|
5955 int inner_regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) + SUBREG_WORD (x); 5956 int inner_endregno
| 6088 unsigned int inner_regno = subreg_regno (x); 6089 unsigned int inner_endregno
|
5957 = inner_regno + (inner_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5958 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1); 5959 5960 return endregno > inner_regno && regno < inner_endregno; 5961 } 5962 break; 5963 5964 case CLOBBER: 5965 case SET: 5966 if (&SET_DEST (x) != loc 5967 /* Note setting a SUBREG counts as referring to the REG it is in for 5968 a pseudo but not for hard registers since we can 5969 treat each word individually. */ 5970 && ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG 5971 && loc != &SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)) 5972 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) == REG 5973 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 5974 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, 5975 SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)), 5976 loc)) 5977 /* If the output is an earlyclobber operand, this is 5978 a conflict. */ 5979 || ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG 5980 || earlyclobber_operand_p (SET_DEST (x))) 5981 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, 5982 SET_DEST (x), loc)))) 5983 return 1; 5984 5985 if (code == CLOBBER || loc == &SET_SRC (x)) 5986 return 0; 5987 x = SET_SRC (x); 5988 goto repeat;
| 6090 = inner_regno + (inner_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6091 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1); 6092 6093 return endregno > inner_regno && regno < inner_endregno; 6094 } 6095 break; 6096 6097 case CLOBBER: 6098 case SET: 6099 if (&SET_DEST (x) != loc 6100 /* Note setting a SUBREG counts as referring to the REG it is in for 6101 a pseudo but not for hard registers since we can 6102 treat each word individually. */ 6103 && ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG 6104 && loc != &SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)) 6105 && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) == REG 6106 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6107 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, 6108 SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)), 6109 loc)) 6110 /* If the output is an earlyclobber operand, this is 6111 a conflict. */ 6112 || ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG 6113 || earlyclobber_operand_p (SET_DEST (x))) 6114 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, 6115 SET_DEST (x), loc)))) 6116 return 1; 6117 6118 if (code == CLOBBER || loc == &SET_SRC (x)) 6119 return 0; 6120 x = SET_SRC (x); 6121 goto repeat;
|
5989
| 6122
|
5990 default: 5991 break; 5992 } 5993 5994 /* X does not match, so try its subexpressions. */ 5995 5996 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 5997 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 5998 { 5999 if (fmt[i] == 'e' && loc != &XEXP (x, i)) 6000 { 6001 if (i == 0) 6002 { 6003 x = XEXP (x, 0); 6004 goto repeat; 6005 } 6006 else 6007 if (refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, 6008 XEXP (x, i), loc)) 6009 return 1; 6010 } 6011 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') 6012 {
| 6123 default: 6124 break; 6125 } 6126 6127 /* X does not match, so try its subexpressions. */ 6128 6129 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 6130 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6131 { 6132 if (fmt[i] == 'e' && loc != &XEXP (x, i)) 6133 { 6134 if (i == 0) 6135 { 6136 x = XEXP (x, 0); 6137 goto repeat; 6138 } 6139 else 6140 if (refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, 6141 XEXP (x, i), loc)) 6142 return 1; 6143 } 6144 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') 6145 {
|
6013 register int j; 6014 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >=0; j--)
| 6146 int j; 6147 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
6015 if (loc != &XVECEXP (x, i, j) 6016 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, 6017 XVECEXP (x, i, j), loc)) 6018 return 1; 6019 } 6020 } 6021 return 0; 6022} 6023 6024/* Nonzero if modifying X will affect IN. If X is a register or a SUBREG, 6025 we check if any register number in X conflicts with the relevant register 6026 numbers. If X is a constant, return 0. If X is a MEM, return 1 iff IN 6027 contains a MEM (we don't bother checking for memory addresses that can't
| 6148 if (loc != &XVECEXP (x, i, j) 6149 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, 6150 XVECEXP (x, i, j), loc)) 6151 return 1; 6152 } 6153 } 6154 return 0; 6155} 6156 6157/* Nonzero if modifying X will affect IN. If X is a register or a SUBREG, 6158 we check if any register number in X conflicts with the relevant register 6159 numbers. If X is a constant, return 0. If X is a MEM, return 1 iff IN 6160 contains a MEM (we don't bother checking for memory addresses that can't
|
6028 conflict because we expect this to be a rare case.
| 6161 conflict because we expect this to be a rare case.
|
6029
| 6162
|
6030 This function is similar to reg_overlap_mention_p in rtlanal.c except
| 6163 This function is similar to reg_overlap_mentioned_p in rtlanal.c except
|
6031 that we look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers. */ 6032 6033int 6034reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (x, in) 6035 rtx x, in; 6036{ 6037 int regno, endregno; 6038 6039 /* Overly conservative. */
| 6164 that we look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers. */ 6165 6166int 6167reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (x, in) 6168 rtx x, in; 6169{ 6170 int regno, endregno; 6171 6172 /* Overly conservative. */
|
6040 if (GET_CODE (x) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
| 6173 if (GET_CODE (x) == STRICT_LOW_PART 6174 || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == 'a')
|
6041 x = XEXP (x, 0); 6042 6043 /* If either argument is a constant, then modifying X can not affect IN. */ 6044 if (CONSTANT_P (x) || CONSTANT_P (in)) 6045 return 0; 6046 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) 6047 { 6048 regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); 6049 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
| 6175 x = XEXP (x, 0); 6176 6177 /* If either argument is a constant, then modifying X can not affect IN. */ 6178 if (CONSTANT_P (x) || CONSTANT_P (in)) 6179 return 0; 6180 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) 6181 { 6182 regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); 6183 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
6050 regno += SUBREG_WORD (x);
| 6184 regno += subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)), 6185 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), 6186 SUBREG_BYTE (x), 6187 GET_MODE (x));
|
6051 } 6052 else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) 6053 { 6054 regno = REGNO (x); 6055 6056 /* If this is a pseudo, it must not have been assigned a hard register. 6057 Therefore, it must either be in memory or be a constant. */ 6058 6059 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6060 { 6061 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]) 6062 return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in); 6063 else if (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) 6064 return 0; 6065 abort (); 6066 } 6067 } 6068 else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) 6069 return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in); 6070 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH || GET_CODE (x) == PC 6071 || GET_CODE (x) == CC0) 6072 return reg_mentioned_p (x, in);
| 6188 } 6189 else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) 6190 { 6191 regno = REGNO (x); 6192 6193 /* If this is a pseudo, it must not have been assigned a hard register. 6194 Therefore, it must either be in memory or be a constant. */ 6195 6196 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6197 { 6198 if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]) 6199 return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in); 6200 else if (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) 6201 return 0; 6202 abort (); 6203 } 6204 } 6205 else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) 6206 return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in); 6207 else if (GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH || GET_CODE (x) == PC 6208 || GET_CODE (x) == CC0) 6209 return reg_mentioned_p (x, in);
|
| 6210 else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS) 6211 return (reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (x, 0), in) 6212 || reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (x, 1), in));
|
6073 else 6074 abort (); 6075 6076 endregno = regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6077 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1); 6078
| 6213 else 6214 abort (); 6215 6216 endregno = regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6217 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1); 6218
|
6079 return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, in, NULL_PTR);
| 6219 return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, in, (rtx*) 0);
|
6080} 6081 6082/* Return nonzero if anything in X contains a MEM. Look also for pseudo 6083 registers. */ 6084 6085int 6086refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (x) 6087 rtx x; 6088{
| 6220} 6221 6222/* Return nonzero if anything in X contains a MEM. Look also for pseudo 6223 registers. */ 6224 6225int 6226refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (x) 6227 rtx x; 6228{
|
6089 char *fmt;
| 6229 const char *fmt;
|
6090 int i; 6091 6092 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) 6093 return 1; 6094 6095 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) 6096 return (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6097 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (x)]);
| 6230 int i; 6231 6232 if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) 6233 return 1; 6234 6235 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) 6236 return (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6237 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (x)]);
|
6098
| 6238
|
6099 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x)); 6100 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6101 if (fmt[i] == 'e' 6102 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, i)) == MEM 6103 || refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (XEXP (x, i)))) 6104 return 1;
| 6239 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x)); 6240 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6241 if (fmt[i] == 'e' 6242 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, i)) == MEM 6243 || refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (XEXP (x, i)))) 6244 return 1;
|
6105
| 6245
|
6106 return 0; 6107} 6108 6109/* Check the insns before INSN to see if there is a suitable register 6110 containing the same value as GOAL. 6111 If OTHER is -1, look for a register in class CLASS. 6112 Otherwise, just see if register number OTHER shares GOAL's value. 6113 6114 Return an rtx for the register found, or zero if none is found. 6115 6116 If RELOAD_REG_P is (short *)1, 6117 we reject any hard reg that appears in reload_reg_rtx 6118 because such a hard reg is also needed coming into this insn. 6119 6120 If RELOAD_REG_P is any other nonzero value, 6121 it is a vector indexed by hard reg number 6122 and we reject any hard reg whose element in the vector is nonnegative 6123 as well as any that appears in reload_reg_rtx. 6124 6125 If GOAL is zero, then GOALREG is a register number; we look 6126 for an equivalent for that register. 6127 6128 MODE is the machine mode of the value we want an equivalence for. 6129 If GOAL is nonzero and not VOIDmode, then it must have mode MODE. 6130 6131 This function is used by jump.c as well as in the reload pass. 6132 6133 If GOAL is the sum of the stack pointer and a constant, we treat it 6134 as if it were a constant except that sp is required to be unchanging. */ 6135 6136rtx 6137find_equiv_reg (goal, insn, class, other, reload_reg_p, goalreg, mode)
| 6246 return 0; 6247} 6248 6249/* Check the insns before INSN to see if there is a suitable register 6250 containing the same value as GOAL. 6251 If OTHER is -1, look for a register in class CLASS. 6252 Otherwise, just see if register number OTHER shares GOAL's value. 6253 6254 Return an rtx for the register found, or zero if none is found. 6255 6256 If RELOAD_REG_P is (short *)1, 6257 we reject any hard reg that appears in reload_reg_rtx 6258 because such a hard reg is also needed coming into this insn. 6259 6260 If RELOAD_REG_P is any other nonzero value, 6261 it is a vector indexed by hard reg number 6262 and we reject any hard reg whose element in the vector is nonnegative 6263 as well as any that appears in reload_reg_rtx. 6264 6265 If GOAL is zero, then GOALREG is a register number; we look 6266 for an equivalent for that register. 6267 6268 MODE is the machine mode of the value we want an equivalence for. 6269 If GOAL is nonzero and not VOIDmode, then it must have mode MODE. 6270 6271 This function is used by jump.c as well as in the reload pass. 6272 6273 If GOAL is the sum of the stack pointer and a constant, we treat it 6274 as if it were a constant except that sp is required to be unchanging. */ 6275 6276rtx 6277find_equiv_reg (goal, insn, class, other, reload_reg_p, goalreg, mode)
|
6138 register rtx goal;
| 6278 rtx goal;
|
6139 rtx insn; 6140 enum reg_class class;
| 6279 rtx insn; 6280 enum reg_class class;
|
6141 register int other;
| 6281 int other;
|
6142 short *reload_reg_p; 6143 int goalreg; 6144 enum machine_mode mode; 6145{
| 6282 short *reload_reg_p; 6283 int goalreg; 6284 enum machine_mode mode; 6285{
|
6146 register rtx p = insn;
| 6286 rtx p = insn;
|
6147 rtx goaltry, valtry, value, where;
| 6287 rtx goaltry, valtry, value, where;
|
6148 register rtx pat; 6149 register int regno = -1;
| 6288 rtx pat; 6289 int regno = -1;
|
6150 int valueno; 6151 int goal_mem = 0; 6152 int goal_const = 0; 6153 int goal_mem_addr_varies = 0; 6154 int need_stable_sp = 0; 6155 int nregs; 6156 int valuenregs; 6157 6158 if (goal == 0) 6159 regno = goalreg; 6160 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == REG) 6161 regno = REGNO (goal); 6162 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == MEM) 6163 { 6164 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (XEXP (goal, 0)); 6165 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (goal)) 6166 return 0; 6167 if (flag_float_store && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (goal)) == MODE_FLOAT) 6168 return 0; 6169 /* An address with side effects must be reexecuted. */ 6170 switch (code) 6171 { 6172 case POST_INC: 6173 case PRE_INC: 6174 case POST_DEC: 6175 case PRE_DEC:
| 6290 int valueno; 6291 int goal_mem = 0; 6292 int goal_const = 0; 6293 int goal_mem_addr_varies = 0; 6294 int need_stable_sp = 0; 6295 int nregs; 6296 int valuenregs; 6297 6298 if (goal == 0) 6299 regno = goalreg; 6300 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == REG) 6301 regno = REGNO (goal); 6302 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == MEM) 6303 { 6304 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (XEXP (goal, 0)); 6305 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (goal)) 6306 return 0; 6307 if (flag_float_store && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (goal)) == MODE_FLOAT) 6308 return 0; 6309 /* An address with side effects must be reexecuted. */ 6310 switch (code) 6311 { 6312 case POST_INC: 6313 case PRE_INC: 6314 case POST_DEC: 6315 case PRE_DEC:
|
| 6316 case POST_MODIFY: 6317 case PRE_MODIFY:
|
6176 return 0; 6177 default: 6178 break; 6179 } 6180 goal_mem = 1; 6181 } 6182 else if (CONSTANT_P (goal)) 6183 goal_const = 1; 6184 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == PLUS 6185 && XEXP (goal, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx 6186 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (goal, 1))) 6187 goal_const = need_stable_sp = 1; 6188 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == PLUS 6189 && XEXP (goal, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx 6190 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (goal, 1))) 6191 goal_const = 1; 6192 else 6193 return 0; 6194
| 6318 return 0; 6319 default: 6320 break; 6321 } 6322 goal_mem = 1; 6323 } 6324 else if (CONSTANT_P (goal)) 6325 goal_const = 1; 6326 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == PLUS 6327 && XEXP (goal, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx 6328 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (goal, 1))) 6329 goal_const = need_stable_sp = 1; 6330 else if (GET_CODE (goal) == PLUS 6331 && XEXP (goal, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx 6332 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (goal, 1))) 6333 goal_const = 1; 6334 else 6335 return 0; 6336
|
6195 /* On some machines, certain regs must always be rejected 6196 because they don't behave the way ordinary registers do. */ 6197 6198#ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P 6199 if (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6200 && OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (regno)) 6201 return 0; 6202#endif 6203
| |
6204 /* Scan insns back from INSN, looking for one that copies 6205 a value into or out of GOAL. 6206 Stop and give up if we reach a label. */ 6207 6208 while (1) 6209 { 6210 p = PREV_INSN (p); 6211 if (p == 0 || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL) 6212 return 0;
| 6337 /* Scan insns back from INSN, looking for one that copies 6338 a value into or out of GOAL. 6339 Stop and give up if we reach a label. */ 6340 6341 while (1) 6342 { 6343 p = PREV_INSN (p); 6344 if (p == 0 || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL) 6345 return 0;
|
| 6346
|
6213 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN 6214 /* If we don't want spill regs ... */ 6215 && (! (reload_reg_p != 0 6216 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1)
| 6347 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN 6348 /* If we don't want spill regs ... */ 6349 && (! (reload_reg_p != 0 6350 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1)
|
6217 /* ... then ignore insns introduced by reload; they aren't useful 6218 and can cause results in reload_as_needed to be different 6219 from what they were when calculating the need for spills. 6220 If we notice an input-reload insn here, we will reject it below, 6221 but it might hide a usable equivalent. That makes bad code. 6222 It may even abort: perhaps no reg was spilled for this insn 6223 because it was assumed we would find that equivalent. */
| 6351 /* ... then ignore insns introduced by reload; they aren't 6352 useful and can cause results in reload_as_needed to be 6353 different from what they were when calculating the need for 6354 spills. If we notice an input-reload insn here, we will 6355 reject it below, but it might hide a usable equivalent. 6356 That makes bad code. It may even abort: perhaps no reg was 6357 spilled for this insn because it was assumed we would find 6358 that equivalent. */
|
6224 || INSN_UID (p) < reload_first_uid)) 6225 { 6226 rtx tem; 6227 pat = single_set (p);
| 6359 || INSN_UID (p) < reload_first_uid)) 6360 { 6361 rtx tem; 6362 pat = single_set (p);
|
| 6363
|
6228 /* First check for something that sets some reg equal to GOAL. */ 6229 if (pat != 0 6230 && ((regno >= 0 6231 && true_regnum (SET_SRC (pat)) == regno 6232 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) 6233 || 6234 (regno >= 0 6235 && true_regnum (SET_DEST (pat)) == regno 6236 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0) 6237 || 6238 (goal_const && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (pat), goal) 6239 /* When looking for stack pointer + const, 6240 make sure we don't use a stack adjust. */ 6241 && !reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (SET_DEST (pat), goal) 6242 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) 6243 || (goal_mem 6244 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0 6245 && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_SRC (pat))) 6246 || (goal_mem 6247 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0 6248 && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_DEST (pat))) 6249 /* If we are looking for a constant, 6250 and something equivalent to that constant was copied 6251 into a reg, we can use that reg. */
| 6364 /* First check for something that sets some reg equal to GOAL. */ 6365 if (pat != 0 6366 && ((regno >= 0 6367 && true_regnum (SET_SRC (pat)) == regno 6368 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) 6369 || 6370 (regno >= 0 6371 && true_regnum (SET_DEST (pat)) == regno 6372 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0) 6373 || 6374 (goal_const && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (pat), goal) 6375 /* When looking for stack pointer + const, 6376 make sure we don't use a stack adjust. */ 6377 && !reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (SET_DEST (pat), goal) 6378 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) 6379 || (goal_mem 6380 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0 6381 && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_SRC (pat))) 6382 || (goal_mem 6383 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0 6384 && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_DEST (pat))) 6385 /* If we are looking for a constant, 6386 and something equivalent to that constant was copied 6387 into a reg, we can use that reg. */
|
6252 || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, 6253 NULL_RTX)) 6254 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (tem, 0), goal) 6255 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) 6256 || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, 6257 NULL_RTX)) 6258 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG 6259 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE 6260 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT 6261 && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT 6262 && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 0, 0,
| 6388 || (goal_const && REG_NOTES (p) != 0 6389 && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX)) 6390 && ((rtx_equal_p (XEXP (tem, 0), goal) 6391 && (valueno 6392 = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0) 6393 || (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG 6394 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE 6395 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) 6396 == MODE_FLOAT) 6397 && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT 6398 && 0 != (goaltry 6399 = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 0, 0,
|
6263 VOIDmode))
| 6400 VOIDmode))
|
6264 && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry) 6265 && (valtry = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 0, 0, 6266 VOIDmode)) 6267 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0)
| 6401 && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry) 6402 && (valtry 6403 = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 0, 0, 6404 VOIDmode)) 6405 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0)))
|
6268 || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, 6269 NULL_RTX)) 6270 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG 6271 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
| 6406 || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, 6407 NULL_RTX)) 6408 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG 6409 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
6272 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT
| 6410 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) 6411 == MODE_FLOAT)
|
6273 && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT 6274 && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 1, 0, 6275 VOIDmode)) 6276 && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry) 6277 && (valtry 6278 = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 1, 0, VOIDmode)) 6279 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0))) 6280 { 6281 if (other >= 0) 6282 { 6283 if (valueno != other) 6284 continue; 6285 } 6286 else if ((unsigned) valueno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6287 continue; 6288 else 6289 { 6290 int i; 6291 6292 for (i = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6293 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 6294 valueno + i)) 6295 break; 6296 if (i >= 0) 6297 continue; 6298 } 6299 value = valtry; 6300 where = p; 6301 break; 6302 } 6303 } 6304 } 6305 6306 /* We found a previous insn copying GOAL into a suitable other reg VALUE 6307 (or copying VALUE into GOAL, if GOAL is also a register). 6308 Now verify that VALUE is really valid. */ 6309 6310 /* VALUENO is the register number of VALUE; a hard register. */ 6311 6312 /* Don't try to re-use something that is killed in this insn. We want 6313 to be able to trust REG_UNUSED notes. */
| 6412 && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT 6413 && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 1, 0, 6414 VOIDmode)) 6415 && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry) 6416 && (valtry 6417 = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 1, 0, VOIDmode)) 6418 && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0))) 6419 { 6420 if (other >= 0) 6421 { 6422 if (valueno != other) 6423 continue; 6424 } 6425 else if ((unsigned) valueno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6426 continue; 6427 else 6428 { 6429 int i; 6430 6431 for (i = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6432 if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 6433 valueno + i)) 6434 break; 6435 if (i >= 0) 6436 continue; 6437 } 6438 value = valtry; 6439 where = p; 6440 break; 6441 } 6442 } 6443 } 6444 6445 /* We found a previous insn copying GOAL into a suitable other reg VALUE 6446 (or copying VALUE into GOAL, if GOAL is also a register). 6447 Now verify that VALUE is really valid. */ 6448 6449 /* VALUENO is the register number of VALUE; a hard register. */ 6450 6451 /* Don't try to re-use something that is killed in this insn. We want 6452 to be able to trust REG_UNUSED notes. */
|
6314 if (find_reg_note (where, REG_UNUSED, value))
| 6453 if (REG_NOTES (where) != 0 && find_reg_note (where, REG_UNUSED, value))
|
6315 return 0; 6316 6317 /* If we propose to get the value from the stack pointer or if GOAL is 6318 a MEM based on the stack pointer, we need a stable SP. */ 6319 if (valueno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM || regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM 6320 || (goal_mem && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (stack_pointer_rtx, 6321 goal))) 6322 need_stable_sp = 1; 6323 6324 /* Reject VALUE if the copy-insn moved the wrong sort of datum. */ 6325 if (GET_MODE (value) != mode) 6326 return 0; 6327 6328 /* Reject VALUE if it was loaded from GOAL 6329 and is also a register that appears in the address of GOAL. */ 6330 6331 if (goal_mem && value == SET_DEST (single_set (where)) 6332 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (valueno, 6333 (valueno 6334 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode)),
| 6454 return 0; 6455 6456 /* If we propose to get the value from the stack pointer or if GOAL is 6457 a MEM based on the stack pointer, we need a stable SP. */ 6458 if (valueno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM || regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM 6459 || (goal_mem && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (stack_pointer_rtx, 6460 goal))) 6461 need_stable_sp = 1; 6462 6463 /* Reject VALUE if the copy-insn moved the wrong sort of datum. */ 6464 if (GET_MODE (value) != mode) 6465 return 0; 6466 6467 /* Reject VALUE if it was loaded from GOAL 6468 and is also a register that appears in the address of GOAL. */ 6469 6470 if (goal_mem && value == SET_DEST (single_set (where)) 6471 && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (valueno, 6472 (valueno 6473 + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode)),
|
6335 goal, NULL_PTR))
| 6474 goal, (rtx*) 0))
|
6336 return 0; 6337 6338 /* Reject registers that overlap GOAL. */ 6339 6340 if (!goal_mem && !goal_const
| 6475 return 0; 6476 6477 /* Reject registers that overlap GOAL. */ 6478 6479 if (!goal_mem && !goal_const
|
6341 && regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) > valueno 6342 && regno < valueno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode))
| 6480 && regno + (int) HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) > valueno 6481 && regno < valueno + (int) HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode))
|
6343 return 0; 6344 6345 nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode); 6346 valuenregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode); 6347 6348 /* Reject VALUE if it is one of the regs reserved for reloads. 6349 Reload1 knows how to reuse them anyway, and it would get 6350 confused if we allocated one without its knowledge. 6351 (Now that insns introduced by reload are ignored above, 6352 this case shouldn't happen, but I'm not positive.) */ 6353 6354 if (reload_reg_p != 0 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) 6355 { 6356 int i; 6357 for (i = 0; i < valuenregs; ++i) 6358 if (reload_reg_p[valueno + i] >= 0) 6359 return 0; 6360 } 6361
| 6482 return 0; 6483 6484 nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode); 6485 valuenregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode); 6486 6487 /* Reject VALUE if it is one of the regs reserved for reloads. 6488 Reload1 knows how to reuse them anyway, and it would get 6489 confused if we allocated one without its knowledge. 6490 (Now that insns introduced by reload are ignored above, 6491 this case shouldn't happen, but I'm not positive.) */ 6492 6493 if (reload_reg_p != 0 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) 6494 { 6495 int i; 6496 for (i = 0; i < valuenregs; ++i) 6497 if (reload_reg_p[valueno + i] >= 0) 6498 return 0; 6499 } 6500
|
6362 /* On some machines, certain regs must always be rejected 6363 because they don't behave the way ordinary registers do. */ 6364 6365#ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P 6366 if (OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (valueno)) 6367 return 0; 6368#endif 6369
| |
6370 /* Reject VALUE if it is a register being used for an input reload 6371 even if it is not one of those reserved. */ 6372 6373 if (reload_reg_p != 0) 6374 { 6375 int i; 6376 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
| 6501 /* Reject VALUE if it is a register being used for an input reload 6502 even if it is not one of those reserved. */ 6503 6504 if (reload_reg_p != 0) 6505 { 6506 int i; 6507 for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
|
6377 if (reload_reg_rtx[i] != 0 && reload_in[i])
| 6508 if (rld[i].reg_rtx != 0 && rld[i].in)
|
6378 {
| 6509 {
|
6379 int regno1 = REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[i]);
| 6510 int regno1 = REGNO (rld[i].reg_rtx);
|
6380 int nregs1 = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno1,
| 6511 int nregs1 = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno1,
|
6381 GET_MODE (reload_reg_rtx[i]));
| 6512 GET_MODE (rld[i].reg_rtx));
|
6382 if (regno1 < valueno + valuenregs 6383 && regno1 + nregs1 > valueno) 6384 return 0; 6385 } 6386 } 6387 6388 if (goal_mem) 6389 /* We must treat frame pointer as varying here, 6390 since it can vary--in a nonlocal goto as generated by expand_goto. */ 6391 goal_mem_addr_varies = !CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (goal, 0)); 6392 6393 /* Now verify that the values of GOAL and VALUE remain unaltered 6394 until INSN is reached. */ 6395 6396 p = insn; 6397 while (1) 6398 { 6399 p = PREV_INSN (p); 6400 if (p == where) 6401 return value; 6402 6403 /* Don't trust the conversion past a function call 6404 if either of the two is in a call-clobbered register, or memory. */ 6405 if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN) 6406 { 6407 int i; 6408 6409 if (goal_mem || need_stable_sp) 6410 return 0; 6411 6412 if (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6413 for (i = 0; i < nregs; ++i) 6414 if (call_used_regs[regno + i]) 6415 return 0; 6416 6417 if (valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6418 for (i = 0; i < valuenregs; ++i) 6419 if (call_used_regs[valueno + i]) 6420 return 0;
| 6513 if (regno1 < valueno + valuenregs 6514 && regno1 + nregs1 > valueno) 6515 return 0; 6516 } 6517 } 6518 6519 if (goal_mem) 6520 /* We must treat frame pointer as varying here, 6521 since it can vary--in a nonlocal goto as generated by expand_goto. */ 6522 goal_mem_addr_varies = !CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (goal, 0)); 6523 6524 /* Now verify that the values of GOAL and VALUE remain unaltered 6525 until INSN is reached. */ 6526 6527 p = insn; 6528 while (1) 6529 { 6530 p = PREV_INSN (p); 6531 if (p == where) 6532 return value; 6533 6534 /* Don't trust the conversion past a function call 6535 if either of the two is in a call-clobbered register, or memory. */ 6536 if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN) 6537 { 6538 int i; 6539 6540 if (goal_mem || need_stable_sp) 6541 return 0; 6542 6543 if (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6544 for (i = 0; i < nregs; ++i) 6545 if (call_used_regs[regno + i]) 6546 return 0; 6547 6548 if (valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6549 for (i = 0; i < valuenregs; ++i) 6550 if (call_used_regs[valueno + i]) 6551 return 0;
|
| 6552#ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP 6553 if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP && find_reg_note (p, REG_SETJMP, NULL)) 6554 return 0; 6555#endif
|
6421 } 6422
| 6556 } 6557
|
6423#ifdef NON_SAVING_SETJMP 6424 if (NON_SAVING_SETJMP && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE 6425 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_SETJMP) 6426 return 0; 6427#endif 6428 6429#ifdef INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P 6430 if ((valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6431 && INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (p, valueno)) 6432 || (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6433 && INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (p, regno))) 6434 return 0; 6435#endif 6436 6437 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
| 6558 if (INSN_P (p))
|
6438 { 6439 pat = PATTERN (p); 6440
| 6559 { 6560 pat = PATTERN (p); 6561
|
6441 /* Watch out for unspec_volatile, and volatile asms. */ 6442 if (volatile_insn_p (pat))
| 6562 /* Watch out for unspec_volatile, and volatile asms. */ 6563 if (volatile_insn_p (pat))
|
6443 return 0; 6444 6445 /* If this insn P stores in either GOAL or VALUE, return 0. 6446 If GOAL is a memory ref and this insn writes memory, return 0. 6447 If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant, 6448 and this insn P changes a register used in GOAL, return 0. */ 6449
| 6564 return 0; 6565 6566 /* If this insn P stores in either GOAL or VALUE, return 0. 6567 If GOAL is a memory ref and this insn writes memory, return 0. 6568 If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant, 6569 and this insn P changes a register used in GOAL, return 0. */ 6570
|
| 6571 if (GET_CODE (pat) == COND_EXEC) 6572 pat = COND_EXEC_CODE (pat);
|
6450 if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET || GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER) 6451 {
| 6573 if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET || GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER) 6574 {
|
6452 register rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat);
| 6575 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat);
|
6453 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG 6454 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT 6455 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT 6456 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) 6457 dest = XEXP (dest, 0); 6458 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) 6459 {
| 6576 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG 6577 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT 6578 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT 6579 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) 6580 dest = XEXP (dest, 0); 6581 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) 6582 {
|
6460 register int xregno = REGNO (dest);
| 6583 int xregno = REGNO (dest);
|
6461 int xnregs; 6462 if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6463 xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest)); 6464 else 6465 xnregs = 1; 6466 if (xregno < regno + nregs && xregno + xnregs > regno) 6467 return 0; 6468 if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs 6469 && xregno + xnregs > valueno) 6470 return 0; 6471 if (goal_mem_addr_varies 6472 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest, goal)) 6473 return 0; 6474 if (xregno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && need_stable_sp) 6475 return 0; 6476 } 6477 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM 6478 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6479 return 0; 6480 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6481 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0) 6482 return 0; 6483 else if (need_stable_sp && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6484 return 0; 6485 } 6486 else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL) 6487 {
| 6584 int xnregs; 6585 if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6586 xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest)); 6587 else 6588 xnregs = 1; 6589 if (xregno < regno + nregs && xregno + xnregs > regno) 6590 return 0; 6591 if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs 6592 && xregno + xnregs > valueno) 6593 return 0; 6594 if (goal_mem_addr_varies 6595 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest, goal)) 6596 return 0; 6597 if (xregno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && need_stable_sp) 6598 return 0; 6599 } 6600 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM 6601 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6602 return 0; 6603 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6604 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0) 6605 return 0; 6606 else if (need_stable_sp && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6607 return 0; 6608 } 6609 else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL) 6610 {
|
6488 register int i;
| 6611 int i;
|
6489 for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6490 {
| 6612 for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6613 {
|
6491 register rtx v1 = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
| 6614 rtx v1 = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i); 6615 if (GET_CODE (v1) == COND_EXEC) 6616 v1 = COND_EXEC_CODE (v1);
|
6492 if (GET_CODE (v1) == SET || GET_CODE (v1) == CLOBBER) 6493 {
| 6617 if (GET_CODE (v1) == SET || GET_CODE (v1) == CLOBBER) 6618 {
|
6494 register rtx dest = SET_DEST (v1);
| 6619 rtx dest = SET_DEST (v1);
|
6495 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG 6496 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT 6497 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT 6498 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) 6499 dest = XEXP (dest, 0); 6500 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) 6501 {
| 6620 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG 6621 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT 6622 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT 6623 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) 6624 dest = XEXP (dest, 0); 6625 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) 6626 {
|
6502 register int xregno = REGNO (dest);
| 6627 int xregno = REGNO (dest);
|
6503 int xnregs; 6504 if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6505 xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest)); 6506 else 6507 xnregs = 1; 6508 if (xregno < regno + nregs 6509 && xregno + xnregs > regno) 6510 return 0; 6511 if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs 6512 && xregno + xnregs > valueno) 6513 return 0; 6514 if (goal_mem_addr_varies 6515 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest, 6516 goal)) 6517 return 0; 6518 if (xregno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && need_stable_sp) 6519 return 0; 6520 } 6521 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM 6522 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6523 return 0; 6524 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6525 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0) 6526 return 0; 6527 else if (need_stable_sp 6528 && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6529 return 0; 6530 } 6531 } 6532 } 6533 6534 if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN && CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p)) 6535 { 6536 rtx link; 6537 6538 for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p); XEXP (link, 1) != 0; 6539 link = XEXP (link, 1)) 6540 { 6541 pat = XEXP (link, 0); 6542 if (GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER) 6543 {
| 6628 int xnregs; 6629 if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6630 xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest)); 6631 else 6632 xnregs = 1; 6633 if (xregno < regno + nregs 6634 && xregno + xnregs > regno) 6635 return 0; 6636 if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs 6637 && xregno + xnregs > valueno) 6638 return 0; 6639 if (goal_mem_addr_varies 6640 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest, 6641 goal)) 6642 return 0; 6643 if (xregno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM && need_stable_sp) 6644 return 0; 6645 } 6646 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM 6647 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6648 return 0; 6649 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 6650 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno] != 0) 6651 return 0; 6652 else if (need_stable_sp 6653 && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6654 return 0; 6655 } 6656 } 6657 } 6658 6659 if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN && CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p)) 6660 { 6661 rtx link; 6662 6663 for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p); XEXP (link, 1) != 0; 6664 link = XEXP (link, 1)) 6665 { 6666 pat = XEXP (link, 0); 6667 if (GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER) 6668 {
|
6544 register rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat); 6545 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG 6546 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT 6547 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT 6548 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) 6549 dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
| 6669 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat); 6670
|
6550 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) 6551 {
| 6671 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG) 6672 {
|
6552 register int xregno = REGNO (dest); 6553 int xnregs; 6554 if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) 6555 xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest)); 6556 else 6557 xnregs = 1;
| 6673 int xregno = REGNO (dest); 6674 int xnregs 6675 = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest)); 6676
|
6558 if (xregno < regno + nregs 6559 && xregno + xnregs > regno) 6560 return 0;
| 6677 if (xregno < regno + nregs 6678 && xregno + xnregs > regno) 6679 return 0;
|
6561 if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs 6562 && xregno + xnregs > valueno)
| 6680 else if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs 6681 && xregno + xnregs > valueno)
|
6563 return 0;
| 6682 return 0;
|
6564 if (goal_mem_addr_varies 6565 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest,
| 6683 else if (goal_mem_addr_varies 6684 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest,
|
6566 goal)) 6567 return 0; 6568 }
| 6685 goal)) 6686 return 0; 6687 }
|
| 6688
|
6569 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM 6570 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6571 return 0; 6572 else if (need_stable_sp 6573 && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6574 return 0; 6575 } 6576 } 6577 } 6578 6579#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC 6580 /* If this insn auto-increments or auto-decrements 6581 either regno or valueno, return 0 now. 6582 If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant, 6583 and this insn P increments a register used in GOAL, return 0. */ 6584 {
| 6689 else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM 6690 && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6691 return 0; 6692 else if (need_stable_sp 6693 && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest))) 6694 return 0; 6695 } 6696 } 6697 } 6698 6699#ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC 6700 /* If this insn auto-increments or auto-decrements 6701 either regno or valueno, return 0 now. 6702 If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant, 6703 and this insn P increments a register used in GOAL, return 0. */ 6704 {
|
6585 register rtx link;
| 6705 rtx link;
|
6586 6587 for (link = REG_NOTES (p); link; link = XEXP (link, 1)) 6588 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC 6589 && GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == REG) 6590 {
| 6706 6707 for (link = REG_NOTES (p); link; link = XEXP (link, 1)) 6708 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC 6709 && GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == REG) 6710 {
|
6591 register int incno = REGNO (XEXP (link, 0));
| 6711 int incno = REGNO (XEXP (link, 0));
|
6592 if (incno < regno + nregs && incno >= regno) 6593 return 0; 6594 if (incno < valueno + valuenregs && incno >= valueno) 6595 return 0; 6596 if (goal_mem_addr_varies 6597 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (link, 0), 6598 goal)) 6599 return 0; 6600 } 6601 } 6602#endif 6603 } 6604 } 6605} 6606 6607/* Find a place where INCED appears in an increment or decrement operator 6608 within X, and return the amount INCED is incremented or decremented by. 6609 The value is always positive. */ 6610 6611static int 6612find_inc_amount (x, inced) 6613 rtx x, inced; 6614{
| 6712 if (incno < regno + nregs && incno >= regno) 6713 return 0; 6714 if (incno < valueno + valuenregs && incno >= valueno) 6715 return 0; 6716 if (goal_mem_addr_varies 6717 && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (link, 0), 6718 goal)) 6719 return 0; 6720 } 6721 } 6722#endif 6723 } 6724 } 6725} 6726 6727/* Find a place where INCED appears in an increment or decrement operator 6728 within X, and return the amount INCED is incremented or decremented by. 6729 The value is always positive. */ 6730 6731static int 6732find_inc_amount (x, inced) 6733 rtx x, inced; 6734{
|
6615 register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); 6616 register char *fmt; 6617 register int i;
| 6735 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); 6736 const char *fmt; 6737 int i;
|
6618 6619 if (code == MEM) 6620 {
| 6738 6739 if (code == MEM) 6740 {
|
6621 register rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0);
| 6741 rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0);
|
6622 if ((GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC 6623 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC 6624 || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC 6625 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC) 6626 && XEXP (addr, 0) == inced) 6627 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
| 6742 if ((GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC 6743 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC 6744 || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC 6745 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC) 6746 && XEXP (addr, 0) == inced) 6747 return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
|
| 6748 else if ((GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_MODIFY 6749 || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_MODIFY) 6750 && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == PLUS 6751 && XEXP (addr, 0) == XEXP (XEXP (addr, 1), 0) 6752 && XEXP (addr, 0) == inced 6753 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 1), 1)) == CONST_INT) 6754 { 6755 i = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 1), 1)); 6756 return i < 0 ? -i : i; 6757 }
|
6628 } 6629 6630 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 6631 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6632 { 6633 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 6634 {
| 6758 } 6759 6760 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); 6761 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) 6762 { 6763 if (fmt[i] == 'e') 6764 {
|
6635 register int tem = find_inc_amount (XEXP (x, i), inced);
| 6765 int tem = find_inc_amount (XEXP (x, i), inced);
|
6636 if (tem != 0) 6637 return tem; 6638 } 6639 if (fmt[i] == 'E') 6640 {
| 6766 if (tem != 0) 6767 return tem; 6768 } 6769 if (fmt[i] == 'E') 6770 {
|
6641 register int j;
| 6771 int j;
|
6642 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) 6643 {
| 6772 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) 6773 {
|
6644 register int tem = find_inc_amount (XVECEXP (x, i, j), inced);
| 6774 int tem = find_inc_amount (XVECEXP (x, i, j), inced);
|
6645 if (tem != 0) 6646 return tem; 6647 } 6648 } 6649 } 6650 6651 return 0; 6652} 6653
| 6775 if (tem != 0) 6776 return tem; 6777 } 6778 } 6779 } 6780 6781 return 0; 6782} 6783
|
6654/* Return 1 if register REGNO is the subject of a clobber in insn INSN. */
| 6784/* Return 1 if register REGNO is the subject of a clobber in insn INSN. 6785 If SETS is nonzero, also consider SETs. */
|
6655 6656int 6657regno_clobbered_p (regno, insn, mode, sets)
| 6786 6787int 6788regno_clobbered_p (regno, insn, mode, sets)
|
6658 int regno;
| 6789 unsigned int regno;
|
6659 rtx insn; 6660 enum machine_mode mode; 6661 int sets; 6662{
| 6790 rtx insn; 6791 enum machine_mode mode; 6792 int sets; 6793{
|
6663 int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode); 6664 int endregno = regno + nregs;
| 6794 unsigned int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode); 6795 unsigned int endregno = regno + nregs;
|
6665 6666 if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER 6667 || (sets && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)) 6668 && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REG) 6669 {
| 6796 6797 if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER 6798 || (sets && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)) 6799 && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REG) 6800 {
|
6670 int test = REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0));
| 6801 unsigned int test = REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0));
|
6671 6672 return test >= regno && test < endregno; 6673 } 6674 6675 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL) 6676 { 6677 int i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; 6678 6679 for (; i >= 0; i--) 6680 { 6681 rtx elt = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i); 6682 if ((GET_CODE (elt) == CLOBBER 6683 || (sets && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)) 6684 && GET_CODE (XEXP (elt, 0)) == REG) 6685 {
| 6802 6803 return test >= regno && test < endregno; 6804 } 6805 6806 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL) 6807 { 6808 int i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; 6809 6810 for (; i >= 0; i--) 6811 { 6812 rtx elt = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i); 6813 if ((GET_CODE (elt) == CLOBBER 6814 || (sets && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)) 6815 && GET_CODE (XEXP (elt, 0)) == REG) 6816 {
|
6686 int test = REGNO (XEXP (elt, 0));
| 6817 unsigned int test = REGNO (XEXP (elt, 0));
|
6687 6688 if (test >= regno && test < endregno) 6689 return 1; 6690 } 6691 } 6692 } 6693 6694 return 0; 6695} 6696
| 6818 6819 if (test >= regno && test < endregno) 6820 return 1; 6821 } 6822 } 6823 } 6824 6825 return 0; 6826} 6827
|
6697static char *reload_when_needed_name[] =
| 6828static const char *const reload_when_needed_name[] =
|
6698{
| 6829{
|
6699 "RELOAD_FOR_INPUT", 6700 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT",
| 6830 "RELOAD_FOR_INPUT", 6831 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT",
|
6701 "RELOAD_FOR_INSN", 6702 "RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS", 6703 "RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS", 6704 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS", 6705 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS",
| 6832 "RELOAD_FOR_INSN", 6833 "RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS", 6834 "RELOAD_FOR_INPADDR_ADDRESS", 6835 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS", 6836 "RELOAD_FOR_OUTADDR_ADDRESS",
|
6706 "RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS",
| 6837 "RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS",
|
6707 "RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR",
| 6838 "RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR",
|
6708 "RELOAD_OTHER",
| 6839 "RELOAD_OTHER",
|
6709 "RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS" 6710}; 6711
| 6840 "RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS" 6841}; 6842
|
6712static char *reg_class_names[] = REG_CLASS_NAMES;
| 6843static const char * const reg_class_names[] = REG_CLASS_NAMES;
|
6713 6714/* These functions are used to print the variables set by 'find_reloads' */ 6715 6716void 6717debug_reload_to_stream (f) 6718 FILE *f; 6719{ 6720 int r;
| 6844 6845/* These functions are used to print the variables set by 'find_reloads' */ 6846 6847void 6848debug_reload_to_stream (f) 6849 FILE *f; 6850{ 6851 int r;
|
6721 char *prefix;
| 6852 const char *prefix;
|
6722 6723 if (! f) 6724 f = stderr; 6725 for (r = 0; r < n_reloads; r++) 6726 { 6727 fprintf (f, "Reload %d: ", r); 6728
| 6853 6854 if (! f) 6855 f = stderr; 6856 for (r = 0; r < n_reloads; r++) 6857 { 6858 fprintf (f, "Reload %d: ", r); 6859
|
6729 if (reload_in[r] != 0)
| 6860 if (rld[r].in != 0)
|
6730 { 6731 fprintf (f, "reload_in (%s) = ",
| 6861 { 6862 fprintf (f, "reload_in (%s) = ",
|
6732 GET_MODE_NAME (reload_inmode[r])); 6733 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_in[r], 24);
| 6863 GET_MODE_NAME (rld[r].inmode)); 6864 print_inline_rtx (f, rld[r].in, 24);
|
6734 fprintf (f, "\n\t"); 6735 } 6736
| 6865 fprintf (f, "\n\t"); 6866 } 6867
|
6737 if (reload_out[r] != 0)
| 6868 if (rld[r].out != 0)
|
6738 { 6739 fprintf (f, "reload_out (%s) = ",
| 6869 { 6870 fprintf (f, "reload_out (%s) = ",
|
6740 GET_MODE_NAME (reload_outmode[r])); 6741 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_out[r], 24);
| 6871 GET_MODE_NAME (rld[r].outmode)); 6872 print_inline_rtx (f, rld[r].out, 24);
|
6742 fprintf (f, "\n\t"); 6743 } 6744
| 6873 fprintf (f, "\n\t"); 6874 } 6875
|
6745 fprintf (f, "%s, ", reg_class_names[(int) reload_reg_class[r]]);
| 6876 fprintf (f, "%s, ", reg_class_names[(int) rld[r].class]);
|
6746 6747 fprintf (f, "%s (opnum = %d)",
| 6877 6878 fprintf (f, "%s (opnum = %d)",
|
6748 reload_when_needed_name[(int) reload_when_needed[r]], 6749 reload_opnum[r]);
| 6879 reload_when_needed_name[(int) rld[r].when_needed], 6880 rld[r].opnum);
|
6750
| 6881
|
6751 if (reload_optional[r])
| 6882 if (rld[r].optional)
|
6752 fprintf (f, ", optional"); 6753
| 6883 fprintf (f, ", optional"); 6884
|
6754 if (reload_nongroup[r]) 6755 fprintf (stderr, ", nongroup");
| 6885 if (rld[r].nongroup) 6886 fprintf (f, ", nongroup");
|
6756
| 6887
|
6757 if (reload_inc[r] != 0) 6758 fprintf (f, ", inc by %d", reload_inc[r]);
| 6888 if (rld[r].inc != 0) 6889 fprintf (f, ", inc by %d", rld[r].inc);
|
6759
| 6890
|
6760 if (reload_nocombine[r])
| 6891 if (rld[r].nocombine)
|
6761 fprintf (f, ", can't combine"); 6762
| 6892 fprintf (f, ", can't combine"); 6893
|
6763 if (reload_secondary_p[r])
| 6894 if (rld[r].secondary_p)
|
6764 fprintf (f, ", secondary_reload_p"); 6765
| 6895 fprintf (f, ", secondary_reload_p"); 6896
|
6766 if (reload_in_reg[r] != 0)
| 6897 if (rld[r].in_reg != 0)
|
6767 { 6768 fprintf (f, "\n\treload_in_reg: ");
| 6898 { 6899 fprintf (f, "\n\treload_in_reg: ");
|
6769 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_in_reg[r], 24);
| 6900 print_inline_rtx (f, rld[r].in_reg, 24);
|
6770 } 6771
| 6901 } 6902
|
6772 if (reload_out_reg[r] != 0)
| 6903 if (rld[r].out_reg != 0)
|
6773 { 6774 fprintf (f, "\n\treload_out_reg: ");
| 6904 { 6905 fprintf (f, "\n\treload_out_reg: ");
|
6775 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_out_reg[r], 24);
| 6906 print_inline_rtx (f, rld[r].out_reg, 24);
|
6776 } 6777
| 6907 } 6908
|
6778 if (reload_reg_rtx[r] != 0)
| 6909 if (rld[r].reg_rtx != 0)
|
6779 { 6780 fprintf (f, "\n\treload_reg_rtx: ");
| 6910 { 6911 fprintf (f, "\n\treload_reg_rtx: ");
|
6781 print_inline_rtx (f, reload_reg_rtx[r], 24);
| 6912 print_inline_rtx (f, rld[r].reg_rtx, 24);
|
6782 } 6783 6784 prefix = "\n\t";
| 6913 } 6914 6915 prefix = "\n\t";
|
6785 if (reload_secondary_in_reload[r] != -1)
| 6916 if (rld[r].secondary_in_reload != -1)
|
6786 { 6787 fprintf (f, "%ssecondary_in_reload = %d",
| 6917 { 6918 fprintf (f, "%ssecondary_in_reload = %d",
|
6788 prefix, reload_secondary_in_reload[r]);
| 6919 prefix, rld[r].secondary_in_reload);
|
6789 prefix = ", "; 6790 } 6791
| 6920 prefix = ", "; 6921 } 6922
|
6792 if (reload_secondary_out_reload[r] != -1)
| 6923 if (rld[r].secondary_out_reload != -1)
|
6793 fprintf (f, "%ssecondary_out_reload = %d\n",
| 6924 fprintf (f, "%ssecondary_out_reload = %d\n",
|
6794 prefix, reload_secondary_out_reload[r]);
| 6925 prefix, rld[r].secondary_out_reload);
|
6795 6796 prefix = "\n\t";
| 6926 6927 prefix = "\n\t";
|
6797 if (reload_secondary_in_icode[r] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
| 6928 if (rld[r].secondary_in_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
|
6798 {
| 6929 {
|
6799 fprintf (stderr, "%ssecondary_in_icode = %s", prefix, 6800 insn_name[reload_secondary_in_icode[r]]);
| 6930 fprintf (f, "%ssecondary_in_icode = %s", prefix, 6931 insn_data[rld[r].secondary_in_icode].name);
|
6801 prefix = ", "; 6802 } 6803
| 6932 prefix = ", "; 6933 } 6934
|
6804 if (reload_secondary_out_icode[r] != CODE_FOR_nothing) 6805 fprintf (stderr, "%ssecondary_out_icode = %s", prefix, 6806 insn_name[reload_secondary_out_icode[r]]);
| 6935 if (rld[r].secondary_out_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) 6936 fprintf (f, "%ssecondary_out_icode = %s", prefix, 6937 insn_data[rld[r].secondary_out_icode].name);
|
6807 6808 fprintf (f, "\n"); 6809 } 6810} 6811 6812void 6813debug_reload () 6814{ 6815 debug_reload_to_stream (stderr); 6816}
| 6938 6939 fprintf (f, "\n"); 6940 } 6941} 6942 6943void 6944debug_reload () 6945{ 6946 debug_reload_to_stream (stderr); 6947}
|